Fantasy 1939: Ursula Moray Williams, Adventures of Puffin

Dustjacket of first edition, showing the Little Wo jumping from the pilot’s plane with Puffin in pursuit. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

Moray Williams’s most celebrated books, Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse (1938) and Gobbolino the Witch’s Cat (1942), take place in an imaginary location corresponding to somewhere in Northern Europe, an alternative Switzerland full of forests, mountains, woodcutters and itinerant toymakers who carve playthings lovingly from the wood of the trees that surround them. The Little Wooden Horse’s there-and-back-again journey takes him through industrial landscapes as well as rural ones, canal barges, cargo ships and coalmines as well as palaces and bourgeois houses, but it is coded as being set in the recent past; there are no trains or aeroplanes in it, and the toymaker who makes the Little Wooden Horse seems startled by the challenge posed to his trade by the mass-produced metal toys which were pretty well ubiquitous by 1938, when the book was first published. Gobbolino’s quest for a permanent home occupies a fairy tale panorama populated by witches, hobgoblins, knights and dragons, as well as more everyday beings: orphans, mayors, pedlars and farmers. The little cat’s quest for an ‘ordinary’ human family to take him in is represented as particularly difficult in a world with so many magical events and beings in it, where everyone thinks they know what to expect from a witch’s cat, and everyone assumes that Gobbolino is one of them – the prejudice is even consolidated in the book’s title (Gobbolino is never really a witch’s cat because he hasn’t got the looks or talent).

Adventures of Puffin, by contrast, takes place in contemporary Britain, beginning in the West Country of England – perhaps on Lundy Island, which is famous for puffins[1] – and taking in New York and London as well as the largest ship in the world, the recently-completed Queen Mary (launched in 1936), and the Coronation Scot express train (which ran for the first time in 1937). There are some terrifying mermaids, but the bulk of Puffin’s adventures have him confronting real-world perils. It’s as if the year of crisis 1939 found Moray Williams unable to tear her imagination away from the here and now; and the book’s double subject – marginalisation and helping outcasts and the homeless – could hardly have been more current. It’s a book about being lost, befriended, betrayed, and in a hurry. Those themes would have resonated with many of its readers, sometimes painfully so, and perhaps that’s why it never quite achieved the popularity of The Little Wooden Horse and Gobbolino.[2]

Puffin performing his signature song. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

The most striking feature of the book is its concentration on time, above all on being out of time. Its central character, a puffin called Puffin, finds himself at odds with mating season in his puffinry when he fails to find a mate – the only puffin not to have done so. He then comes across an egg, which fails to hatch when the other eggs do; Puffin’s meticulous care of the egg prevents him from following his fellow puffins when they return to their life at sea after the nesting season is over. He refuses to believe that the egg is no longer viable – that it has remained unhatched for far too long, and must therefore be lifeless – until he meets a lost toy called the Little Wo, and realises that he can no longer put off the time when he must help the toy find its owner. The quest for the Little Wo’s owner involves numerous occasions when the toy and his friend Puffin are trapped in some form of prison, prevented for extended periods from pursuing their journey – first in a mermaid’s cave, then in a coastguard’s cottage, where the Little Wo is tied to a baby’s wrist and Puffin is incarcerated in a bird cage. By the time they reach the location where the Little Wo was lost – a seaside town – it is out of season, and the family who lost him has long gone. The pair catch a train in the hope that it will take them to the family’s home in London, but fail to consult the timetable to ascertain its direction of travel, and find themselves trapped again in the cargo hold of a ship which is taking the train to America. Once in the United States they are imprisoned once more, this time in a capitalist contract whereby Puffin must sing his signature song and the Little Wo must perform magic tricks for an indefinite period – possibly for ever – without hope of release. Their eventual escape takes them back to the coastguard and his family, and eventually to London, where they narrowly escape being imprisoned for a fourth and final time in London Zoo. Each imprisonment in the book delays the pair’s journey for weeks or months, so that when the Little Wo finally finds his owner, Puffin returns to the puffinry to find that the nesting season is over again, and that he has again failed to choose a mate or fertilise an egg. The sheer consistency with which this theme is developed in the narrative confirms, I think, the extraordinary craftsmanship Moray Williams brings to her books for children, as noted in my post on The Little Wooden Horse. But it also confirms the extent to which this novel in particular represents a direct response to the year of peril, 1939, in which it was written.

The most striking sign that the book is a work of its time is its use of a highly topical incident as one of its central plot devices. Puffin and Little Wo conceal themselves in a train, as I said before, but it’s not just any train; it’s the ‘very paragon of trains’, which the Little Wo chooses in preference to the ordinary train that would (presumably) have taken them to London, their intended destination (p. 137). ‘Look at that one!’ the toy cries when he catches sight of it at the station. ‘Did you ever in all your life see such a glorious, such a magnificent train as the one that is standing over there?’ Puffin has not – in fact, Puffin has never even seen a train before – and so he agrees to board the vehicle in question, little knowing that it is the Coronation Scot, which is about to be taken to New York for display at the New York World Fair. The actual Coronation Scot was loaded on board the SS Belpamela at Southampton on 23 January 1939, and was described in a contemporary newsreel as ‘the pride of Britain’s railways, fast and silent and up-to-date’, sent to the United States to ‘show them what we can do in the way of modern transport’. The vehicle represents modernity itself, with the speed, efficiency and sleek art deco aesthetics that embodied the concept at the end of the decade. In the book, however, the train is out of time, for all its modernity. It is travelling not on its usual route between London and Glasgow but across the sea to an exhibition in the most famous of American cities – a departure from its timetable that directly interferes with the plans and hopes of Puffin and the Little Wo. In fact, the real Coronation Scot went on to embody the rupture of time that takes place on the outbreak of war, since hostilities between Britain and Germany meant that it could not be brought back to Britain until 1943. In the meantime, it served as an ‘Ambassador of British railways and as an example of British craftsmanship and technical achievement’ when it was shown for a second time at the New York World Fair of 1940. By that time part of its duties would be to remind neutral America of the ‘ties and contacts […] which have so long bound us in mutual interest’, as Lord Stamp of Shortlands put it in a contemporary pamphlet. Presumably Lord Stamp hoped it might also help to persuade the United States to throw in its lot with the train’s engineers and country, abandoning neutrality and recognising the need to be ‘belligerent’ against the Nazi menace. Adventures of Puffin may have had a similar ambassadorial purpose, since Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse saw equal success in Britain and America, a feat which Puffin’s publishers no doubt hoped to replicate with its adventurous successor.[3]

The Duchess of Hamilton locomotive, part of the Coronation Scot service sent to New York for the 1939 exhibition.

War is never mentioned in Moray Williams’s book, but its presence is everywhere if you look for it. The lost toy called the Little Wo, in particular, could be said to represent the innocent victims of war, people about whom Moray Williams would have known a great deal thanks to her father’s work as County Director for the Red Cross in Hampshire. Three years before the book was published, farmland at Moray Williams’s Hampshire home – a dilapidated mansion called North Stoneham – was chosen as the site for a camp for Basque refugee children from the Spanish Civil War;[4] in other words, war in Europe swept up on the shore of Ursula’s childhood home at the very moment when her marriage to a pilot took her away from Stoneham to a suburban flat in Hampton, exiling her from the countryside she loved. Ursula’s brother Alan, a communist, was inspired by the plight of the Basque refugees to write a pamphlet calling for insurrection which got him rusticated from the University of Cambridge. Like the refugees the Little Wo is a forced migrant, swept away from his child owner and banished from his home by the sea of circumstance. His strangely curtailed name seems to indicate the broken threads that tied him to the past; we’re told specifically at one point that ‘Wo’ is not a version of ‘Woe’ (p. 133), and readers of Moray Williams’s famous book of 1938 might well have noted its broken allusion to the book’s protagonist, the Little Wooden Horse. The Little Wo, however, doesn’t have a fixed species. While the illustrations by Mary Shillabeer suggest he is a dog, the book never names him as such, and from his first emergence from the sea he comes across as more or less anonymous as well as homeless and alone:

Out of the melting froth something crept and crawled, so wet it might have been made of the sea. […] The little creature was not a bird, it was not a seal, it was certainly not a mermaid – it was like nothing [Puffin] had ever seen before (p. 23).

We know only that the Little Wo has a name and that he’s made of cotton, with button eyes (p. 48), woolly ears and a tail ‘which had been darned several times over’ (p. 56). He cannot remember where his home is, and even his child owner has no name – he is only ever ‘Himself’. Everywhere he goes the toy seeks to endear himself to the local population, accepting them eagerly as his well-wishers and benefactors, despite the fact that they regularly prove to have malevolent designs on him. At the same time, from the first his chief characteristics are those of loyalty – first to Himself, then to Puffin, then to his real or apparent friends – along with courage (although he is often frightened), forgetfulness and naivety. By the end of the book, when he finally remembers the location of his home, these characteristics make him seem like the ideal candidate for a soldier, perhaps part of the worldwide movement preparing to protect their homes from the rise of fascism. On spotting the house where Himself lives, he promptly jumps out of a speeding plane with a parachute on his back – like a paratrooper or a pilot escaping a damaged aircraft – and sets off towards the building in question, ‘Confident as a marching army’ (p. 188), singing martial songs and ‘with a thousand imaginary drums beating in his ears’ (p. 189). The last Puffin sees of him is looking out of the house’s nursery window, waving to his avian friend and protector while preparing to reassure Himself (who is not at home) that his broken family has been reunited against all odds. There could hardly be a more comforting message for child readers in wartime – especially if those readers had been forcefully parted from their families and homes, like the Basque refugees. Reunion may still be possible, the book insists, and it happens here after many trials and adventures, though we are never shown the reunion itself. Every child who has been separated from their loved ones will need to imagine it for themselves.

Puffin with the Little Wo. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

The emphasis on technology in Moray Williams’s book also invokes the rapid approach of war, when innovative and skilfully-used technology might prove the difference between victory and defeat. Ursula’s husband Peter was an ex-RAF pilot who worked as a technician at the Hawker factory in Kingston, where the famous Hawker Hurricane fighter planes were built between 1936 and 1944. A major character in the novel is a young pilot who aims to break the record for crossing the Atlantic, and who befriends Puffin and the Little Wo at the seaside town where the toy was lost in the summer. The young man’s friendliness towards the friendless pair enables them to enter a grand hotel from which they have previously been barred, and they later accompany him on his record-breaking flight from New York to England. The pilot’s plane crashes on the English coast after breaking the record, but he goes on to build a second, improved model of the smashed plane – called the Butterfly as if in homage to the well-known Moth series of planes built by de Havilland, though the name also invokes the beauty and vulnerability of planes in the 1930s[5] – and it’s from the new aircraft that the Little Wo finally spots his long-lost home. The pilot’s attempt to break the record identifies speed and technological innovation as the key qualities of modern times, but his willingness to use them in the service of others – he is unconcerned with fame or the trappings of fame and does his best to avoid them – endows him with the additional qualities of empathy, selflessness and loyalty required by prospective defenders of freedom. The series of coincidences that ensure the book’s modest heroes meet up on three occasions with their pilot friend imply, too, that he is in some sense a man of his time, one whose ability to master time by flying swiftly somehow extends itself to a mastery of good timing.

The pilot’s personal modesty extends to his family background, since his mother lives in a ‘pleasant country cottage’ with a ‘homely parlour’ and expresses effusive gratitude to Puffin for ‘saving her son’s life on the rocks’ after the crash (pp. 163-4). In fact the young man is a human double of the book’s two central characters, with Puffin’s ability to fly, the Little Wo’s attachment to home, and the courage and ingenuity of both, so that his presence in Moray Williams’s novel helps to link the two small animals – one real, one a toy – to the human population of his country. He confirms the link between himself and his nonhuman friends when he tells the Little Wo that he understands his impatience to get back to his owner: ‘I know just how you feel,’ he tells him, since ‘I felt like that myself out there in the States waiting for the Butterfly to be ready’ (p. 164). The Little Wo’s urgency to get home and the pilot’s urgency to break the record in flying to England both pay homage to the love of your place of birth, and to a stubborn willingness to overcome the various forms of peril that threaten to sever you from that place for ever; in the final stage of the crossing a storm brings down the pilot’s plane, but between them the three friends show characteristic resilience in surviving the catastrophe and making it back to the people and localities they love. In Moray Williams’s world, in other words, technological innovation can supplement rather than obscure the attachment to place, family and the ordinary. As the wife of a pilot and technician she was well qualified to recognise the capacity of these things to coexist.

The pilot with Puffin and the Little Wo in the hotel dining room. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

Another element of the book that betrays its origins in the shadow of war is its setting on the English coast. The coast is where families go for holidays, where seabirds nest, where climbers brave the cliffs (Puffin and little Wo are rescued from a peregrine’s nest by a young climber, the Coastguard’s son), and where fishermen earn their living (Puffin salutes the fishermen of his home region as he flies back to his puffinry at the end of the book: ‘where are fishermen like the fishermen of the West Country?’, p. 194). But the seashore is also a place of deadly danger. The sea that washes against its rocks and sands contains perils of every description, from the tide that sweeps the Little Wo away from Himself to the peregrine that snatches him from the waves as food for its young, from the whirlpools between its boulders and the cuttlefish in its caves to the mermaids that haunt its waters, who imprison the Little Wo in their submarine palace. The Coastguard – another key character in the book – reinforces our sense of the dangers that plague the coast, since his job is to protect his fellow humans against them. The Coastguard’s world collides with the young pilot’s when the first Butterfly crashes near the Coastguard’s cottage, and the incident reinforces the point that both key human characters earn their living by courting danger, perched on the borderline between life and death along with their families. The Coastguard’s cottage (with his wife and children in it) stands close to the rocks on which boats and planes come to grief, while the pilot’s mother is keenly conscious of the deadliness of her son’s trade as an airman. Their familiarity with peril marks them out as fully prepared for the global conflict whose approach everyone was predicting in 1939.

Animals too, on the coast, exist on a fulcrum between life and death. Puffin’s Egg may or may not be alive as he waits for it to hatch; many people, including the mermaids, assume that it’s ‘addled’. Small creatures like Puffin and the Little Wo live in constant danger from predators such as cuttlefish and peregrine falcons. The falcons live in danger from human nest robbers such as the young climber. A fox Puffin meets in a field when he journeys inland is in danger from the hounds that chase it. Inhabitants of the coast and its adjacent landscapes and seascapes – Puffin’s world, in other words – resemble tightrope walkers or mountaineers, teetering precariously between survival and destruction.

Frontispiece of first edition, by Mary Shillabeer, with cliffs in background.

Puffin’s particular stretch of coast is made up of granite cliffs, impregnable bastions like the White Cliffs of Dover but also vertiginous precipices marking the end of one element and the start of another. The writer-artist Mervyn Peake wrote of 1939 as a cliff over which the world hung poised to drop:

O heart-beats – you are rattling dice –
My rattling dice
Proclaim the edge of precipice
At whose hid boulders stands a soundless sea –
These dice
Endanger me,
And spice
My days with hazards of futurity.[6]

In fact, the period immediately before the Second World War is often described in prose and verse, both then and now, as a precipice or cliff, and Peake’s poem perfectly summarizes – mixed metaphors and all – the intense consciousness at the time that multiple threats were coming to a head, and that the momentum of the world was now too strong to prevent its losing its balance and taking the plunge onto the rocks below. Moray Williams would have been as conscious of this momentum as anyone in Britain. Her husband Peter volunteered as an ARP warden in 1938, and his work as well as her father’s was shaped by conflict, which brought the need for both Hawker Hurricane fighters and emergency accommodation for refugees. Making her protagonist a seabird, who lives his life on the deadly margin between land and sea, means that Moray Williams’s novel conveys almost as well as Peake’s poem the strange tensions that governed this particular moment in global history. And her protagonist shares with his world a set of internal tensions that make him the perfect embodiment of the time in which she was writing.

In personality, Puffin is poised between one set of traits and another, a quality that makes him one of Moray Williams’s most complex creations. He is plump, short and clownish to look at but also a daring bird of action, who can fly low enough to ‘buzz’ other birds (as a pilot might ‘buzz’ his friends on an airfield) or leap from a plane on a sudden impulse to follow and protect the parachuting Little Wo. He lives alone in his clifftop burrow, but also longs for a companion (‘either a kind and pretty little sweetheart puffin […] or a brave, sturdy brother puffin’, p. 10) and a child. He is ‘honest’ (p. 9), but he is also prepared to be mildly dishonest when it suits him; for instance, he hides away the abandoned egg he has found for several hours before putting up a sign advertising its whereabouts to anyone who might be looking for it (pp. 9-11). He cares passionately for the Egg but forgets to sit on it. He is quite often bad tempered (for instance, he pushes a young puffin off a ledge for cheeking him, pp. 15-16) but also kind-hearted (he takes the Little Wo to his burrow as soon as he finds him on the shore, and even transfers his attention from the Egg for a while as he tends to his visitor’s needs). He is a homebird, satisfied to stay behind and wait for the Egg to hatch while the other puffins fly off to sea, but also a courageous traveller, willing to accompany the Little Wo to the ends of the earth to help him track down his human family. He is sometimes self-deprecating but also takes pleasure in fame – at least for a while – when his signature song makes him a star in America. He has limited experience but also a great deal of ingenuity, finding ways to escape from the very different prisons of the mermaids’ palace and the Coastguard’s cottage, outwitting a pack of hounds, and mimicking the voice of a zookeeper to help his friend slip out of a cage in London Zoo. He gets frustrated at times by the Little Wo’s endless naivety, but loves him and misses him badly when he’s gone. At every stage of his adventures, it’s his best characteristics that direct his actions, so that he always teeters in the right direction, but he sometimes feels shame for having been tempted to do the opposite. Puffin comes across, in fact, as a thoroughly ordinary person, but one who is capable of doing extraordinary things, which makes him the perfect hero for a time when everyday life has somehow got tangled up with the frightening, the difficult and the strange.

Mermaids in pursuit of the escaping Little Wo. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

Puffin’s two-sidedness extends from his personality to his identity. Both he and the Little Wo continually fluctuate, so to speak, between one mode of being and another. Moray Williams represents Puffin both as a puffin and as a kind of miniature human, while the Little Wo – like the Little Wooden Horse – comes across as both a toy and a very small person. They can talk to human beings, like the animals in Kenneth Graham’s The Wind in the Willows, but are also bound like them to their nonhuman identities, in this case as a bird and a toy. Puffin has wings and can fly, while the Little Wo has cotton paws which can get worn out by excessive scrambling among the rocks; at the same time, the two friends are able to hold hands when running away from their many pursuers, and Puffin can row a boat when the need arises. Puffin sings his signature song in English, and the song becomes a hit, first among the passengers on the Queen Mary, then among the citizens of New York; but he can also be barred from an English hotel because (as the porter says) ‘This isn’t a Natural History Museum’ (p. 128) – in other words, because he’s an animal. He and the Little Wo can be admitted as guests to the hotel dining room, thanks to their friend the pilot, but can also slip away unnoticed by scuttling under the dining room tables like the bird and dog they resemble.

Their unsettled identities get them in trouble repeatedly during their travels. The Little Wo, for instance – who seeks to ingratiate himself with everyone and believes everything he’s told – thinks the mermaids, Puffin’s neighbours, are delightful, and allows them to replace his small darned tail with the tail of a merdog, which gives him a third identity, that of a mythological creature, to supplement the two he already has. This means (as Puffin is well aware) that the Little Wo will never again be able to leave the sea and find his family, which means in turn that Puffin must find a way to rescue him by offering the mermaids something better in exchange for the stolen tail. He finds this object of trade in his own brightly-coloured rainbow beak, the part of his body that gives him the nickname he most dislikes, ‘sea-parrot’ (a name that proves prophetic when he ‘parrots’ the voice of a zookeeper). As soon as he gives the mermaids his beak, they give back the Little Wo’s tail and take away the fishtail, but Puffin is left with a ‘funny little stump’ and the feeling that a crucial part of him is missing. Fortunately, a puffin’s beak grows back soon after it’s been shed [https://esajournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/fee.2620]; this happens annually after the breeding season, as Moray Williams may have known, since this is exactly when it happens in the book. Puffins, in other words, have shapeshifting built into their bodies, which means that our hero’s repeated transitions in the first part of the book – between animal and person, between a rainbow-beaked sea-parrot and an anonymous black-and-white bird with a stump on its face – do him no real damage.

Puffin caged by the Coastguard. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

But his dual nature becomes problematic when he first meets human people. On being taken back to the Coastguard’s cottage by his cliff-climbing son, both Puffin and the Little Wo are treated from the first as nonhuman entities: Puffin is put in a parrot’s cage and the Little Wo is tied by a thread, like a rattle, to the baby’s wrist. This treatment becomes disturbing when we realise that the Coastguard and his family can talk to both creatures as if they were fellow human beings, learning their back stories and enjoying Puffin’s rendition of the song that later makes him famous. In other words, they make a conscious choice to treat the pair as inferiors rather than equals, selecting from among their characteristics the ones that identify them as lower than themselves in that man-made hierarchy of species, the Great Chain of Being. Puffin’s response to the Little Wo, by contrast, was wholly generous, welcoming him into his burrow like a long-lost son or brother. The Coastguard and his family, on the other hand, never rise above their perception of their small captives as possessions to be disposed of as they wish, despite their articulacy and obvious intelligence. The Little Wo is eventually freed from the thread that ties him to the baby, because he can climb back into the cradle by himself and always does; but Puffin is never permitted to fly free, and there is never any question of the Little Wo being allowed to continue his quest for the child who lost him.

This becomes clear when the Coastguard’s son and the Little Wo become unexpected celebrities. Word soon gets round that a toy has been found by the son in a falcon’s nest, and a letter arrives from London inviting the boy and the famous toy to come and be interviewed by the papers. The Little Wo is delighted, because London is close to his old home, but Puffin overhears the Coastguard telling his wife that the toy will never be restored to its owner; he is wanted by a Museum, perhaps a Museum of Natural History, and ‘will be [kept] there for ever and ever’ to be gawped at by strangers (p. 92). The toy’s urgent search for Himself will come to an end, and he will be condemned to total stasis, frozen in time – or out of time – in perpetuity. The former migrant will no longer be a person in transit, with a rich identity and a variegated history, but stuck in a glass case in a fixed position, his life artificially reduced to a single moment that defines him for the rest of his existence. The parallel with refugees is painfully obvious: a group of people whose lives are all too often reduced to a single word (‘refugee’ or ‘migrant’), which is used to define them, the rest of their histories forgotten or ignored in the hostility and even fear that word can provoke.

The Coronation Scot. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

As it happens, Puffin could be said to have a personal reason to resist the objectification of living creatures, whether birds or playthings or human migrants. Moray Williams drew inspiration for her hero from an old glass case full of stuffed seabirds in her childhood home, North Stoneham, a crumbling Palladian mansion not far from Southampton. She saw the case again on returning to the house in November 1938, not long before it was due to be demolished. Prominent among the seabirds was a puffin, its colourful beak standing out from among the dusty blacks and whites of the gulls, murres, razorbills and gannets. Improbably, Puffin seems to share Ursula’s knowledge of glass display cases, taxidermy, and the museums that encourage both:

A museum! He had heard puffins speak of them before. Museums were full of glass cases, sealed, and filled with stuffed puffins, who were there for ever and ever. They would never fish nor fly again. It was worse, far worse, than being in a parrot’s cage in a pleasant kitchen with the waves breaking on the rocks outside. When he thought of the Little Wo shut in one of these ca[s]es for ever, in the artificial nest of a stuffed peregrine, with two stuffed peregrine children, and behind him a painted sky and a pastel sea, with school-children and other interested people staring at him all day long, Puffin closed his eyes. He simply could not bear it. (p. 92)

The perils that have faced the pair so far in their adventures shrink to insignificance beside this fate of being fixed for all time in rigid stillness, part of a simulated ‘natural’ environment crudely reproduced, for the benefit of city-dwellers, by means of a wholly unnatural process. That the toy might be reduced to this condition after being betrayed by a couple who claim to love him – the Coastguard and his wife – speaks to the problems that arise from lack of empathy. As Puffin points out to the Little Wo, an absence of fellow-feeling is not so much a matter of cruelty as of thoughtlessness: ‘They are ignorant, that’s all. And they don’t understand us; it isn’t their fault. If they had understood us they would have set us free long ago, and who knows if you wouldn’t have been at home by now and I back in my shabby little burrow’ (p. 93).

Puffin’s own sense of empathy is best displayed, of course, in his response to the Little Wo, who is stuffed by his very nature, just like an animal in a museum display case, but is treated by Puffin as if he were capable of every kind of feeling. On first meeting him, Puffin examines his ‘little cotton body, stuffed, and limp where the stuffing was soaked and lumpy from the sea’ (p. 25), but instead of dismissing him as an inanimate, cast-off object seeks instead to understand his history: ‘he gently asked the Little Wo where he came from, and what he was doing in the sea all alone at that time of day’ (p. 24). He ignores the toy’s disparaging remarks about Puffin’s beloved coast (for the Little Wo it’s a ‘dreadful barren shore’, p. 25), and recognises instead that his new friend has been ‘greatly loved’, that he is small and helpless, and that he can be readily accommodated in his burrow. And he goes on to adapt his own story and circumstances to the migrant’s needs: ‘With a little arrangement, they slept very comfortably with the Egg between them, and for the first time since he found it Puffin forgot to wonder whether by the morning it would be hatched’ (p. 26). Puffin’s sense of time has begun to synch with that of his visitor, rather than the Egg, and not long afterwards the seabird becomes a migrant himself, voluntarily taking to sea in a home-made boat in a bid to give the toy’s story a happy ending.

Puffin and the Little Wo fleeing through London Zoo. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

Puffin’s narrative involves several moments when people without empathy or ‘understanding’ manage to acquire it. Puffin himself gets more empathetic. In building his boat, for instance, he begins by rejecting the help offered by various animals in his neighbourhood, then quickly realises he cannot manage on his own and finds ways to cajole them into forgiving him for his initial rudeness. The porter who at first bars Puffin and the Little Wo from the grand hotel later becomes decidedly helpful to them. The Coastguard and his family are reunited with Puffin and the Little Wo when the two small heroes ask them for help in rescuing the airman after his crash, and at this point the humans beg forgiveness for their earlier betrayal of their nonhuman visitors. But there are also two more incidents when human lack of empathy nearly ruins the adventurers. At London Zoo Puffin is again identified as an animal rather than a person when a little boy grabs him by the neck, thinking he has escaped from his enclosure, after which he is chased through the zoo by a swarm of keepers, and only escapes by confirming once and for all his human credentials (as I mentioned, he mimics a keeper’s voice with perfect accuracy). The most disturbing instance of lack of empathy, though, happens in America, where Puffin is almost trapped in time by the operations of capitalism. Having made his name by singing his song about puffins, whose most memorable line perfectly captures the American Dream (‘there’s nuffin’ that a puffin cannot do!’), Puffin is persuaded to sign a ‘paper’ which he cannot read; only later does he find he has signed a legal contract with a music-hall owner, ‘which bound [him] to stay with the show till it came to an end, and it might go on for years and years’ (p. 147). Capitalism, it would seem, has the disruption and control of time built into its mechanisms, surreptitiously passing ownership of a person’s daily labour from themselves to someone else without their consent, and thereafter imposing the new owner’s timetable on the labourer for as long as the contract remains in effect. In Adventures of Puffin, as in The Little Wooden Horse, showmanship is the trade in which this clandestine transference of ownership manifests itself most visibly. The Little Wooden Horse breaks himself to bits performing for gold in a travelling circus, while Puffin and the Little Wo find themselves trapped within the narrow confines of the music hall, having been ‘brought up’ (in Puffin’s case) ‘to the beauty and freedom of the sea’ (p. 147). Capitalism makes objects of living creatures, placing them in metaphorical glass cases to be gawped at by anyone willing and able to pay money for the privilege and keeping them there without hope of release. Luckily Puffin and the Little Wo find a way to break the contract: their friend the English pilot comes to watch the show, and on seeing him they promptly jump into his pockets, where with his help they evade the scrutiny of the journalists and showbiz personnel who come looking for them. The pilot is not concerned with distinctions between species or with other kinds of boundaries and borders; he walks the two friends through the door of the music hall, just as he had earlier walked them through the door of the swanky hotel in an English seaside town, in defiance of social rules and contracts. Later he invites them to fly home with him to England on his plane, broaching the vaster threshold or border of the Atlantic Ocean. In the process he renders the money they earned at the music hall immaterial, since they no longer need to pay for their passage – this being the major motivation for their having agreed to become performers in the first place. Empathy frees the two small heroes from the grip of capitalism, just as empathy saves the pilot’s life, when Puffin fetches the Coastguard to rescue the young man after his plane has crashed. For Moray Williams, understanding or fellow feeling offers a modest but essential counter-narrative to the various forms of hostility, indifference and oppression that have brought the world to the brink of war.

The pilot’s conduct in the music hall confirms his status as a human double for his two small friends. When Puffin and the Little Wo dive into his pockets he distracts reporters’ attention by repeating Puffin’s words from an incident earlier in the story. At one point in their adventures the modest heroes meet a fox and get caught up in the hunt that is chasing him (it’s worth mentioning here that foxhunts take place in winter, between November and March or April, so this is another temporal marker in the text; if the friends had met the fox a few weeks earlier they would never have encountered the hunt). The Little Wo finds himself substituted for the fox as quarry for the ravening hounds, and Puffin saves the toy by telling him to dive into a rabbit’s burrow (much as he later dives into the pilot’s pocket) while he sits at the entrance and distracts the dogs with breezy conversation. As the hounds come up to ask if he has seen the little fugitive, Puffin refuses to inform them of his whereabouts, but also refuses to lie to them about it: ‘I can’t say, I’m sure,’ he says vaguely in response to their questions; ‘I really couldn’t tell you’; ‘I wouldn’t like to say, I’m sure’ (p. 114). The pilot repeats these words verbatim to the crowd of reporters looking for his friends at the music hall: ‘I can’t say, I’m sure’; ‘I really couldn’t tell you’; ‘I wouldn’t like to say, I’m sure’ (p. 150). The echo places him firmly in his friends’ camp, as a person who refuses to countenance hunting of any kind (in this case the intrusive tracking down of individuals by the paparazzi), but who also refuses to tell lies if he can avoid it. As with Puffin, his convictions are clear, his loyalties unwavering, and he maintains both in the face of a world that too readily readjusts its position in pursuit of profit, or in conformity with the dictates of a repressive ideology.

Puffin and the Little Wo at the music hall. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

The innate similarity between the pilot and his two small friends reinforces another key theme of the book: bonds forged in defiance of difference. The most important of such bonds is the family bond, whereby people of different generations (and hence of different backgrounds and even cultures, each generation shaped by the different circumstances under which it grew up) support each other in an unbreakable unit held together by unwavering affection. As we’ve seen, Puffin treats the Little Wo as a family member – a child or a somewhat wayward younger brother – and he reaffirms the bond between them at the moment of parting, looking back at the toy as it waves from the nursery window and thinking to himself, as often before, ‘Funny, faithful, happy Little Wo’ (p. 191). The phrase implies that the toy has found his happy ending against all odds; and when Puffin’s own happy ending follows, it is equally the outcome of unwavering faithfulness to the idea of a happy home and a loving family.

In both Puffin’s and the Little Wo’s case, the family and the home are non-traditional ones – the traditional nuclear family having been placed under intolerable strain in 1939 by the conditions of war and worldwide migration. The Little Wo has forged his strongest bond with a creature who is not even of the same species – Himself – which may explain why he finds it so easy to bond with Puffin, as well as with the many other beings he meets on his adventures. Puffin, by contrast, forges his deepest bond with his own species in the form of the Egg, and afterwards with the Little Wo, who can almost (but not quite) be equated with the puffin chick into which he hoped the Egg would hatch, or with the puffin companion he longed for. In the end, however, he gains an actual puffin companion. Having been out of temporal step with the rest of his community since the beginning of the book, it seems inevitable that he should remain out of step in the final chapter; and sure enough, when he gets home to his humble burrow he finds that his fellow puffins have left their breeding grounds for a second time, and that the season is over. On this occasion, however, someone is waiting for him: a flightless puffling who has hatched after all the rest and been left behind when the others flew off to sea. Washed up on Puffin’s clifftop by the sea of circumstance – like a second Egg or another Little Wo – the puffling is adopted by the friendly seabird, as promptly and completely as he adopted the toy. But for this new castaway no other home calls to him; no shadow of another parting stands between them, as Dickens might have put it.[7]

Puffin tells the puffling his story. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

The puffling is no more the seabird’s son, of course, than the Little Wo was, but fits more neatly into Puffin’s narrative. That it is a narrative, carefully constructed by Puffin to suit his needs, is confirmed by another detail about this ending, which is that Puffin manages to persuade himself that the chick has emerged from his beloved Egg, bringing his story to the neatest of conclusions. The Egg came into Puffin’s life as a creature out of time, like the Little Wo and Puffin himself, and Puffin has remained convinced from first to last that being out of time can have a positive outcome. An Egg might hatch, Puffin believes, long after it should have started to rot. A toy might find a faithful friend long after he has been seemingly lost for ever. A puffling might find an adoptive parent long after it has been left to starve by its biological parents. Understanding arises from a willingness to embrace the unfortunate, the abandoned and the unconventional, and Puffin has both these qualities in spades: that is, understanding or empathy, and a willingness to take unfortunate strangers to heart, however inconvenient this may prove to himself. Puffin, then, is a creature perfectly suited to a time out of joint, just as the principal humans in the story – the Coastguard and the pilot – are perfectly suited to the defence of the realm that will soon be necessary.

One peculiarity of Puffin’s series of unconventional families is that they contain no mothers – this despite the fact that Moray Williams was a mother when she wrote it. Nuclear families like the Coastguard’s, the pilot’s and Moray Williams’s have a mother at the centre of them, but the Egg has no visible mother and neither does the Little Wo when Puffin finds him or the puffling he adopts in the final chapter. When he realises that the Egg is motherless, the seabird does all he can to fill the role himself:

For the rest of the day he sat on the Egg, as he had seen the mother puffins do, but he was awkward at it. He rolled from one side to the other; he fell into a doze and fell off it. he found it most uncomfortable, and in some strange way he felt that the Egg was uncomfortable too. It did not like to be sat on, at any rate by Puffin. (p. 18)

So he seeks out a better mother for the Egg, first approaching the mermaids, who assure him of their maternal credentials in such glowing terms that the seabird becomes unsettled – after all, ‘Every puffin knows that a mermaid’s promises are not to be trusted, and the more solemnly they promise the more treacherous are their hearts’ (p. 20) – and backs off, earning himself their everlasting enmity. Later the Little Wo takes on the task of finding a mother for the Egg, and his choice of candidates for the position includes a cow, several rabbits, foxes, voles, and a kindly seal. When the seal gets stuck in Puffin’s burrow and has to be rescued before returning to her own family, the two friends give up the chase, and from this point onwards the need for a mother is never mentioned again. Puffin pronounces the Egg unviable and commits himself wholly to the Little Wo; and when in the end he decides that the Egg has indeed hatched and produced the puffling, a whole year after he left it to fend for itself, the little bird’s lack of a mother is never brought up. In times of need the only requisite for a family is whether or not it can provide a safe, loving and supportive environment for its members; the Little Wo knows this when he seeks a mother figure among all the many species that frequent the coast, refusing to confine himself to puffins or even birds. Puffin provides this environment for each of his chosen small companions, just as they provide much-needed companionship for Puffin.

The seabird’s easy adoption of a traditionally female role (though he doesn’t fulfil all of its functions with equal success) stands at the heart of what I take to be the novel’s key achievement. In it, Moray Williams succeeds in providing her young readers with an alternative model of masculinity: one which is nurturing, consistently and practically focused on the needs of others, empathetic, and unconditionally loving of its smaller, weaker companions. Even the Little Wo’s brief transformation into a kind of soldier as he marches in triumph towards his long-lost owner’s home has as its object not the conquest of a neighbouring nation but the peaceful reclamation of his own. At a time when a mood of violent militancy gripped the world, Moray Williams’s alternative vision of men, presented to a new generation of men (her own children were boys), offered up the possibility of a very different future. That this is the function of her narrative seems to be confirmed by the final paragraph of the last chapter, in which Puffin sits down with the puffling on the edge of the cliff, looking out across the ocean, and tells him the story of his adventures. Having finished his story, the seabird goes on to tell a further story of renewed community and the complete realignment of disjointed timelines:

And when, his adventures told, they sat quietly in the moonlight, he began the tale of all the wonderful things they were going to do together in the days ahead, when nobody would be lonely any longer and the Puffins came back to the Puffinry. (p. 198)

Moray Williams does not show us the Puffins’ return; we are asked only to imagine it, just as we were earlier asked to imagine the Little Wo’s reunion with Himself. She leaves her child readers, in other words, looking to the ‘days ahead’, but substitutes for the fearful prognosis of war a visionary glimpse of a time when loneliness will be banished, both for those like Puffin who have wandered far away from their homes and for those like the puffling who have been cast out and left behind. Immediately before this final sentence, she describes the ‘rainbow colours’ fading out of the granite cliffs; the rainbow being a symbol of hope in Genesis, as well as an echo of Puffin’s own rainbow beak, which he gave away to the mermaids but grew back while he was living with the Coastguard’s family. The rainbow colours may go dark, but they will return, Moray Williams assures us, with all they represented in her lifetime, and all they have represented since. It’s an ending that speaks to our own time as powerfully, I think, as it spoke to hers.

The Little Wo begs a mother seal to adopt the Egg. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

NOTES

[1] Lundy Island seems the most likely location for Puffin’s puffinry, because it is made of granite, unlike (for instance) the limestone cliffs at Purbeck. Moray Williams identifies Puffin’s cliffs as in the ‘West Country’ and of ‘granite’: Adventures of Puffin (London: Harrap, 1939), p. 194. All quotations are from this edition.

[2] Not that it didn’t do well. Colin Davison tells us that ‘By Christmas 1939 Adventures of Puffin had sold almost 2000 copies in less than two months, almost matching the early success of Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse’: Davison, Through the Magic Door: Ursula Moray Williams, Gobbolino and the Little Wooden Horse (Newcastle: Northumbria Press, 2011), p. 72. It never made it into paperback, however, which meant that it remains forever a product of its time.

[3] For the success of Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse see Davison, Through the Magic Door, pp. 60-62.

[4] See Davison, Through the Magic Door, p. 54.

[5] The picture of the plane provided by the book’s illustrator, Mary Shillabeer, looks less like a record-breaking single-pilot plane than a transport plane, the de Havilland Albatross, which was built between 1938 and 1939. Interestingly, a well-known photo of the Coronation Scot, taken in January 1939, shows it with an Albatross flying overhead. Could Shillabeer have based her plane on this one?

[6] ‘O Heart-Beats’, Mervyn Peake, Collected Poems, ed. R. W. Maslen, Fyfield Books (Manchester: Carcanet, 2008), p. 52.

[7] That’s a reference to the final sentence of Great Expectations (1860-1861), in the revised version of 1868: ‘I took her hand in mine, and we went out of the ruined place; and, as the morning mists had risen long ago when I first left the forge, so, the evening mists were rising now, and in all the broad expanse of the tranquil light they showed to me, I saw no shadow of another parting from her.’

R. F. Kuang, Babel (2022)

  1. The peculiar properties of colonial space

Fantasy was born in Oxford. There the mathematician Charles Dodgson devised the adventures of Alice underground, the precursor to Alice in Wonderland, as he drifted along the Cherwell on a summer day with a boatload of spellbound children. There Tolkien’s scholarly dreams of accessing the deep past of humankind, and of inventing a new language, converged to generate the book that birthed the genre. There C. S. Lewis conceived the land of Narnia, which helped to change fantasy for children in the wake of the Second World War, transforming it from a treasure-seeker’s playground to a study in resistance to tyranny and a fierce defence of the imagination.[1] There Philip Pullman regenerated children’s fantasy at a time when it seemed to be fizzling out, pitting his fiercely democratic political vision against Lewis’s more conservative religious convictions. Pullman’s anger at what he saw as the betrayals perpetrated by faith paved the way for yet angrier Oxford fantasies. In Helen Marshall’s The Migration (2019), children react to the sense of having been betrayed by their elders, who bequeathed them the climate catastrophe, by undergoing a revolutionary metamorphosis diagnosed by older scientists as a disease. Oxford continues to prove fertile ground for fantasy, but the fantasies it engenders grow darker and more unsettling with each decade.

R. F. Kuang’s Babel (2022) may be the angriest Oxford fantasy yet. Its subtitle – The Necessity of Violence – has a double meaning: the British Empire found violence necessary to achieve its ends, and the book’s protagonists find violence necessary to make themselves heard, both in Oxford and beyond – Oxford here being the intellectual, economic and technological hub of the British Empire. Like Marshall’s novel, Babel has been written by an outsider to the city, one of those North American scholars who pass through the ancient body of the university, injecting the lifeblood of overseas fees and fresh perspectives into its veins. Unlike Marshall, however, Kuang makes her protagonist, Robin Swift, an Oxford undergraduate: a boy from Guangdong (then known as Canton) in the nineteenth century just before the First Opium War broke out between Britain and China. Insinuating Robin into the University system is for her the literary equivalent of smuggling an incendiary bomb into the Bodleian Library, all of whose users must swear ‘not to bring into the Library, or kindle therein, any fire or flame’. As he learns about Oxford he discovers its links with British imperialist aggression, and the flames of his anger mount as that aggression increasingly comes to bear on himself and his friends. Kuang also inserts Robin into British history, along with the Royal Institute of Translation he attends. These insertions strain against the confines of conventional accounts of the heyday of Empire, threatening to bring them tumbling down round the reader’s ears like the mythical tower from which the Institute derives its nickname: Babel, the place of the confounding of tongues.

The explosive nature of Kuang’s novel derives from its fascination with the peculiar properties of colonial space. Colonialism requires the colonial aggressor to nourish certain convictions about themselves and the state they serve: that both represent the pinnacle of human development, and that their acquisition of power over an ever-widening geographical and cultural territory is therefore benevolent, since any land or people subsumed within the colonial Empire’s bounds must necessarily be improved by its subjugation. Such convictions require a drastic shrinkage of perspective, a wilful blotting-out of the rich resources of knowledge, language, art and history contained in each new territorial acquisition; ironically, perhaps, since those resources are an integral part of what makes any territory worth possessing. Such acts of shrinkage, one might imagine, subject the material being compressed to unbearable pressure, which can only be relieved by some sort of explosion, a sudden, violent moment of release. Kuang’s book builds up the sense of pressure as it goes on, in part through the obvious strains it registers between narrative realism and the fantastic, strains that mount incrementally as we read until the culminating detonation, which by the time it comes has been rendered both inevitable and deeply satisfying.

Nicolette Caven, Map of Babel

That sense of strain is largely achieved by means of the many compressed spaces the novel contains, locations which seem to hold far more matter than the laws of physics insist they should. One such space is the building that houses the Royal Institute of Translators, the titular Tower of Babel, named after the tower in Genesis which was constructed by Adam’s descendants as a literal stairway to Heaven.[2] As Kuang explains in her preface, she has had to manipulate the map of Oxford in order to fit the Tower in: ‘I’ve warped geography to make space for it’, she tells us, placing the gigantic structure on a non-existent green near the Bodleian Library and the Radcliffe Library (p. 2).[3] The map of Oxford and the diagram of Babel supplied by Nicolette Caven for the novel make the Tower look like a cross between Tom Tower, the totemic building erected by Christopher Wren over the entrance to Christ Church, Oxford, and the biblical Tower of Babel as imagined by the seventeenth-century painter Pieter Breughel the Elder. But as the novel goes on, the interior of Kuang’s Babel seems to expand, acquiring ‘wings’ which cannot logically exist within a circular structure.[4] Each level of the tower seems to need more space than the one below it – though in Caven’s diagram the levels get steadily smaller as you climb the building – culminating in the topmost storey where silver-working and magical experiments take place, these being the raison d’être of the tower itself. The building is, in fact, ‘larger on the inside than on the outside’ (p. 75), having been built that way by the translator-magicians of the Institute, so that it throbs with barely-contained power like an infernal device on the verge of detonation, recalling the unexploded, whispering bomb lodged in the courtyard of an orphanage in Guillermo del Toro’s early movie The Devil’s Backbone (2001).

This disconnect between the tower’s vertically elongated outward appearance and its expansive interior corresponds neatly to the central premise of the novel, which the tower represents: that the act of translation involves far more than translation, embracing treachery, colonialism, physical and mental metamorphosis, and the wholesale warping of the geography of meaning in the process of transferring a term or concept from one language to another. In this book, it’s the British who have most effectively harnessed the multiple functions of translation magic: magic, that is, which depends on the disconnect between a word in one language and its nearest equivalent in another tongue.

That linguistic disconnect – what’s lost in translation – can be converted to power through the medium of silver, itself a substance which, like gold, has accumulated many meanings over time. In the sixteenth century silver became the principal medium for international commerce, with much of the world’s silver finding its way to China, where it formed the basis of the imperial currency. The silver in question started out in the mines of Japan and later in the mines of Bolivia and Mexico, so that the changing chain of supply obediently follows the geography of global imperialism. Silver is also well known to have the highest electrical conductivity of all metals; indeed, it is used as the standard for conductivity, all other metals being measured against it. This property, Kuang suggests, makes it ideal for capturing the quantities of energy that get lost when a word gets translated, while the international importance of silver currency focuses that energy on the highly volatile relations between empires, nations, communities and markets. A bar of silver, then, with a single word inscribed on two of its opposing surfaces, each word in a different language but meaning roughly the same thing, is a space that fairly pulsates with the competing senses, values and histories that have attached themselves over time to its pair of chosen terms, as well as to the medium that interposes itself between them. Kuang’s Tower of Babel is a similar space, resonating (quite literally, as we eventually learn) with the worldwide market for silver, a market driven in the book by silver’s capacity to capture meanings lost in translation and make magic out of them, as nations seek to appropriate each other’s languages for their own ends.

Pieter Breughel the Elder, The Tower of Babel, c. 1563. Kunsthistorisches Museum, Vienna

Set against Kuang’s Royal Institute of Translators – the builders of Babel – is an organisation of anti-imperialist activists known as Hermes, Hermes being the Greek god of thieves as well as of messengers, merchants, scholars, tricksters and orators. As the British Empire plots to divert the world’s silver into its own coffers, Hermes’s objective is to steal it from those coffers and redirect it to ‘people, communities, and movements that deserve it’, such as the ‘slave revolts’ and ‘Resistance movements’ that challenge colonial rule (p. 102). Hermes has its headquarters in another building, the Old Library, that seems vastly larger on the inside than on the outside. ‘From the outside,’ Kuang tells us, ‘it looked as if it could contain a single lecture hall at most. Its interior, meanwhile, could have been the ground floor of the Radcliffe Library’ (p. 383). Larger, in fact, since one end of the building has room in it for explosive experiments, like the eighth floor of the Tower of Babel, and so needs to be set well apart from the inflammable material provided by books and bookshelves; this would be hard to achieve in a circular space like the Radcliffe Library’s ground floor. Many of the contents of the Old Library have been transferred from Babel by acts of thievery, and the work that goes on there parallels Babel’s in its concern with translation, but shifts the main focus of its translation activities from the language of the colonialists, English, to other languages, especially those at risk of being stamped out by colonial aggression. The Old Library is concealed from the world by glamour – here a spell that muffles the sounds of the explosive linguistic experiments conducted within its walls – but it is not invisible; as one Hermes operative puts it, the building is ‘hidden in plain sight’ (p. 383). One reason for representing the Old Library as both ‘hidden’ and visible is the fact that it does exactly what Babel does, not in the interests of Empire but of ‘global liberation’ (p. 388), and that it therefore stands for the small but crucial distinctions that separate a colonial translation project from one that aims to benefit all of humanity. Both projects require very similar physical and academic materials and practitioners; it’s the ends to which they are put that differ fundamentally. It’s therefore fatally easy for scholars to miss the moment when they drift into complicity with the acts of violence necessary to sustain an Empire, embracing the fantasy that they are working for all mankind, while ignoring the fact that the power generated by their translations is being used to promote the interests of the ruling classes. And it’s equally easy to miss the moment when one’s perspective readjusts itself again, no longer tacitly accepting the tenets of colonialism but first recognising the perniciousness of those tenets, then actively setting oneself against them. The Old Library’s impossibly large interior emphasizes the size of the Hermes activists’ ambitions, which are as global as Britain’s, while its hiddenness emphasizes the secret processes whereby the mechanisms of colonial power can be reimagined as mechanisms of liberation, despite (or because of) the explosive distortions they entail.

These two competing buildings, both much larger inside than out, invoke a celebrated Oxford fantasy, C. S. Lewis’s The Last Battle (1956), the apocalyptic final instalment of his Narnian chronicles. In Lewis’s narrative, Narnia’s old faith – presented as cheerful and liberating for those who embrace it – finds its adherents forced into hiding by an oppressive new religion, embodied by the monster-god Tashlan, an artificial fusion of the very different deities of Calormen and Narnia, Tash and Aslan. The creation of Tashlan enables the invading Calormene forces to insist that the two gods are in fact the same, so that the conquest of Narnia by the neighbouring Calormen Empire is only natural, as is the introduction of oppressive new laws that restrict the words and actions of indigenous Narnians. At the climax of the novel these Narnians, together with a few well-meaning Calormenes, find themselves rescued from a global apocalypse by stepping through one of the many doors between worlds with which the Chronicles are filled. On the other side they find a larger, more beautiful Narnia, which itself gives access to further Narnias, each larger and more beautiful than the last. The rallying cry for the escaped Narnians becomes ‘further up and further in’, as they run with increasing energy and pleasure through successive landscapes towards the ultimate Narnia, the largest and innermost of all: God’s country, the land of heart’s desire. The disparity between the vehicle and what it contains is reinforced by the fact that the first portal through which the Narnians step into this succession of larger and better Narnias is a stable door, the entrance to a ramshackle building whose humble appearance is deeply at odds with its symbolic function as the birthplace of Christ, the space in which God compressed his infinite self within the confines of a human body. The larger Narnias are contained one within another like the layers of an onion but in reverse, the largest being impossibly located inside all the smaller versions, as God was contained within the impossibly tiny body of his earthly manifestation, the infant Christ. This fantastic paradox lies at the heart of Christianity, and Lewis’s narrative is designed to complement it by providing a space for Heaven as strange and emotionally satisfying as the space of Christ’s incarnation.

At the same time, there is something unsettling about Lewis’s allegorical representation here of Christianity as under siege in his lifetime. Lewis certainly believed that the religion he cherished was in steep decline in the lands he loved, Britain and Ireland; but his decision to imagine that decline in terms of imperial aggression by a brown-skinned people seems deeply ironic, given the aggressive efforts of white-skinned agents of the British Empire to impose that religion on the rest of the world, by conquest or missionary work or both – not least in Lewis’s native country, Ireland. It’s not for nothing that one of the terms imposed on China in the Treaty of Tientsin at the conclusion of the Second Opium War was to legalize British missionary work in the country once and for all. Missionary work was seen as a crucial means of modernizing China, or rather of reshaping the country into a form that would make it receptive to British commerce and British interests; and Kuang is keenly aware of the direct links between religious mission and imperialism. She includes missionaries, convinced of their innate superiority to the indigenous population, as the advance guard of an imperialist invasion in her inaugural trilogy of fantasy novels, which begins with The Poppy War (2018).

Lewis’s stable is larger on the inside than the outside, and the same is true of his imaginary country, Narnia; its internal largeness embodies its adherence to the values of Aslan, who in turn embodies the values of Christianity as Lewis understood them, so that Aslan too is vastly larger on the ‘inside’ than the talking lion whose form he assumes. Kuang’s Old Library, by contrast, is larger on the inside not for symbolic reasons but because it has to be, just as it is hidden because it will be destroyed if the British authorities find it. No space has been made available in the British Empire for the ideas it contains; they are in danger of being lost, like those meanings lost when any language is translated into the language of Empire, English. The Old Library stands, in fact, as a corrective to Lewis’s narrative of Narnian resistance, one anchored in the material reality of British history, as Lewis’s story about an imperialist ‘Middle-Eastern’ invasion of a landscape coded as British is not.

In fact, Kuang’s narrative is as much concerned with the disconnect between fantasy and reality as it is with that between outsides and interiors. Her Author’s Note should alert us to this fact, focusing as it does on the different versions or fantasies of Oxford which its readers may entertain. ‘The trouble with writing an Oxford novel,’ she tells us, ‘is that anyone who has spent time at Oxford will scrutinize your text to determine if your representation of Oxford aligns with their memories of the place’ (p. 1). It is worse, she adds, if you’re an American writing about the place, ‘for what do Americans know about anything?’ (a phrase that holds a world of meaning for anyone who has heard some of Oxford’s British academics or students commenting on tourists or even scholars from the New World). Kuang goes on to point out that the Oxford she portrays in her novel is both imaginary and carefully rooted in the Oxford of the mid-nineteenth century, which differs in certain crucial respects from the Oxford of any living reader’s memory. She is also well aware that she has modified 1830s Oxford in the light of her own Oxford experience, so that the ‘commemoration ball’ she describes in the novel ‘looks a lot more like a contemporary Oxbridge May/Commemoration Ball than any kind of early-Victorian social event’ (p. 2). The place she depicts is specifically Kuang’s version of Oxford, drawing on her memories; but these prefatory statements are also designed to refute any suggestion that there is some kind of ‘authentic’ Oxford to which British people of the ruling classes alone have access. Indeed, such ‘authentic’ Oxfords are themselves based on a pernicious fantasy, that of Oxford as a place of disinterested or objective learning, serenely untroubled by the British colonial heritage. This fantasy has lately been shaken by the quest to understand, acknowledge and seek reparation for the close ties between British universities and the Atlantic slave trade, and one of Kuang’s characters, Victoire, has herself experienced enslavement – albeit in an unacknowledged form, as ‘a twilight condition, the rules unwritten but implied’ (p. 540).[5] Tolkien’s and Lewis’s fantasies coexist with colonial fantasies of a far more damaging sort, not least the fantasy that philology – the history of languages – can be used to prove the racial superiority of white-skinned ‘races’ over all others. Tolkien did not himself adhere to this philosophy, but he was aware of it, and the hierarchy of white and dark-skinned races in The Lord of the Rings – as well as of their languages – tends to reinforce rather than undermine the racist narrative.

For Kuang, Oxford is itself the most dangerous of fantasies: one that is deeply attractive to lovers of learning, history, fiction and beautiful architecture, but which also sustains the myths that enable imperialist aggression. Three of her central characters, students from non-British cultures who find their way by unusual paths to its hallowed halls, start out by being seduced by the city’s attractions, and continue to be half seduced by them long after they have begun to understand the culture of violence that underpins its institutions. Robin Swift, the boy from Guangdong, learns from his British foster-father at an early age to think of Oxford as ‘the loveliest place on earth’, the ‘centre of all knowledge and innovation in the civilized world’ (p. 25).[6] On first arriving in the city he finds its magic all-pervasive, from the Radcliffe Library, which ‘somehow appeared even larger and grander from the inside than from the outside’ (p. 61), to the nearby Tower of Babel, which he seems not to notice – despite the fact that it’s over three hundred feet tall – until the day when he first steps through its doors, like an adventurer stepping through the ‘door into fairyland’ (p. 74).[7] When he learns from his activist half-brother that ‘It’s violent work that sustains the [Oxford] fantasy’ (p. 138), Robin goes on wanting to believe there is room in the city for outsiders like himself and his friends, who struggle to ‘[carve] their own pockets into it, spaces where they were not just tolerated but thrived’ (p. 171), despite the increasingly unguarded racism of their fellow students. At a crucial juncture in Robin’s life – the point at which he finally needs to make a choice between imperialist Babel and revolutionary Hermes – he sees the city as something out of a story for children: ‘it looked like another, parallel Oxford, an Oxford of the faerie realm […] its spires and turrets promising riddles and adventures and a world of abstraction in which one could get lost forever’ (p. 259). And even after he has committed himself to direct action against its values, Robin continues to see it as a delightful ‘dream’ that has been ‘shattered’ by a rude awakening (p. 433), a charming ‘doll’s house’ that offers ‘a twee approximation of the real world for boys who would never have to truly engage with it’ (p. 459), a fairy tale ‘castle’ whose ‘magician’ has been ‘thrown out’ (p. 459), a ‘rotting gingerbread house’ (p. 473). The fantasy of Oxford endures, although by the end of the book it has shrunk to the size of a toy, a figment, a Christmas leftover, dwarfed by the steady growth of Robin’s awareness of the atrocities it accommodates and enables. Those atrocities expand in his consciousness as the narrative unfolds, straining at the fabric of the city as they accumulate until Oxford too is vastly larger on the inside than on the outside, like the Tower of Babel which is its metonymic double.

Dmitry Djouce, Tom Tower, Christ Church, Oxford. A model for Caven’s drawing of Babel?

Set against the Oxford fantasy is the seemingly fantastic possibility of resistance to Empire, of bringing down the Tower and all it stands for; a revolution, in other words, inspired by the 1791 revolution of enslaved people in Haiti. From the beginning, Robin and his friends are aware that the fairy tale appearance of Oxford is an illusion, for all its seductiveness. When Robin first meets Ramy, for instance – his room-mate from Calcutta – Ramy explains that he can only ever find a kind of acceptance from white students by posing as a prince: ‘The English are never going to think I’m posh,’ he tells Robin, ‘but if I fit into their fantasy, then they’ll at least think I’m royalty’ (p. 56, my emphasis). Soon afterwards the two young men are subjected to a racist attack which drives home the fact that they are outsiders, ‘men at Oxford; […] not Oxford men’; but the knowledge proves too painful for them, and they find it ‘so much easier to pretend; to keep spinning the fantasy for as long as they could’ (p. 70, my emphasis). By this time, however, Robin has already met his half-brother Griffin, who works for a secret organization – Hermes – dedicated to promoting opposition to Empire by redistributing the silver of Babel to deserving causes. At first Griffin himself seems somewhat fantastic. His name recalls a character from Alice in Wonderland, the Gryphon, and like his namesake he is both overbearing in his conversation and associated with the stuff of dreams. When Robin first encounters Griffin he sees a Chinese man much like himself, described as his doppelgänger (a key figure in Freud’s theory of the uncanny, itself allied with his lifelong study of dreams and dreaming), who is being hunted by police through the ‘eerie’ maze of the Oxford streets (p. 66). This man desperately tries to make himself vanish from sight with the help of a stolen silver bar, and his eventual success in disappearing – achieved with Robin’s help – means he does not seem entirely real; Robin later recalls the episode as ‘like falling into a dream’ (p. 69), and later still as ‘dreamlike’ (p. 100). When Robin meets Griffin again some days later the sense of unreality persists: ‘“Am I dreaming?”’ he mumbles (p. 96), though his brother scoffs at the misconception (‘“You wish”’, p. 96). Griffin agrees to devise a code to help them communicate in secret, but for Robin the cypher looks at first like ‘nonsense’, the absurd discourse that pervades Lewis Carroll’s Wonderland (p. 123). He learns, however, to decode it; and gradually Griffin and Hermes begin to seem to him as real as Babel. For a while the fantasy of Hermes and the fantasy of Babel compete for Robin’s loyalties; but the colonial fantasy is finally displaced by a fantasy of retribution, based on the idea of destroying the Tower, which ‘took root and grew inside [him], unfurled until it became less a ludicrous fantasy and more a question of logistics, of how and when’ (p. 434, my emphasis). The notion of the revolution taking ‘root’ ingeniously links it to the roots of words, which translators can use to create their magical silver bars, and to the pub – the Twisted Root – in which the brothers first properly make each other’s acquaintance. Some of the pub’s customers are dangerous radicals, a word derived from the Latin radix, meaning root.

Sir John Tenniel, the Gryphon from Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (1865)

As I’ve suggested, the secret society of revolutionary translators, Hermes, and the Old Library where they make their headquarters, could be described as what’s lost, excluded or jettisoned when translation is used to generate magic for colonial purposes. Their existence is an inevitable consequence of the build-up of anger and frustration in the face of British efforts to establish themselves, through the combined agencies of language and silver, as the dominant race, masters of a global Empire on which the sun will never set.[8] Imperialism, like Marx’s capitalism, harbours the seeds of its own destruction, and Kuang’s metaphor for this is the silver bars used by the scholars of Babel to generate power. The power of these bars, Robin’s tutor tells him, ‘lies in words. More specifically, the stuff of language that words are incapable of expressing – the stuff that gets lost when we move between one language and another. The silver catches what is lost and manifests it into being’ (p. 84). On first inspecting one of these bars, Robin thinks it looks far too small to unleash the energy needed to sustain an Empire: ‘Robin frowned, running his finger along the bar. It seemed so small, too innocuous to produce such a profound effect’ (p. 22). The bar’s seeming smallness expresses the fact that the act of translation contains far more than one might think; not only are meanings lost when translating a concept from one language to another, but meanings are also altered as words get transformed (another meaning of the word translation) by the passage of time. The silver bars draw as much on the etymology of the words inscribed on them – the long history of what they once meant, where they came from, the words to which they are closely or distantly related – as on the differences between analogous words in current languages. As a result, each bar can be seen as a teeming crossroads or meeting-point between cultures, customs, experiences, and socio-political systems past and present. To bind it in the service of just one culture at one moment in history is to compress or confine it – in effect, to shrink it – beyond endurance. On the other hand, when a bar is used to express something too large or complex or paradoxical for its limited function as an instrument of translation to sustain, dire consequences follow: it begins to vibrate with increasing violence, and sometimes explodes, with deadly effect. Bars, then, may either be used for creative purposes, to improve the lives of their users, or for wreaking terrible destruction; the analogy with fire or nuclear fission is obvious. They are vastly larger than they look, like the Tower in which they are invested with their magical properties.

The inward vastness of the silver bars is in fact directly connected to the Tower in a number of ways. They were fabricated there, of course; but silver can also interact with other silver within a certain range, causing it either to sustain or to lose its magical potency. This process is known as ‘resonance’, and can be activated with a set of silver rods kept in the ‘southern wing’ of the Tower’s eighth floor (p. 199). The rods are designed to maintain by their very existence the magical efficacy of the silver bars they match; they ‘resonate’ with the bars, even at a distance, just as the pipes of an organ or the bars of a xylophone resonate to produce notes when filled with air or struck. This makes Robin think, when he first sees the rods in the Tower, of another musical analogy:

Looking out over Oxford, Robin had the impression that the whole city was like a finely tuned music box, relying wholly on its silver gears to keep running; and that if the silver ever ran out, if these resonance rods ever collapsed, then the whole of Oxford would stop abruptly in its tracks. The bell towers would go mute, the cabs would halt on the roads, and the townsfolk would freeze in motion on the street, limbs lifted in midair, mouths open in midspeech. (p. 202)

Imagining the effects that would follow if the resonance rods were to be destroyed (the incapacitating of all the magical silver bars that depend on them and the consequent collapse of the silver-based technology that sustains the British Empire) becomes a key component in Hermes’s struggle against colonialism. Their struggle is underpinned by the conviction that even the smallest of objects – a silver rod or silver bar – contains within itself the capacity to enforce or demolish global systems. If bars and rods can be vastly larger and more potent than they look, the same might be said of the small band of young insurgents who seek to wrest them from the hands of their colonial makers.

Silver and translation, then, as tools of Empire, can also generate the forces that topple empires. This becomes obvious when one examines the language used by the bars’ makers – the translators of Babel – to describe their craft. One of Robin’s tutors, the ironically-named Professor Playfair (he likes to ‘play’, but by no means fairly), often describes his special topic, language, in terms that link it with insurrection as well as with empire. The modern translator, Playfair claims, aspires to remain ‘invisible’ to their reader, so that they operate either like an ideology – a set of political coordinates which masquerade as the natural or inevitable state of things – or an insurrectionist, who must keep themselves hidden in the interests of self-protection. The translator, Playfair goes on, must also be in some sense faithless: ‘translators are always being accused of faithlessness’, he declares (p. 152), and later ‘the act of translation is […] necessarily always an act of betrayal’ (p. 155) (note how he shifts with disarming smoothness from a seeming rejection of betrayal to an active embracing of it). The translator’s faithlessness can be manipulated to produce translated texts that either support colonial interests or bolster the narrative of insurrection. If translators choose not to make themselves invisible, by incorporating unfamiliar words or concepts into their translations, they remind the reader of the foreignness of what they are reading – that there are, in fact, other perspectives in the world which must be accounted for (p. 155) – and this could be deemed to support the anticolonial project; hence perhaps the modern tendency among colonial translators to favour ‘invisible’ translations, using terms and concepts already familiar to the target readership, as against conspicuously strange or foreign ones. Again, the presence of people of colour among the scholars of Babel – people like Robin, Ramy and their friend Victoire – makes the otherness of their specialist languages dangerously visible, from the tutor’s point of view; they must therefore be ‘naturalised’ as far as possible, for instance by giving them European names (such as Robin or Victoire), dressing them in academic garb, and hiding them in plain sight among their white colleagues. The translator, Playfair tells the partygoers, ‘dances in shackles’, meaning they are enslaved by the necessity of following the original text they are engaged in translating; but this need not make them slaves of Empire. They can choose to enslave foreign texts, of course, by ‘naturalising’ them as colonial discourse; but they can also choose to rebel, like the insurrectionists of Haiti, by remaining determinedly faithful to the original language and culture, or by choosing to translate texts and terms with anticolonial connotations.

Anon, Battle of Vertières (1803). The battle took place during the Haitian Revolution

Playfair’s apparently balanced discourse gives the illusion of an unbiased outlook, a truly academic impartiality in the face of the conflicting evidence he puts forward. He seems, that is, to be ‘playing fair’. But underlying all his arguments is the assumption that the translator’s necessary faithlessness must always in the end serve colonial interests. This is partly, of course, because the British Empire has a near monopoly both on silver and on elite translators, the two key components of the translation magic with which it upholds its global concerns. But it is also because betrayal – the definitive property of translation – has always been the most potent weapon of people in power. Kuang has illustrated this concept many times in her fiction, from the multiple betrayals that punctuate the struggle over Nikara in the Poppy War trilogy to the betrayal of an author by her self-proclaimed best friend, accomplished for the sake of fame and fortune, in her prizewinning novel Yellowface (2023).[9] When Playfair offers his students a seeming choice between fidelity to empire and radical rebellion, his aim is to show them that only one of those choices is worth making.

But Playfair’s own arguments also demonstrate the possibility of a very different kind of betrayal: the betrayal of the betrayers, which is not in fact a betrayal at all. Robin, Ramy and Victoria all end up working for the dissident movement Hermes, and could therefore be called ‘traitors’ to Babel, the institution that employs them, pays their wages and instructs them in their craft. But all three are also victims of colonial betrayal, having been recruited by the Empire as translators without possessing all the data they needed to make an informed decision about their futures. All three were born in places that were subject to British colonization, and all three quickly learn that their colonized status means they can never be recognised as equals by their British associates, despite the elaborate rituals by which their equality has been implied: their investment in academic robes, their installation as members of the academic elite, and not least, the fact that a sample of their blood has been stored away in Babel as a security measure alongside the self-evidently indistinguishable blood of their white colleagues. In Babel, too, they quickly learn that they are working against the interests of their own original communities: the people of colonized India, the enslaved workers of the Caribbean, the exploited workers in the treaty ports of China. Betraying the British Empire, they conclude, is the only way in which they can show themselves faithful to their people, and thus relieve themselves of the unbearable pressure of conflicting loyalties that threatens to tear them apart. Betrayal is fidelity, fidelity betrayal, and these paradoxes build up in their minds and bodies to a political explosion as damaging to the superstructure of Empire as the collapse of the Tower of Babel with which the novel comes to a climax.

  1. The two faces of Robin Swift

The explosive force of the three translators’ political awakening is rendered more forceful by the fact that, like the silver bars and the buildings in which they are fashioned, their minds and bodies have so much more in them than they seem able to contain. This is especially true of Kuang’s protagonist, Robin Swift. Every aspect of his personality, from his name to his looks to the various things he stands for, embodies the complex state of the colonised subject, and this astonishing complexity – held within the physically unimpressive person of a self-effacing scholar – is what renders him so much larger on the inside than on the surface. His interior size (the number of conflicting concepts and emotions he embodies) only continues to expand as he gets older and begins to learn the full truth of his situation; and the limits of this incremental expansion are marked by two cataclysmic explosions. The first blast takes place at the point when he uses a silver bar to kill his British father; the second takes place when he uses the rods in the Tower of Babel to destroy the headquarters of the Royal Institute of Translators. Robin’s complexity, then, needs analysis, as investigators might analyse the scattered components of an exploded bomb.

Robin’s name is one place to start. The boy from Guangdong is known throughout the book by his English name, the forename given him in early childhood by his English governess, the surname chosen by Robin himself from the books in his father’s library. Hidden behind this English alias is his Chinese name, which remains unspoken throughout the novel, from the first chapter – when the boy Robin starts to say it to his British father, who interrupts him with a dismissive ‘No, that won’t do’ (p. 13) – to the final sentence of the penultimate chapter, when he sees his dead mother smiling at him and saying his name in her native language. Even at this last moment the reader is not told what it is; it remains a secret part of him, either untouched by British colonialism or effectively erased by British colonialism, depending on your point of view. Erasure (or rather, suppression) is the more likely reading. When asked his name at a key moment in the book by the Chinese High Commissioner in Guangdong, Robin replies ‘Robin Swift’ at once, before realising that it had never occurred to him to give the name he was assigned at birth. By the time this realisation dawns on him, he has lost the chance to assert his Chinese identity in his birthplace, China. That identity only returns to him, in fact, at the point of death – a death whose place and time he chooses for himself, in defiance of the best-laid plans of the British Empire.

So much for Robin’s Chinese name. His English name, meanwhile, changes its significations as he grows. His forename is taken from a nursery rhyme recited to him by his English governess: ‘Who killed Cock Robin?’ (p. 13, footnote), a question which acquires new resonance when Robin himself is killed by the collapsing Tower. When Robin meets his Chinese half-brother and gets inducted into the secret world of Hermes, Griffin takes great pleasure in giving his forename a mythical slant by associating it with the medieval outlaw Robin Hood (p. 99). In doing so he allies Robin with the clandestine organization to which Griffin himself belongs, which steals from the rich (i.e. Babel) to give to the poor (i.e. those communities unable to afford silver and the translation magic it enables). Later we learn that the Hermes operatives describe themselves as a ‘hotbed of Robin Hoods’ (p. 385).[10] Robin’s surname, meanwhile, derives from the author of a famous Irish book, Gulliver’s Travels (1726), which satirizes the British colonial project much as Kuang’s does.[11] Swift’s classic is a political satire aimed at adults, though it has often been read by children, most of whom have little idea of its political significance. Robin chooses Swift’s name for himself as a child, with a child’s perspective. At this point he thinks of Britain and its capital as impossible places diminished by distance, like the tiny lands and cities encountered by Gulliver: ‘London existed to him as Lilliput did: a faraway, imaginary, fantasy place where no one looked, dressed, or spoke remotely like him’ (p. 12). The prospect of going to this fantasy London makes him choose the name Swift out of all the many options in his foster father’s study, because Gulliver was, as Robin will be, ‘A stranger in a strange land, who had to learn the local languages if he wished not to die’ (p. 14). Later, as we’ve seen, Robin’s radicalization makes him see Britain and its cities from an adult perspective, as diminutive things: children’s toys and imaginings designed to conceal the violent methods of their makers behind a screen of charming illusion. By this point in the book, adult readers who know about Swift will be aware of another link between Robin and the great Irish satirist: that both pitted themselves against British colonialism while also working to enhance its power (Swift as an ally of the ruling Tory Government, Robin as a scholar of Babel). At the same time, Swift’s Irishness aligns him with the long history of resistance to British colonialism in that country, embodied in Kuang’s novel by the young Irishwoman Cathy O’Nell, a Babel scholar who also works for Hermes. Robin’s two English names, in other words, not only mark him out as a colonised subject of the British Empire, but predict his eventual rising against that Empire, as an insurrectionist who sees the colonial fantasy dwindle in his mind to the size of Lilliput as he sets himself in opposition to it.

Anon, Gulliver in Lilliput (1912)

Robin’s names, then – English and Chinese – embody his paradoxical situation as both servant and enemy of Empire, making him a zone of conflict whose political implications go well beyond the private and personal. Another place to start with Robin would be with his early family history, which again marks him out from the first as a zone of conflict. The point when Robin loses his Chinese name is the point at which he is handed over to Professor Lovell, a scholar of Babel; and this point has been prepared for by the Professor for many years. It was Lovell who impregnated Robin’s mother and left her to raise him alone in Guangdong. It was Lovell who provided the child with an English governess and plenty of English-language books to ensure he would grow up equally fluent in English and Chinese. It was Lovell who waited patiently for the boy to reach an age when both languages were firmly fixed in his unconscious before coming to claim him. All these actions were carried out with dispassionate efficiency, and without the slightest concern for the wellbeing of Robin’s Chinese mother or for the English governess, ‘Miss Betty’ (p. 5). Both women were no more than tools to an end: to breed a bilingual child whose skills were perfectly suited to the needs of his father, and of his father’s workplace, the Royal Institute of Translators in Oxford. In fact, Robin only really begins to exist for the Professor when the boy has lost both his Chinese family and his Chinese name. Their loss is convenient. Robin realises this when he learns at a later point in the novel that the Professor had the means to save his family from cholera – a silver bar capable of curing all diseases – and that the Professor was even staying near Guangdong when Robin’s mother died, but that he simply neglected to do so. The family, along with the governess who had faithfully fulfilled her function, were sacrificed as surplus to requirements. Robin himself survives as testimony to the real-life impact of scholarly actions; he has been genetically engineered as a servant of Empire, and his future at Babel was plotted before his birth. The shock of discovering how far his life has been predetermined by an unloving father (Professor Lovell’s name here proves ironic, unless we gloss it as ‘Love-ill’) is one of the key factors in Robin’s turn to insurrection.

Robin’s genes, as son of a Chinese mother and an English father, mean that his appearance can be interpreted in different ways, so that he has in effect more than one face. At times he passes as white, as when a visitor to Lovell’s house tells the professor that Robin is the ‘spitting image’ of his British father (p. 31), or when a British official in China refuses to believe that the young man is Chinese (p. 301). At others he is subject to unwelcome attention as a ‘foreigner’ on British soil, as when he travels by coach to Oxford and is asked by an English child if he can see out of his eyes, which (the child claims) look like ‘little slits’ (p. 49). When Robin studies himself in a mirror after being told he resembles Lovell he sees himself for the first time as an ‘alien’: a person of unknown origin, whose brown hair and eyes ‘could have plausibly marked him as either the son of a Portuguese sailor or the heir to the Qing Emperor’ (p. 32). At this point Robin’s paternity is not known to him; but even as a child he knows that the genetic heritage signalled by his looks is something he cannot ask about, something that lies outside the realm of polite conversation, since it implies an extra-marital and interracial union forbidden by British social laws. In this sense, Robin is a person who is effectively lost in translation between the two cultures that shaped him, since the fraught relationship between those cultures cannot safely be given voice. In fact, the eventual voicing of that relationship – which occurs when he meets his half-brother Griffin – signals the moment when the power of resisting his colonially-imposed destiny begins to stir in Robin’s body, leading in the end to his instigation of the Oxford Translators’ Revolution. Robin is a kind of silver bar, whose innate capacity to effect radical change is only realised in the last days of his life.

Robin’s paradoxical double existence as both a willing instrument of Empire and its colonised subject and antagonist comes to the fore in two major acts of translation, one at the beginning, the other two-thirds of the way through the novel. The first of these occurs when Professor Lovell calls on him, as a boy, to act as interpreter between a Chinese labourer and a British sailor on the ship that will carry them from Guangdong to London. The labourer has a valid contract permitting him to work his passage from China to England, but the sailor refuses to let him on board. When Robin approaches, the labourer interprets his face as that of a fellow countryman – ‘the only other Chinese person in sight’ (p. 15) – and turns to him for help in making his case. But Robin already knows enough to be aware that the case is lost. The labourer is being turned away from the ship out of simple racism (the British sailor claims that allowing him on board will spread lice among passengers and crew), and his contract has been rendered null and void by xenophobia. Robin also fears that he himself may well become the target of racism if he takes the labourer’s side, and that if this happens his foster-father may decide to leave him behind in Guangdong as a failed experiment. He therefore tells the labourer simply that ‘Your contract’s no good here’ (p. 16). The statement is not, of course, a true translation of the sailor’s words about spreading lice; it merely sums up the situation without giving any details that might expose its racist roots. It implies a number of things, however, without openly stating them. The very looseness of the translation from the sailor’s English confirms the sailor’s contempt for the Chinese people, which he expresses in linguistic terms: the labourer, he tells Robin, ‘Couldn’t even understand the word bath if I yelled it at him’ (p. 16). The looseness of the translation also confirms the fact that nothing will be done to help the labourer get justice, no matter how diligently Robin works to translate English to Chinese and vice versa; the situation is beyond verbal negotiation. At the same time, a great many meanings are lost in this colonial act of loose translation; and their loss is most vividly realised in the bodily reactions of the two Chinese people at the heart of it.

Sunqua, Canton/Guangdong c. 1830, with European flags flying over it.

The labourer’s reaction to Robin’s non-translation is reflected in his face. It’s a face that displays the effects of the brutal working conditions imposed on workers like himself: it is ‘creased and sun-browned, leathered in a way that made him look sixty, though he was likely only in his thirties’, because ‘All lascars [i.e. non-European sailors] aged quickly; the work wrecked their bodies’ (p. 16). When Robin tells him ‘It’s no good’, the same man’s face expresses a range of painful feelings, offering in effect a compressed history of his life:

A thousand emotions worked through that weathered face – indignation, frustration, and finally, resignation. Robin had been afraid the labourer might argue, might fight, but quickly it became clear that for this man, such treatment was nothing new. This had happened before. The labourer turned and made his way down the gangplank, shoving passengers aside as he did. In a few moments he was gone from sight. (pp. 16-17)

The labourer’s body here becomes a site of conflict: between the notion that he has real worth, expressed in the term ‘indignation’, and the fact that this worth has never been acknowledged by anyone else, as expressed in his ‘frustration’; and between the possibilities of verbal or physical resistance (Robin’s fear that he might ‘argue’ or ‘fight’) and his quick recognition of the futility of such actions (‘resignation’). The labourer ends by using his body to convey his anger as best he can, ‘shoving passengers aside’ as he blunders down the gangplank. Compressed into this passage are all the dynamics of colonialism, which threatens to burst out in a one-man insurrection but ends with the most inadequate bodily expression of frustrated rage, the thrusting of hostile bodies aside as the labourer is forced to walk away from a job to which he is legally entitled.

Robin’s body, meanwhile, reacts fiercely to his recognition of his own complicity with the labourer’s humiliation. His initial instincts are to side with his countryman, both because Chinese workers have always been kind to him and because he ‘associated that face with his own kind’ (p. 16). But the force of Professor Lovell’s thumb ‘digging a groove into his collarbone’ reminds him of the power the Englishman has over him, which in turn affects his body (‘it made his knees tremble’, p. 16), while his decision to reject the labourer’s appeal for help affects his body still more. The boy becomes breathless (he ‘could hardly force his words out’, p. 16), and later feels ‘dizzy’ and ‘cold’, which sets his whole frame ‘shaking’ (p. 17). All these physical reactions stem from his consciousness that he represents the sole conduit between the labourer and the men who seek to oppress him: ‘The choice was his. Only he could communicate it to all parties’ (p. 16). It’s an overwhelming burden for a boy of eleven. His situation as the single point of verbal contact between colonialism and the people it exploits means that before he has even made up his mind what to do, ‘Guilt twisted his gut’ (p. 16): guilt for having such power over ‘one of his elders’, and guilt at his all too predictable inability to help that elder. Like a silver bar overloaded with conflicting meanings, he begins to tremble as if on the verge of detonation. From this point on, Robin responds to moments of heightened emotion with similarly powerful corporeal reactions. When Professor Lovell later subjects the young Robin to a vicious beating, the incident is introduced with a phrase we’ve already heard – ‘Robin’s gut twisted with guilt’ (p. 40) – and culminates with Robin struggling as best he can to prevent his tears from ‘burst[ing] forth’ (p. 42). Robin swells to an unbearable inward size when he confronts Lovell with the question of why he sacrificed his mother to cholera: ‘He felt his chest constrict, as if his heart were a caged beast straining to burst out’ (p. 121). When Robin strives to conceal his murder of Professor Lovell at a party he sweats ‘buckets’ (p. 373), and when he shoots the chandelier in Babel’s front hall to signal the start of the translator’s revolution ‘His whole body trembled, flush with […] vicious energy’ (p. 457). At each key staging post of his journey from obedient imperial subject to insurrectionist, Robin’s body strains and increasingly fails to keep the vastness of his feelings contained within its narrow boundaries.[12]

E. F. Duncan, British ships destroy Chinese vessels, 1843.

Robin’s second major act of oral translation in the book occurs when he returns after many years to his birthplace, Guangdong in south-eastern China. By this time he is a third-year student at Babel, whose first overseas assignment is to serve as interpreter between the British and the Chinese in a negotiation over trading terms which holds a key place in global history. In our universe, the negotiation served as a prelude to the First Opium War of 1841, a conflict that laid the groundwork for the unequal relations between Britain and China for over a century. In Kuang’s alternative universe, it triggers the translator’s revolution, whose chief objective is to prevent the war from happening. Robin’s role as sole interpreter for the British on this occasion places him at a crucial crossroads in the narratives of both Empires, as well as at a crossroads in his own story, as he struggles to make a final choice between his rival commitments to Babel and Hermes.

By the time the incident occurs, Robin is no longer naïve about what the Empire stands for, but has not yet decided what to do with that awareness. For a while he has worked clandestinely for Hermes, stealing material from Babel to be reused for Hermes’s purposes; but then he took fright and withdrew from his commitment to the anti-colonial movement. For a while after that he worked quietly for Babel, unwilling to sacrifice his safety for what may only be a fantasy of revolution. But it’s his return to Guangdong that makes him realise how far his own story remains bound up with that of the people throughout the world whose lives and livelihoods are being destroyed by the British Empire. His mother and family died from cholera when British magic, of the kind wielded by Lovell, could have saved them; the effects of the disease, as the boy Robin understood them at the time, resemble the workings of an opiate substance: ‘He was still conscious, though he’d sunk into a drowsy, half-dreaming haze. Soon, he knew, he’d fall into a deep sleep and fail to wake up’ (p. 5). On his return, he finds that the site of his old house has become an actual opium den, where addicts linger in a half-dreaming haze until the moment when they sink into death. Opium is Britain’s chief import into China, despite its prohibition by the Chinese government; it was for the right to go on importing it legally that the First and Second Opium Wars were fought. The British Empire, in other words, has the same effect as a global plague, bringing death to whatever territories it touches. As in the case of Robin’s family, the human costs of this deadly commerce are of no interest to the British, since the Chinese are barely human to them. As a Chinese man, then, Robin himself is barely human to his British masters; it is only by becoming physically, linguistically and morally indistinguishable from them – by becoming effectively British, and reneging his family, language and culture – that he can attain humanity in their eyes. His experiences in Guangdong, as a child and an adult, confirm for him once and for all that the price of being recognised as human by the British is not worth paying.

This recognition comes to him before he begins his work as interpreter between the British and the Chinese. It is marked, among other things, by his new awareness of Gulliver’s Travels as an anti-colonial text. Whereas in childhood he knew Swift’s satire mainly from its first Book – the story of the miniature kingdoms of Lilliput and Blefuscu – by now the part that most resonates with him is Book 4, in which Gulliver becomes the willing accomplice of a species that regards humanity as less than beasts. ‘[T]here’s this chapter,’ he explains to Ramy,

where Gulliver winds up on a land ruled by horses, who call themselves the Houyhnhnms, and where the humans are savage, idiot slaves called Yahoos. […] Gulliver gets so used to living with his Houyhnhnm master, gets so convinced of Houyhnhnm superiority, that when he gets home, he’s horrified by his fellow humans. He thinks they’re imbeciles. He can’t stand to be around them. And that’s how this… that’s…’ Robin rocked back and forth over the bridge. He felt like no matter how hard he breathed, he could not get enough air. (p. 309)

Robin’s summary of the story here is a deeply personal one. In Swift’s satire, the talking horses can be read, from one point of view, as idealised beings, whose pacific good government distinguishes them from the violent and insanitary tendencies of the Yahoos they enslave. From an anti-colonial perspective, however, they can be read as being as bad as the Yahoos, given their willingness to enslave and kill another species for their benefit. Robin’s interpretation of Book 4 marks one of the many points in his narrative when he undergoes a momentous shift in his point of view. He has till now, he realises, been reading things from his ‘master’s’ perspective – the perspective of the British Empire – and so has looked down on anyone from beyond its boundaries, or anyone who is powerless within them, as his inferiors. But there are many perspectives on or interpretations of things, and the human world is vastly larger, richer and more complex than the British would have it appear. This comes home to him again when he becomes for the second time an interpreter between the British and the Chinese; that is, between the perspectives of rival empires, one of which is intent on colonizing the other.

Louis John Rhead (d. 1926), The Servants Drive a Herd of Yahoos into the Field

This second act of interpretation builds directly on the first. Robin finds himself striving to convey the words of an English merchant, Mr Baylis, to the Chinese High Commissioner, Lin Zexu, as the former seeks to insist that the latter permit British companies to sell opium freely in China, in defiance of Chinese law. Once again, the conversation Robin is assigned to translate is a largely pointless one, because Mr Baylis’s argument has already been made in advance in official letters to the High Commissioner, and also because Lin can only repeat words already uttered by the Daoguang Emperor: ‘I will reiterate to you,’ he tells Baylis, ‘what we wrote to your Queen Victoria, […] that any foreigners bringing opium into China with designs to sell it will be decapitated’ (p. 311). The translation process is therefore unnecessary, as it was in the case of the labourer. The British cannot listen to the Chinese because they see them as mere animals; the Chinese cannot listen to the British because they see them as utterly devoid of reason. When invited by the Chinese High Commissioner to speak to him in private, Robin once again finds himself forced to gloss the words he has uttered on behalf of the British, just as he did when speaking to the labourer. This time, however, he glosses them with a raw statement of the truth as he now sees it. Whereas the young Robin chose to state a truth which avoided highlighting the racism of the British – ‘Your contract’s no good here’ – the older Robin identifies racism as the crux of the matter. When asked by Lin whether, in his view, it’s worth prolonging negotiations with the British in pursuit of compromise, Robin answers: ‘No […]. They want what they want, and they won’t settle for anything less. They don’t respect you, or your government. You are obstacles to be resolved, one way or another’ (p. 314). ‘Disappointing,’ Lin replies, ‘For all their talk of rights and dignity’; and Robin responds, ‘I think those principles only apply to those they find human.’ This second substitution of a gloss for a direct translation exposes one kind of meaning that always gets lost in any attempt to render the words of one language in the words of another: the rooted prejudices that prevent a person from hearing anything spoken by someone they despise. Robin’s second act of interpretation, in other words, makes up for his failure to call out racism in his childhood by casting its shadow over all exchanges between the British Empire and the many people in the world it defines as ‘uncivilised’.

Anon, Lin Zexu, c. 1850

Inevitably, Robin’s translation of the facts for the benefit of Lin is glossed as betrayal by the British Empire he was born to serve. His father, Professor Lovell, rushes at him afterwards and asks, ‘What did you say? […] What did you tell him?’ while shaking him violently by the collar (p. 315). Lovell’s reaction merely confirms the accuracy of Robin’s words to Lin about the attitude of the British Empire to non-British peoples: for men like Lovell they are less than human, and hence to be addressed with violence rather than reason. Lovell’s questions are accompanied by a facial expression that confirms the professor’s own lapse into (or existence in) an irrational, ‘nonhuman’ condition – ‘the look in his eyes was beastly, wholly unrecognizable’ – so that his face can no longer be read as linking him to Robin. Remember, by contrast, how the faces of Robin and the labourer were interpreted by each as having a familial resemblance, and how Robin was able to read the labourer’s life story in his expression. The implied breakdown of relations between Lovell and Robin refutes at a blow Lovell’s characterization of his son as a traitor, since it also implies there is no familial link between them; they are effectively strangers to one another. Lin, meanwhile, responds to Robin’s blunt articulation of the facts – that is, of the unreasoning ‘beastliness’ of the British imperialists – by engaging in a retaliatory act of violence: he has his troops set fire to a cargo of British opium in Guangdong harbour. Between beast-like peoples – or rather, between one people and another that regards the first as beasts, while itself behaving with an irrationality which can be construed as bestial – there can be no conversation, merely sudden explosive bursts of fierce aggression.

Professor Lovell’s attack on Robin, itself prompted by Lin’s attack on British opium-carrying vessels, leads directly to Robin’s fatal attack on his father. On the return journey to England father and son confront each other in Lovell’s cabin, in an encounter that has been ‘a long time coming’ (p. 318), and so brings to a catastrophic head the slow build-up of pressure in Robin’s body, which has expressed itself so far in bodily symptoms: nausea, the twisting of guts, uncontrollable shaking. The encounter involves another act of interpretation or translation, as Lovell seeks to force from his son a confession of the ‘truth’ of what he said to Lin. He is not interested in hearing Robin’s assurances that ‘what happened at the docks wasn’t because of me’ (p. 319); instead he insists that the boy ‘For once […] try to simply say what you mean’ [my emphasis]. The words Robin spoke to Lin, it seems, are not at issue; instead the professor seeks access to what Robin has never expressed, to the meanings that have so far been lost in translation between father and son. These include Robin’s disgust at the British opium trade, his refusal to be its instrument in future, his recognition that he himself has been exploited all his life, and his understanding that he can never be fully a person in his father’s eyes, since ‘personhood demand[s] the blood purity of the European man’, whereas Robin is an ‘impure’ fusion of disparate elements (p. 321).

It’s at this point that Robin decides he can no longer exist as the double or multiple person he has been since childhood:

He had become so good at holding two truths in his head at once. That he was an Englishman and not. That Professor Lovell was his father and not. That the Chinese were a stupid, backwards people, and that he was also one of them. That he hated Babel, and wanted to live forever in its embrace. He had danced for years on the razor’s edge of these truths, had remained there as a means of survival, a way to cope, unable to accept either side fully because an unflinching examination of the truth was so frightening that the contradictions threatened to break him. (p. 321)

But he cannot go on like this, he concludes, existing as a ‘split man’ riven by contradictions; ‘He felt a great pressure in the back of his mind’, as if ‘he would quite literally burst, unless he stopped being double’. He must choose a side, thus ending his status as the unstable zone between incompatible elements, a silver bar at risk of imminent detonation.

The choice is made easier, again, by a face; in this case his father’s face, which suddenly adopts ‘the ugliest expression he had ever seen [it] wear’, with bulging eyes and bared teeth, ‘as if a mask of civility had been stripped away’ (p. 322). It’s made easier, too, by his father’s description of the experiment to make Robin the perfect linguist as an exercise in translation (p. 321) – a piece of academic research unaffected by the human costs it entails – and by Lovell’s refusal to say Robin’s mother’s name when Robin asks him to, so that she becomes yet another thing lost in translation, yet another person sacrificed in the interest of subjecting the Chinese people and their language to British control (p. 322). This second loss of a name ignites a burst of anger in Robin’s body, and even as it does so Robin thinks about the origins of the word anger in Old Icelandic, where it’s ‘tied closely to physical suffering’ and sums up how the emotion ‘simmer[s], then explode[s]’ from the human frame (p. 323). Robin kills his father with a silver bar bearing the word ‘Bào’ and its English translation, ‘to explode, to burst forth with what could no longer be contained’ (p. 324). The instrument of the killing perfectly embodies Robin’s emotions at that moment; and its force, with all its catastrophic consequences – an explosive chain reaction that leads inexorably to the translators’ revolution – derives directly from the many contradictory elements that have gone into these emotions.

Afterwards, Robin seeks to gloss his catastrophic action as an act of self-defence, in another attempted act of translation. He tells himself that he thought his father was reaching for a weapon at the point when he hurled the bar, or that Robin himself was in the grip of an unthinking impulse, or that he did not know what the bar would do to his father when it struck him. But in the end he cannot accept his own translation of the facts into something palatable. He knew exactly what he was doing when he killed his father, because translation magic does not work unless the practitioner holds in his mind the exact meaning of the words engraved on either face of the silver bar. His rejection of his own attempts to translate murder into accident or justifiable homicide confirms his commitment to a singular position, that of an active antagonist to colonialism and its willing human instruments. From this time onward he is no longer a ‘split man’, though his body continues to resonate with the accumulated contradictions that brought him into being. Robin Swift, in other words, no longer has two faces.

Anon, scene in China, c. 1852
  1. The many families of Robin Swift

The death of Professor Lovell marks the end of Robin’s connection to his father’s family. Not that his father was ever really family to him, since he was more notable for his absence – physical or emotional – than for his presence. Robin is, however, blessed or cursed with many other families, which is part of what makes him so much larger than he appears, since each family brings with it a different set of attachments and obligations, loyalties and potential avenues to betrayal. Indeed, every family group to which Robin becomes affiliated finds itself betrayed, in one way or another, often enough by Robin himself. Robin’s hostility to his father, for instance, was ignited by the Professor’s betrayal of his family in Guangdong; though Robin’s own failure to remember his Chinese name suggests that he too betrays his Chinese family, or rather their memory, by committing himself body and soul (for a while) to the man who betrayed them. Lovell also betrays his son Robin, first by failing to tell him about his other Chinese family – the family among whom his half-brother Griffin was raised – then by refusing to acknowledge the fact that he is Robin’s father, and finally by concealing his secret marriage to an Englishwoman in Yorkshire, by whom he has fathered two more children: ‘A girl and a boy, seven and three,’ as Griffin explains, ‘Darling Philippa and little Dick’ (p. 95). Robin’s birth family, in other words, is vastly larger and more diverse than the conventional nuclear family which has come to dominate familial myths since the early days of the industrial revolution.

Then there are Robin’s families-by-association, Babel and Hermes. On his arrival at Oxford, Robin is embraced as an ersatz family member by the Royal Institute of Translators at Babel, whose objective, as Professor Playfair sees it, is ‘to make the other familiar’ (p. 83) – that is, to adopt strange languages, along with their territories, into the British family. (‘Familial’ is the more obvious adjective for this, while ‘familiar’ can have undertones of contempt.) Babel, Playfair tells the new students from distant lands, is to become their home,[13] and he cements the associated feeling of kinship and safety with the help of a silver bar, which has the German word ‘heimlich’ (i.e. secret) inscribed on one side and the English word ‘clandestine’ inscribed on the other. The magic of this bar is to make the students of Babel feel safe and private in the Tower of Babel – to feel completely at home – since what’s lost in translation between the two terms is the other meaning of ‘heimlich’, which is ‘homely’, derived from Heim or home. There are of course secrets in families, however, as Professor Lovell’s example makes plain. The secret of Babel is that its apparently egalitarian treatment of its colonized members conceals the fact that they are really servants or slaves; their translations are used for the exclusive benefit of their masters, the British with their Empire, and if they deviate from this objective they will be promptly ejected from the family circle. Slaves, of course, were subsidiary ‘members’ of Roman families, and a crucial component of the ancient Roman imperial machine to which the British liked to compare their own colonial venture. Their blood oiled the pistons of Roman society, so to speak; and in much the same way, Babel depends on the blood of its staff and students. Their relationship with the Tower is literally cemented in blood, in fact, since vials of blood are extracted from Babel’s workers and kept in storage under the building as a means of protecting it from unwelcome intruders. Only Babel staff and students can pass unharmed through the Tower’s front door, which is guarded by spells designed to unleash a barrage of deadly missiles on unwary visitors – that is, on people whose blood the building does not acknowledge as its own. Professor Playfair, who devises these spells, assures his students as he takes their blood that ‘Now you’re part of the tower’ and that ‘now the tower knows you’ (p. 86). This confirms them as Babel insiders, but also binds them bodily to the Institute, so that they are as much in its power as a child is in the power of its parents or guardians. A Babel student can as easily be cut off from the Institute (by destroying their vial) as Professor Lovell’s children can be cut off if they prove unsuitable for his purposes. No wonder Ramy describes the concept of being ‘known’ by the Tower as ‘a bit creepy’ (p. 86).

Nicolette Caven, Kuang’s Babel inserted into the map of Oxford.

Hermes too represents itself as a global family, but one that is vastly more inclusive than its imperial counterpart. Robin’s arrival in the Old Library feels like a sudden extension of his family circle, since the building resembles a smaller Babel while its inhabitants embrace the mutual acceptance, international outlook and pleasure in sharing knowledge enjoyed by Robin and his three best friends. The revolutionaries of Hermes discuss how to extend the family circle still further by convincing other victims of British imperialism to recognise what they have in common. ‘The point is to build a [global] coalition,’ the conspirator Anthony explains to Robin (p. 405), and this is made possible by the similar problems faced by families across the world: ‘The fate of a poor family in [Guangdong] is in fact intricately linked to the fate of an out-of-work weaver from Yorkshire’ (p. 406). A model for this coalition is provided by the alliance between the revolutionary translators who seize the Tower of Babel in the final part of the book and the unemployed British workers who barricade the Oxford streets in support of the rising. Those workers were introduced into Kuang’s narrative by way of a family reduced to beggary after the father lost his job, when his labour at a northern factory was rendered redundant by technological advances driven by translation magic. Robin first sees the father as a solitary protestor throwing eggs at the Babel students, face distorted by rage (p. 210); but their next meeting involves a moment of mutual recognition, which shows obvious parallels with Robin’s encounter with the Chinese labourer in Guangdong:

One stormy night […] Robin glimpsed a family sitting at a corner of Woodstock Road holding out tin mugs for alms. […] The two small children gave him little waves as he approached, and the sight of their pale, rain-stroked faces made him feel guilty enough to stop and fish several pennies out of his pocket.

‘Thank you,’ murmured the father. ‘God bless you.’

The man’s beard had grown out, and his clothes had got a good deal tattier, but Robin still recognised him – he was, without question, one of the men who had screamed obscenities at him on his way into the tower several weeks ago. He met Robin’s eyes. It wasn’t clear if he recognised Robin as well[.] (p. 214)

The brief, ambiguous moment of mutual recognition harks back to the time when Robin looked into the labourer’s face and saw in it the story of his life as an itinerant worker. That earlier encounter led to an acrimonious parting. The meeting with the factory worker’s family, by contrast, proves prophetic of Robin’s third and final meeting with the same worker, which takes place at the door of the Tower, now held to ransom by the rebel translators. At this point both men recognise each other unambiguously, and Robin finally learns the man’s name: Abel Goodfellow, his surname recalling the impish goblin Robin Goodfellow from A Midsummer Night’s Dream. The fact that they share the forename Robin – or in Abel’s case the shadow or memory of that name – confirms the fact that they are now ‘good fellows’, part of a revolutionary fellowship or family which seeks to extend its branches to exploited workers throughout the world. Their last meeting is in fact a warm one, and ends more warmly still, when Abel shakes Robin’s hand goodbye and says ‘God be with you’, echoing his words on the corner of Woodstock Road many months before (p. 533). Abel’s familial relationship with Robin is never made explicit, but Kuang represents his farewell handshake as the polar opposite of Lovell’s emotional coldness: ‘His grip was so warm [and] solid’ (p. 533). Abel’s implied kinship with the young translator stems not from a bid to get power over him, or to make him a member of some exclusive club, as Lovell’s familial manoeuvring so often was; it arises instead from a mutual understanding of their common interests and shared objectives. It’s egalitarian, supportive, inclusive, and emotionally satisfying, and includes no constraint, no build-up of pressure. Abel and his fellow ‘workmen strikers’ represent the possibility of another kind of relationship between Robin and Britain, a relationship based on solidarity between members of the exploited classes, regardless of ethnicity, who pit themselves against all kinds of oppression (p. 486).

Robin’s relationship with his Babel and Hermes families is reinforced in both cases by other family ties. He is tied to Babel, of course, by his father, for whom (as for Professor Playfair) the Tower is ‘the most wonderful place on earth’ (p. 82). He is also tied to it by his chosen family, the three Babel students he meets in his earliest days at Oxford, Ramy, Victoire and Letty. He warms to all three at once, and at one key moment abruptly realizes what they mean to him, sensing it in his body’s core, where (as we’ve seen) he senses all his most powerful emotions:

He blinked, because he’d just registered what this most mundane and extraordinary moment meant – that in the space of several weeks, they had become what he’d never found in Hampstead [i.e. in Professor Lovell’s household], what he thought he’d never have again after [Guangdong]: a circle of people he loved so fiercely his chest hurt when he thought of them.

A family. (p. 132)

By the time this recognition dawns, however, he has already been introduced to the Hermes family, by way of another family tie: his half-brother Griffin. Griffin is Robin’s doppelgänger, his other self. They look the same, owing to their shared paternity: Griffin, it emerges, is the product of an earlier experiment by Lovell, who sought to father a child bilingual in Chinese and English but took Griffin away from his family too young, before the Chinese language became fully engrained in his body and mind. The half-brothers spot the physical resemblance between them before ever they know of their blood ties. They also share the same early history, the same education, even the same passions or desires: Robin harbours an unspoken attraction to Ramy, which arouses the jealousy of their friend Letty, while Griffin, it emerges, was at the centre of a similar love triangle with his friends Evie Brooke and Sterling Jones. Both love triangles culminate in death: Letty shoots Ramy in the Old Library, Griffin kills Evie in Babel, and Griffin and Sterling kill each other in the grounds of Oxford Castle. Even Robin’s own death springs directly from his loss of Ramy, which leaves him willing to sacrifice his life for the revolution. After Griffin’s death, in fact, the two young men seem to merge into one. Robin loses his tentativeness, the resistance to violence that led him to turn against Hermes for a time, and ‘channels’ his dead half-brother at the insurrection, taking on his persona as he and Victoire seize control of Babel: ‘He forced his voice to grow, to take up more space in the room than he ever had’ (p. 451). By this time he and his brother are no longer separate entities, one older and more knowledgeable than the other, one more committed to the cause than his weaker sibling, one so much larger than the other in charisma and outlook that Robin must physically ‘grow’ in order to achieve an equal stature. There is no longer any need for translation between them, that is, of explanations of each other’s political and personal positions. In this scene Robin’s growth reaches maximum capacity, and he finds himself at last large enough to accommodate the many disparate elements that comprise both his and Griffin’s complicated, dangerous inner lives.

Arthur Rackham (d. 1939), William Wilson and his doppelgänger, from Edgar Allan Poe’s short story of 1839

Woven through Robin’s family ties are the betrayals he commits against his many families. He betrays Babel when he agrees to work for Hermes, and he betrays the other members of his chosen family, Ramy, Victoire and Letty, when he fails to let them in on the secret. He betrays Hermes when he is exposed by Babel as a Hermes operative, and chooses to give up the location of one of their safe houses in exchange for his freedom to continue as a Babel student. He betrays his Chinese family by working as an interpreter for the British Empire, which first failed to protect them from cholera and now seeks to control their country through the disease of addiction. He betrays his father’s family in reaction to his father’s repeated betrayals of Robin himself. In many cases he goes on to atone for these betrayals, for instance by saving Ramy and Victoire’s lives when they are caught in one of Playfair’s traps, or by telling the truth about the British to the Chinese High Commissioner, or by leading the translator’s revolution against the Tower whose forces massacred his friends at Hermes. On the other hand, he also atones for his betrayal of Babel by putting an end to his work for Hermes, and later by informing on the secret organization. He reconciles with his father, for a short time, by consenting to work with him in China. His final commitment to Hermes is read as treachery by his friend Letty. Each betrayal also constitutes an act of loyalty, each act of loyalty constitutes a betrayal, and it’s on the basis of these contradictions, Kuang implies, that British imperialism retains its grip on its colonised subjects.

In the closing stages of the book, the concepts of familial loyalty and betrayal come under intense scrutiny. Alone and on the run after the destruction of the Old Library and the massacre of its insurrectionist community, Robin and Victoire find their way to a Hermes safe house where they send out a signal in the form of a beacon to potential allies, using the magic of a silver bar they find there. Later, when they have captured Babel with a small band of fellow translators, they send out another flock of messages, this time written on sheets of paper made to fly across the city of Oxford by another spell. By this time all their family groups have been destroyed, and their quest for a new community looks bleak; as they light their magical beacon in the safe house, an exhausted Robin remarks ‘I don’t know if anyone’s even listening’ (p. 448), while the translator-insurrectionists in the Tower conceal from one another the same anxiety: ‘They were all suffering from […] a creeping dread that this strike might do nothing but damn themselves, and that their cries would go unheard into the night’ (p. 467). On both occasions, however, their calls for help are answered. When they enter the Tower of Babel in the hope of seizing it – two students against an imperial institution – they are soon joined by a little group of like-minded translators, which include Professor Chakravarti, the one person in Britain who seems to have spotted their beacon. Their flying paper messages bring them the support of the British labourers led by Abel Goodfellow, who brings one of the messages with him when he joins them in the Tower. As the taking of the Tower turns into a siege, with the translators on the inside and the British imperial forces on the outside, it gradually emerges that the cause of the translators is a universal one among the working population of the world – more universal, indeed, than the translators themselves had suspected. Abel points out that the striking workers of Britain have been trying to draw attention to affinities between their cause and the cause of the translators for many years – the translators, ironically, had simply failed to understand their language (working-class suffering, the insurrectionist Professor Craft confesses, is ‘a side of the story we don’t often think about, isn’t it?’, p. 495). For all its positive implications, the word ‘family’ also implies an outside: people who don’t belong to the intimate network of friends, protectors, lovers and comrades which identify any family group as residing inside a set of self-made defences or barriers. Abel Goodfellow and his striking workers set up barricades outside the Tower to protect the translators from the British army, but their barricades represent not exclusiveness but ‘solidarity’ (p. 486), a solidarity that implicitly extends itself to all who work for powerful and contemptuous bosses. This worldwide solidarity with the oppressed can hardly be adequately identified as a familial relationship, since there is no nation or population whose members are exempt from it.

The inclusiveness of solidarity exposes the limitations of the family concept. Families invariably involve constraints and obligations which can feel imprisoning. There can be no family without people who are defined as not family – strangers, enemies, aliens, others. The terms ‘treason’, ’treachery’ and ‘betrayal’, which get wielded against their members so often by the various families and quasi-familial groups to which Robin belongs, imply that there are clearly defined rules in place that cannot be broken without transforming yourself into – or exposing yourself as – a stranger, an enemy, a threat. These rules are invariably put in place by authority figures, frequently paternal or patriarchal, who also interpret them and punish breaches as they see fit. An example of such a patriarchal family is Britain itself, which (as an imperial power) identifies certain people as authentically ‘British’ and others – such as the translators of colour who work for Babel – as not British at all, and as incapable of ever attaining Britishness because they are not bound to Britain by blood. The blood kept in vials by Babel does not count; it is merely a failsafe mechanism, not a genuine statement of inclusion and affection. This is why a diverse group of translators from many countries – including a white woman born and raised in Britain – choose to betray the British family, a betrayal which takes the most damning form of all from an imperialist perspective: ‘treason against the crown’ (p. 466).

In the final sections of the book, by contrast, the rules of the translator’s rebellion are not imposed by some patriarchal authority figures but made up collectively, on the fly, by the translators themselves. The insurrectionists react to their chosen situation – a situation of extreme danger, which culminates in an act of collective self-destruction as they bring down the Tower, along with the rods and bars that sustain the Empire, on their heads – in very different ways: they scatter to different parts of the building, where each considers how to reconcile themselves with their imminent deaths, and in the final seconds of the revolution each speaks the words of magic that bring down the Tower in a separate place, in terrible isolation. They work together, in other words, for the same objective, but they retain their individual self-determination at all times, refusing to be moulded into a homogeneous body responding to orders from above; refuse, that is, to become a patriarchal family. In this way they set up an alternative model of relations within a close-knit group which lives and dies in a single village, building or ‘home’.

As a result, at various points in the revolution disagreements arise among the revolutionaries, and these are sometimes resolved with actions that might in a patriarchal family group be defined as betrayal. Professor Chakravarti, for example, finds that at one stage he cannot condone the level of violence that will be committed against the British population by the translators, as they destroy the magic spells which hold buildings, roads, machines, bridges and other crucial elements of the social infrastructure together. There will be too much collateral destruction, he insists, involving innocents: women and children who have never exercised authority on behalf of the Empire. It is agreed, then, that he must leave the Tower; but he is never accused of betrayal, only of choosing a different path because of his convictions. The same is true of Abel Goodfellow, who supports the revolution for as long as he can but will not stay to be massacred with the rest, since he is relied upon by his family and fellow workers. As we have seen, his parting with Robin, who elects to stay, is warmly affectionate; there is never a hint that Robin feels betrayed by his decision. Finally, Victoire too decides to leave before the other insurrectionists bring the Tower down on themselves, like latter-day Samsons. Her reasoning is that the struggle must continue, and that she refuses to be another victim of Empire, another ‘Dying Negro’ (p. 527), to be spoken and written about with a pity indistinguishable from condescension. ‘I want to live, and thrive, and survive them,’ she tells Robin (p. 527); ‘I want a future’. And in choosing a future she ensures that the translator’s rebellion is larger than itself; that it is not confined to a single point in history, but opens out into a complex web of new movements, communities and imaginative possibilities, extending from the imaginary nineteenth century into the lifetime of Kuang’s readers and beyond. She ensures that a future of resistance, courage, commitment, and self-respect in the face of widespread contempt or hostility, is no mere ‘exercise in fantasy’ (p. 511), as Robin sees it. Her decision to break away from the insurrection, to go beyond it, in other words, is as necessary as the insurrection itself.

Like the rebellion it describes, Kuang’s novel is larger in every way than its dimensions suggest – although these are by no means negligible; it’s a substantial book. Babel insinuates itself into the familiar narrative of history, creating a space for itself where no such space existed before, much as Kuang created a space for the Tower of Babel on the map of Oxford, where there is no real space for such an innovation. The translator-insurrectionists worry that their struggle will be forgotten, that their histories will be ‘erased’ (p. 507). One of their number, Ibrahim, even sets about writing a small account of the revolution, which Abel takes with him when he leaves the Tower. The history is designed as an act of translation, a way of interpreting the designs and desires of the revolutionaries – though Robin remains concerned at its inadequacy when faced with ‘the oppressive wrath of denigrating narrative they fought against’ (p. 507). Kuang’s book contains both Ibrahim’s little history and Robin’s doubts as to its effectiveness, and lends them an emotional resonance which they would never have had outside her story; her readers will find their hearts and minds affected by her words as if by a silver rod or bar, thrumming in harmony with the young rebels they have come to know so well. We carry them with us when we finish reading, as Victoire carried the anti-imperialist struggle beyond the Tower.

Kuang’s angry Oxford novel strains at its own seams. It’s full of footnotes, some of which refer to neglected colonial and anti-colonial episodes in real world history, others to aspects of her own story she has no time to develop – most startlingly, perhaps, the story of the love-triangle involving Griffin and his university friends which came to a violent end with Griffin’s death (p. 431). Footnotes imply a vastly larger world than the one contained within a book’s chosen narrative arc, and the reader who pays attention to Kuang’s footnotes may well find themselves setting out on a journey of exploration that takes them off at a tangent from the story of Robin and his friends: for instance, into a history of the Haitian Revolution or of the First and Second Opium Wars. Kuang’s novel, in other words, enlarges our understanding of history, even as it trades in impossibilities involving the magic of translation. Indeed, it subtly redefines fantasy itself, which is often defined as the literature of impossibility. We are at all times surrounded by impossibilities, Kuang tells us, from the impossibility of  condoning Empire – which many of us nevertheless succeed in achieving – to the impossibility of insurrection, which has also been achieved from time to time. Translation itself has often been driven by fantasies, such as the notion that there was once a universal Adamic language spoken by everyone on earth, and from which all languages can ultimately be derived, as diverse families might claim to be derived from a common ancestor. Translation itself, she adds, is a fantastic impossibility. We can never hope to convey the full meaning of a statement in one language by translating it into another. ‘Language was just difference,’ Robin thinks in the final moments of his life, ‘A thousand different ways of seeing, of moving through the world. No; a thousand worlds within one. And translation – a necessary endeavour, however futile, to move between them’ (p. 537). Translation may be impossible, but it is necessary; as necessary as the commitment to constant movement, and the constant reaffirmation of solidarity between communities, which set us in opposition to the rules, constraints and prohibitions of Empires past and present, great and small.

Rebecca F. Kuang

NOTES

[1] See Michael Levy and Farah Mendlesohn, Children’s Fantasy Literature: An Introduction (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2016), Chapter 5, ‘The Changing Landscape of Post-war Fantasy’.

[2] See Genesis 11, 1-9, especially v. 4: ‘And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven’.

[3] The Radcliffe Library is now known as the Radcliffe Camera.

[4] See p. 199: ‘Back at Babel, Professor Chakravarti led Robin up to the southern wing of the eighth floor’.

[5] Indeed, all four of her main characters – four young translators working for Babel – are associated with slavery, in that they replicate the role of the slaves of the Egyptian king Psammetichus, young Egyptian boys who were brought up to speak fluent Greek so that they could keep an eye on the king’s unreliable Greek allies (pp. 82-3).

[6] His colleague Professor Playfair says something similar about Babel on p. 82: ‘It’s the most wonderful place on earth’.

[7] Robin’s tutor, Professor Playfair, later compares entering the Tower for the first time to ‘taking food in the seelie court’ (p. 82). Traditionally, eating food in the realm of the fairies condemns you to stay with them for ever as their slave.

[8] The close link between Hermes and Babel is neatly summed up by the name of the revolutionary organization. Professor Playfair tells his students that ‘There is indeed something special about silver that makes it an ideal vehicle for what we do. I like to think that it was blessed by the gods – it’s refined with mercury, after all, and Mercury is the messenger god, no? Mercury, Hermes. Does silver then have an inextricable link to hermeneutics?’ (pp. 83-4). Later Griffin explains the reasoning behind the name of the group he works for, the Hermes Society. ‘It’s a joke. Silver and mercury, mercury and Hermes, Hermes and hermeneutics. I don’t know who came up with it. (p. 99). Quite possibly it was the Society’s most implacable enemy, Professor Playfair, who gave its members the idea for the name.

[9] See for example The Burning God (2020), pp. 62-3: ‘She’d laid her loyalty at the feet of two masters before. Each had betrayed her in turn. She’d trusted first [the Empress] Daji and then [the would-be Republican leader] Vaisra, and they’d both sold her away without blinking’.

[10] Robin’s first name also echoes a celebrated British colonial text, Robinson Crusoe (1719). The castaway refers to himself so often as ‘Poor Robin Crusoe’ that his parrot learns the phrase. Kuang’s Robin could be said to be in equal parts the isolated subject of Empire, Robinson himself, and the indigenous man he rescues and makes his servant or slave, Friday. It’s noteworthy that we never learn Friday’s true name, only the name Crusoe gives him.

[11] See in particular Gulliver’s account of the current state of England in Book 4, in which he explains the guiding principles of colonialism: ‘Sometimes our Neighbours want the Things which we have, or have the Things which we want; and we both fight, till they take ours or give us theirs. It is a very justifiable Cause of War to invade a Country after the People have been wasted by Famine, destroyed by Pestilence, or embroiled by Factions among themselves. It is justifiable to enter into a War against our nearest Ally, when one of his Towns lies convenient for us, or a Territory or Land, that would render our Dominions round and compact. If a Prince send Forces into a Nation, where the People are poor and ignorant, he may lawfully put half of them to Death, and make Slaves of the rest, in order to civilize and reduce them from their barbarous Way of Living.’ Jonathan Swift, Gulliver’s Travels, ed. Robert A. Greenberg (New York and London: W. W. Norton and Co., 1970), p. 213.

[12] Echoes of the encounter between Robin and the labourer can be found throughout the novel, from Robin’s insistence, when he explains his betrayal of Hermes to Ramy and Victoire, that he has a ‘contract’ with Babel (p. 287), to the solidarity he finds with a British worker, Abel Goodfellow, in the final chapters; I touch on this solidarity in the next section.

[13] It’s his student Anthony who uses this term for the first time: ‘Welcome to your home for the next four years’, he says on p. 74.

Elizabeth Maslen: Poems on Death

[My mother, who died in September, was interested in death for much of her life. She wrote a number of poems on the subject in the 1970s, some of which were published by Chatto and Windus in a book called Treble Poets 1 (1974). This was intended to be the first in a series, each volume of which would showcase the work of three new or newish poets; the other two here are Stephen Miller and Kit Wright. The editor and sponsor of the projected series was the poet Dennis Enright, who worked with Chatto’s at the time (my mother got to know him at the University of Singapore).

Elizabeth Maslen was the only woman in this inaugural volume, and many of her poems are about women’s experiences, some hers, some those of eccentric friends and relations. In my mother’s lifetime women were, I think, far more closely associated with death than men, being largely responsible for the work and rituals relating to the passage into the next world, just as they were for the work and rituals relating to birth. One of my mother’s poems paints a picture of my Auntie Grace, who was a midwife but loved to pretend she could see ghosts or that she herself was dying or dead. Another takes its origins from memories of her father’s funeral in the early 60s; this was my favourite as a child, and I remembered it as I attended her own funeral. A third focuses on Yorick, the dead clown from Hamlet, about whom she later wrote a fine essay (‘Yorick’s Place in Hamlet,’ Essays and Studies 36 (1983), pp. 1–13). All have a rich vein of fantasy running through them, which gives me the excuse I need to put them here.

I love the theatrical vein that runs through all these meditations, too, the frequent laughter in the face of pain, and the sense of human life as alternating light and shadow, each complementing the other. The latter theme led me to include here one poem which is not about death – though it is about the death-bird, the owl – because I remember exactly the tawny owl in question. We often saw it from our kitchen window being mobbed by smaller birds in the daylight as it waited for the welcome return of darkness. The owl in the poem is also a man, who is drawn to darkness rather than sunlight by his disposition; and darkness has rarely seemed so welcoming, for me, as it is in the final stanza.

The picture I’ve put at the head of the post is one I drew for my mother after her death, featuring Saint Francis and the Wolf of Gubbio, which could be interpreted as a fable about making friends with death.]

***

A Visit to Grannie 

I love to sit and chat to her
– Her old wise head
Nodding and clicking
Bone on bone…

Swinging my bag at
Each leap of the
Churchyard stones,
Banging the door
Of the family tomb
– I’ve jerked her awake again
But she never complains –
Kissing her dear dead yawn.

I open my bag and pour out
What I’ve brought her
– The latest neurosis,
An ultramodern grievance –
And the light peeks through
Those honest eyes,
Through her kindly smiling jaw.

When I come away
I always feel better:
Grannie, you’re so much wiser
Than we are.

 

In a Folk Museum

Here is the skull
Of an old wise women
With holes for the eyes
Lips brain and nose –

They called it her cauldron.
Just a joke: because
She dosed everyone
With the lore she brewed there
– Sometimes she forced it
On surly folk – but they all lived
To thank her.

And when this soldier
– The photo over there –
Broke in to rob her
All she said was
‘I keep my valuables
In my head’ – you’ll notice
Where the bone has been shattered.

Of course he found nothing
Inside the hole – they caught him
Still scrabbling for loot,
Cursing and shouting that he’d been tricked
– They say you could have sworn
That the dead lips twitched:
She was always one for smiling.

But the children began weeping
Outside in the sun; and asked
Who in the world would help them,
Now she was gone.

 

Yorick

The clown of many faces
Stands at my elbow
And interprets laughing
Life’s moon phases.

Pain is parody, he sings,
As wings sprout and he hops
To chirp to the morning’s birth;
Heartbeats stop

And stand: but he’s still there
Grimacing at the grotesque
Farce of laboured air, shambles to where
The bones gamble, themselves
At stake, mocks at the losers.

No one collects, they toss the coin
To Yorick, still grinning lipless
Lidless, though the jest is not
As he chooses.

The clown of many phases
Disintegrates in laughter;
Only the grin lies unchanged
For some time after.

 

When Father Died

When father died the neighbours stood upon their heads
And sang strange songs they never sang before;
They greeted his corpse in fancy dress
And changed their faces as they came through the door.

It was exorcism in hallowe’en guise:
Change face, sing strange, death will unknow me –
Death must be mad to send year-patterns skidding –
A burlesque will comfort the family.

A business friend came as a necrophile,
He and the corpse grinned gaping affection.
Every death’s day he visits one, he says,
To gather grimaces for his collection.

A veteran lawnmower went gay about the box:
He didn’t know anything was wrong until
He saw a coffin knock at our front door,
Heard the curtain’s last rattle on the window sill.

Sisters and brothers tumbled in and out
Singing how much money, weren’t you with him at the end?
Singing poor dear Lizzie, remember all the rows,
The stabs at his serenity? – we tease you as old friends.

We were rather confused, we were playing it straight,
(The lilies gave the death-smell blow for blow)
This fantasy lifted the minds from our heads,
The corpse played grotesque – on with the show!

‘Stand in a circle, chant, chant, chant,
Catch a clod of earth and pop it on a plate,
Keep well covered and serve thoroughly chilled –
The result is excellent bait.’

When it was all over, we resumed our faces,
Stood decorously up, observed the rules.
Living is serious, solemn as a suburb,
Death belongs to fools.

 

Night Bird

They whisper to him,
Night and silence –
Glass in hand, smoke-hazed,
He hears lips half-imagined
Speaking more clearly
Than all those puppet mouths
Of sunlit prisms.

Twilight creature,
Dazed by the creaking mob
Of four-square starlings
Dragging their shadows
Carelessly over the ground,
Dusting them shamelessly,
Eyes on the lurid wax of a
Moulded sun.

But as it melts,
Smudging the evening trees,
Shadows
So much more eloquent
Tiptoe to meet him laughing,
Softly greet him –
These are his friends.

So stoically he sits out
The light, enduring it till it
Ends, till darkness blends
Into the fluid rhythms
Of the night.

 

Old Aunt

She is very old now.
She has died many times
Since I was a child.
I recall
Countless occasions
When she has played her big scene,
Ably stage-managed
By herself, the protagonist.
I have seen her yellow
Life-drained eyes rolling in hollows,
Carried up to die
On my grandmother’s old brass bed –
It has to be a bed of character for such a scene.
I have heard my mother,
Mellow-voiced, trying to reach her
With a favourite song –
She has always been deaf –
My other aunt downstairs
Thrashing the piano to greater efforts
To support the distant singing.
I have seen my grandmother,
Anxious, exasperated,
Not sure which reaction
Is justified.
(We, the audience, slightly ridiculous:
Is it farce or tragedy?
The conclusion holds the clue.)
So far she has always recovered,
Come down laughing shrilly,
Head wagging, jokes endlessly repeated
On a semi-sane theme,
Reassuring us as we realise
It has been a comedy again.
We find it hard
To define the play beforehand,
As she never shows us the script.
Maybe she doesn’t know either:
She always says, when old age is over,
She will be all right.
Which is either very profound,
Or not profound at all.

It will be very strange, shocking almost,
When our long-customed comedian
Tries a different role.
But perhaps
They will let her play it extempore,
Not worry her with painful conning
Of her part. I hope so:
She has so long parodied the life-death theme,
Has comforted us by being ridiculous,
That we should prefer her last performance
To be in character.

Elizabeth Maslen: ‘Witness Literature’ in the Postwar Novels of Storm Jameson and Doris Lessing

Elizabeth Maslen in Tavistock. Photo by Tom Maslen

[My mother, Elizabeth Maslen, passed away peacefully on the weekend of 27-28 September 2025, a little after her 90th birthday. Here’s a brief biography, supplementing the one you can find on the website of Queen Mary University of London, together with a number of recorded interviews which perfectly capture the passion of her teaching voice as I remember it.

Born in 1935 in Manchester, Elizabeth was educated at Manchester High School and Westfield College, University of London, from which she graduated with a first class Honours degree. She went on to earn a Postgraduate Diploma in Comparative Philology at Somerville College, Oxford, and afterwards became a well-known scholar in a remarkably wide range of areas, moving through every stage of English Literature from Old and Middle English to contemporary fiction and poetry. She was also a poet and translator, who worked on fiction in French, Polish, Czech and Turkish and remained attached throughout her life to colleagues and friends in the Universities of Warsaw and Singapore, at which she worked in the 1960s. She taught at Westfield College for over thirty years and was closely involved in the merger with Queen Mary in 1989.

In the course of her career at Westfield and Queen Mary, Elizabeth wrote many important essays and two books: Doris Lessing (second edition 2014) and Political and Social Issues in British Women’s Fiction 1928-1968 (2001). After her retirement from Queen Mary in 2000 she was appointed Research Fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London, where she completed her highly regarded monograph Life in the Writings of Storm Jameson: A Biography (2014).

In 2005 she moved to Tavistock, Devon. Here she took up a new role as counsellor to members of the congregation of Tavistock Parish Church, which involved regular visits and phone calls to distressed, lonely, bereaved and sick people; she only gave up this role six weeks before her death.

That’s the formal part of her biography. In addition to all this, Elizabeth was a mother, grandmother, aunt, cousin and friend, as well as an adviser – both academic and personal – to a vast variety of individuals in many different places. She lived a long and complex life, made up of many stages. Everyone who knew her will have their own particular memories of one or more of those stages. Elizabeth was fascinated by the ways in which memory works, and in her old age she took a lot of trouble considering the relationship between one person’s view of events and people and another’s. Here’s one of the ways she expressed this interest:

Human beings love stories, stories are so much more interesting than facts. The popular papers know this, they give us stories that will catch the eye, satisfy our sense of drama, and they mold the facts to meet our expectations or our needs. And as we all know, unless we choose not to know, we all do this: we weave a story out of what has just happened, and we weave stories out of our past, the past of our families, of our group, our tribe, our nation. Facts become flexible, even a matter of choice – we ease them into the contours of our tale, we erase or set aside what doesn’t fit. We may do this innocently. [But] Sometimes of course our shaping of a tale is not so innocent – especially when we want to present ourselves or some happening in a good light. And sometimes we try to make others admit that their memory is a false one […] So, memories are vulnerable things, open to manipulation, suggestion, correction, even erasure. If you have one memory of an event, and I have another, who is right? Or is there a simple right answer?

If you knew her and are reading this, I’d like to invite you to consider your own particular memories of Elizabeth, and to think about their relationship to her life story as it’s just been told. She’d also have wanted us to think about that life story in relation to the larger story of how the world has changed in her lifetime, how it goes on changing, and how the world itself is part of a larger story, whether you read it in terms of physics or spirituality. Let’s celebrate the rich diversity of our views of Elizabeth, and of each other, and accept them as part of a narrative we’re continuing to live and tell as well and truthfully as we can.

Before her death I asked my mother if she had anything she’d like me to put up on my blog. She sent me the following essay, which she published as a self-contained chapter in The History of British Women’s Writing, 1945-1975, ed. Clare Hanson and Susan Watkins (Palgrave MacMillan, 2017). The essay isn’t directly about fantasy; instead it interrogates the problem of writing realism at a time of radical social, political and technological transformation, a period my mother lived through and thought about in her capacity as an academic, a spiritual person and a citizen of the world. The two writers she chooses to discuss are people she knew intimately, in Storm Jameson’s case through research alone, in Doris Lessing’s through research and friendship. Both writers began their careers by being celebrated for their intensely realist, politically engaged fictions, but also chose to write (extensively, in the case of Lessing) in other modes: fantastic narratives, alternate history, science fiction, magic realism. Elizabeth’s essay charts their movement towards these other modes, and invites us to consider whether ‘realism’ as such is ever entirely possible. It’s therefore directly relevant to the essays on fantasy and the fantastic with which the bulk of this blog is filled.

I’m also glad to include it here because it addresses the experience of women like my mother as they negotiated the troubling strangeness of the twentieth century. Unlike Jameson, my mother went on to negotiate the twenty-first century too, moving into a new kind of life – that of a spiritual counsellor – while retaining close ties to the lives she had lived before the millennium. Like Jameson and Lessing she reinvented herself repeatedly right up to the end, in her final decade learning to readjust her expectations and activities, for instance, in response to her failing sight, to the effects of repeated strokes and to other symptoms of her deteriorating bodily health.

She found solace in reading, and much of what she read was fantasy. Her last weeks were spent rereading Philip Pullman’s two great trilogies, His Dark Materials and The Book of Dust, in preparation for the publication of the final volume in that series, The Rose Field, which is due to come out this Thursday (23 October 2025). She wanted to stay alive to read it, and would have been mildly irritated that she didn’t manage to do so. At the same time she was ready to go, and had been ready, I think, for years.

Her voice remains.]

The two novelists I am exploring are of different generations – Storm Jameson born in 1891, Doris Lessing in 1919 – but both share a commitment, in the aftermath of World War Two, to writing novels that engage with the sense of fragmentation, the tragedies and crises, that afflicted the postwar world in the wake of the traumas of trench warfare in World War One, the rise of totalitarian regimes in the interwar years, the scale of the holocaust, and the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Inevitably, all these events encouraged writers like Jameson and Lessing to reassess what Western society was about, both at home and abroad. Jameson grew up in the English provinces, Lessing in Southern Rhodesia, yet they share similar concerns. Both had family members who suffered the traumas of World War One: Jameson lost a brother and many friends, while her second husband was not only gassed but, like so many others, emotionally drained by his experiences in the trenches, while Lessing was brought up by parents who were both irreparably damaged by that war. Jameson was very much involved with refugees from Europe during the 1930s, World War Two and the Cold War; Lessing became increasingly aware of the tyrannies imposed by the white colonial powers on the black African communities. So both writers had direct personal experience of twentieth-century traumatic issues that exposed how Western society had mythologized its human image. As Tony Davies comments: ‘It is almost impossible to think of a crime that has not been committed in the name of humanity’; and he lists, among other splinter groups that have sought to justify their actions as humanist:

[t]he romantic and positivistic Humanisms through which the European bourgeoisie established their hegemonies[…], the revolutionary Humanism that shook the world and the liberal Humanism that sought to tame it, the Humanism of the Nazis and the Humanism of their victims and opponents.[1]

The acknowledgement of this fracturing meant that those, like Jameson and Lessing’s parents, brought up to believe in a supposedly unified humanist tradition, were traumatised by the revelations of its tarnished heritage, and suffered what Robert Jay Lifton calls:

an important break in the lifeline that can leave [a survivor] permanently engaged in either repair or the acquisition of new twine      . And here we come to the survivor’s overall task, that of formulation, evolving new inner forms that include the traumatic event […] Formulation means establishing the lifeline on a new basis.[2]

Lifton rightly reflects that in certain historical periods humankind ‘has special difficulty in finding symbolic forms within which to locate himself.’ One could, he argues, even see this as humankind’s ‘natural’ state. But he also argues that ‘there are surely degrees in our sense that the particular time we live in is discordant and “out of joint”’ (BC 293). Which is why, for both Jameson and Lessing, the severity and range of the traumas which overshadowed their lives meant that both felt impelled to evolve such ‘inner forms’ as would constitute versions of ‘witness’ literature.

Defining what this undertaking means, Michael Levine builds on Shoshana Felman’s assertion that

To testify is […] not merely to narrate but to commit oneself, and to commit the narrative to others: to take responsibility […] for history or for the truth of an occurrence, for something which, by definition, goes beyond the persona, in having general (nonpersonal) validity and consequences.[3]

Inevitably, in accepting this responsibility, Jameson and Lessing confronted creative problems that faced many like-minded writers of that period. As the Jewish theatre director, Abigail Morris says, referring to the problem of articulating the legacy of the Holocaust:

there is a danger that we will imprison ourselves in a relentless, unconstructive pattern of repetition. And if we are not very sensitive to the danger of this treadmill, the images we create may be sentimental and thus actually lessen the importance of the event.[4]

Both Jameson and Lessing show themselves as fully aware of such dangers. The witness each offers in their different ways would be echoed in the revelatory symposium set up by the Swedish Academy in 2002 to celebrate the centenary of the first Nobel Prize.[5] Bringing together writers from many different cultures, the theme of this symposium was ‘Witness Literature’, underlining the global importance of such writing in the rapidly changing world of the twentieth century. Chinese writers, for instance, discuss the problems of writing ‘witness’ literature under a totalitarian regime, reminding readers that the ‘humanisms’ experienced in the West have not necessarily been shared in other places: Li Rui, citing Swedish academicians and Chinese peasants, challenges his audience to consider, ‘whether all mortal beings on this earth really live in the same world’.[6] It is in this context that Nadine Gordimer, drawing on her experience in the South Africa of apartheid, makes an important distinction between the reporter’s job and that of the novelist:

Meaning is what cannot be reached by the immediacy of the image, the description of the sequence of events, the methodologies of expert analysis… Kafka says the writer sees among the ruins ‘different (and more) things than others … it is seeing what is really taking place’.[7]

For her, therefore, the writer has a duty to strive for ‘the transformation of events, motives, emotions, reactions, from the immediacy into the enduring significance that has meaning.’[8] And this is the task both Jameson and Lessing set themselves from the late 1940s. Both would experiment with adaptations of realism, but in the process both would confront the problem facing any postwar writer ‘committed to realism, who must then wrestle with questions that anticipate poststructuralist notions of the interdependence of language, fictional form, mechanisms of power, subjectivity, and social reality.’[9] And so realism, the representation of reality, became for them a mode that must be reshaped from within, even as ‘reality’ was being redefined by the global traumas of their age.

For both Jameson and Lessing, given their experiences since World War One, there was, as for many of their contemporaries worldwide, a sense of ongoing crisis, on both a private and public level; there is a sense, in the novels both write in the aftermath of World War Two, that the twentieth century is deconstructing itself. As the political theorist, Waldemar Gurian, wrote in 1946:

We do not know the significance and the place in history of the second world war which ended with the unconditional surrender of Germany and Japan in 1945. We do not know if this end is a real end or only a pause. We know today that World War I ended only with an extended armistice – and even before the documents of unconditional surrender were signed, the feeling and fear spread everywhere that the series of world wars might be not over yet. All attempts to produce a general confidence in a lasting peace have until now proved vain. [10]

And he goes on to say:

The shooting war is over, but the humanitarian democratic ideology has not obtained a clear-cut triumph. We observe the old power conflicts reappear intensified by ideological and social differences, so that not a brighter world full of optimism, but a world full of conflicts, fears, and insecurity – even panic – is in the making (6).

Gurian was himself a Russian Jewish émigré, viewing the conflict from a European perspective, and so fully aware of the many faces of humanism; recently Furedi, also from an east European perspective, argues that the problem continues:

the failure to construct a positive worldview based on the affirmation of the virtues of liberal democracy [were] exposed in the late 1960s and continue to haunt society to this day (Furedi, 106).

And importantly, Jameson and Lessing are both writers whose experience goes beyond Britain itself: Jameson travelled widely in Europe and was closely involved, through her work for the PEN, with refugees from the Hitler War, Spain, and the Cold War, while Lessing brought her experience of life in Southern Rhodesia (now Zimbabwe) to bear on what she found in Britain and other countries. For them, as for Gurian and other writers, the postwar world reflected Sartre’s description of the existentialist world of the 1930s, where the fabric of society had been torn to shreds, and where each human being was ‘condemned to […] a freedom from all authority, which he may seek to evade, distort, and deny but which he will have to face if he is to become a moral being’.[11] Any sense of shared values and principles was severely shaken, bringing with it a crisis in communication. This crisis is voiced early in Jameson’s The Black Laurel (1947).[12] At a Scottish prisoner-of-war camp, five German prisoners are to be executed for hanging two of their fellow inmates who had betrayed a planned escape. So the reader is faced at the outset of the novel with two opposing ‘just’ codes: prisoners-of-war had a duty to attempt escape, so betrayal amounted to a treasonable offence worthy of execution, while the British authorities invoke the death penalty for what was deemed to be, under their jurisdiction, straightforward murder. The camp commander recognizes the problem and its implications in a world where ‘justice’ may have no shared meaning:

Any bloody thing can be justified, gas chambers, cutting a schoolroomful of Bolshie children’s poor little throats, injecting poison into the veins of old girls of sixty or seventy – anything. Once you decide to call a private murder justice you’re done for – you and your country are going straight to hell (BL, 16).

This loss of a shared moral perspective lies at the core of Jameson’s novel, where at key moments various characters have a private agenda that they see as validating their right to choose a ‘just’ solution to the problem confronting them. And in Lessing’s first novel, The Grass is Singing (1950), we find similar concerns about different agendas.[13] When a recent English arrival in Southern Rhodesia tries to voice his home-grown liberal criticism of the white community’s response to the murder of a farmer’s wife by her black house boy, he is given a sharp lesson about language and how to interpret it if he is to survive in this community:

When old settlers say, ‘One has to understand the country’, what they mean is, ‘You have got to get used to our ideas about the native’. They are saying, in effect, ‘Learn our ideas, or otherwise get out; we don’t want you’ (GS, 18).

The young man has to be groomed to accept what at first his inherent liberalism rebels against; he is under relentless pressure to conform to a different interpretation of what is acceptable.

So both Jameson and Lessing bring to their postwar writings profound concerns about humankind’s potential for violence and cruelty and about the undermining of any faith in shared values. As a result both are intent on bearing witness to a world changed radically by two world wars and the potential for more, and to what this means for the individual. And at the same time both are experimenting with ways to communicate their ideas to their contemporary readership.

***

Jameson had been honing her skills in her novels of the 1930s and 1940s. In a 1938 lecture, ‘The Novel in Contemporary Life’, she had insisted that writers must strive to separate the key issues in their contemporary world from what was ‘dead and done for’;[14] and if they could not encompass the whole in a novel, they must take ‘soundings’ (NCL, 24). She herself had developed this idea throughout the war, mirroring large issues of her time in the relationships and conflicts within small communities, so presenting her readers with situations they could readily comprehend. As the war ended she used this technique in two of her most powerful novels, Before the Crossing and The Black Laurel, where individual characters are both fully realized individuals and representatives of aspects of the society evolving around and through them.[15] Before the Crossing is set in the summer of 1939, just before war was declared; Jameson looks back from the far side of World War Two and its cruelties, taking characters she had already developed in her 1930s trilogy, ‘The Mirror in Darkness’, and showing how all too many of those who, before World War One, had been idealists, are now simply acting for themselves and their own private set of values.[16] But these are not simply acts devoid of context: Jameson shows the power of the Zeitgeist, something that Lessing also acknowledges through the experiences of her protagonist, Martha Quest, in the ‘Children of Violence’ series. In Jameson’s novel we are shown, for instance, a moment of partial insight given, ironically, to her ‘villain’, Hunt, as he contemplates his young victim, Marie: ‘He thought confusedly of life fitting its hand in [the girl] as if she were a glove, making its signs with her… And with me?’ (BC, 177). This image of both villain and victim as glove puppets, tools of the Zeitgeist, is of course both insightful and a way for Hunt to deny personal responsibility. But Jameson also shows how easily the passion for justice that drives Renn, her protagonist, as he pursues Hunt, the killer of his friend, can turn to ruthlessness, mirroring the fascism that he set out to oppose. In this he is not unlike Lessing’s young Englishman in The Grass is Singing, whose inherited liberal views have no chance against the racism and misogyny that surrounds and swamps him in the Southern Rhodesia of that time.

Jameson’s Renn is shocked when suddenly confronted with what he has become, and his long quest for personal redemption continues into Jameson’s next novel, The Black Laurel, where compassion above and beyond the self is constantly shown under siege. This novel takes Renn and other characters from Before the Crossing into a postwar Europe not yet at peace, where they meet up with a range of new representative ‘soundings’ of communities shattered and corrupted by the war: British, German and Jewish. In the ruins of Berlin little Kalb, a Jew returning to his former home, will become the victim sacrificed to the schemes of a group of British and German entrepreneurs: materialism as an ideology assumes the mantle of fascism in the postwar chaos. The novel as a whole embodies the dangers facing a Europe where war has left a legacy of self-interest and corruption, and where casual cruelties have become all too normal. It is worth noting that Jameson was writing this powerful novel even as Orwell was writing Nineteen Eighty-Four, a work that contemporary critics from a range of cultures would insist was a realist work about their present, not a futurist fable.[17]  It would be comfortable to see Orwell’s and Jameson’s novels as exaggerations, yet both writers were observing a world where abstract concepts like ‘justice’ and ‘mercy’ had lost a meaning that once at least seemed to be shared. Jameson would recall some years later a conversation in 1945 with the Polish poet Czeslaw Milosz, in which he mocked the idea of abstract justice:

You have just been trying four of my fellow-countrymen; they have been slave-workers in Germany for more than five years, and they robbed and killed a German family. Terrible. They have become beasts. And now, after six years of this life that changed them from human beings into wild animals, you are going to execute them – because they have killed one or two German civilians. I don’t understand your people. You have hearts, yes, but do you think with them?[18]

Jameson’s two novels were written after visits in 1945 to Poland and Czechoslovakia, where she experienced both the physical devastation and the psychological damage that war inflicts on both society and the individuals who survive it.

Lessing too, in the ‘Children of Violence’ novels, shows how private and public worlds are interlinked as Martha seeks ‘self-definition’ in the context of her changing contemporary world. For example, in the second novel of the sequence, A Proper Marriage (1954), set in the Southern Rhodesian capital, Martha continues to fight, not only against the conservative pressure of her elders, but against the pressure on her to conform to the image that her generation – and especially the men – impose on her; throughout this novel, the image of a wheel keeps intruding, mirroring the mindless cycles of her society.[19] Yet in this novel, World War Two looms in the background, and the arrival of RAF personnel brings ideas that preoccupy war-ravaged Europe, chiming in with Martha’s growing sense of social injustice in her own country. As a result, in the third novel of the sequence, A Ripple from the Storm (1958), Martha tears herself away from her conventional marriage, seeing for a time her vision of a just society embodied in the Communist group she joins.[20]

The novels of ‘Children of Violence’ written in the 1950s have within them all the issues that will feed into The Golden Notebook, the work that Lessing now wrote, breaking off from the sequence. Here is the gap between what Martha dreams of and the pressures she finds it so hard to resist. Here we have her incoherent life, her need to rebel against family, the men she meets, even as she feels trapped, caged, like the Mary of The Grass is Singing. To contain Lessing’s sense of a fragmenting world, culturally, politically, and in the home, The Golden Notebook, written at the end of the 1950s, moves away from the conventional realism of the three earlier works to experiment with structure. It is still, like the Martha Quest books, set in historical context: this is the postwar world coming to terms with the Holocaust, atom bombs, and the depth of brutality inflicted on civilian populations. But The Golden Notebook is also a book written by a woman who, like Jameson, insists that we cannot separate the personal from what is going on in the world. It addresses the problem Jameson faced in 1938: for Lessing’s protagonist, Anna, is overwhelmed by the sheer scale of crises in the postwar world, and is finding her own way of taking ‘soundings’. The notebooks Anna keeps try, as Lessing herself says, ‘to separate things off from each other, out of fear of chaos, of formlessness – of breakdown’ (GN, 7). Like Jameson, Lessing shows her acute awareness of the critical dilemma facing the novelist who is trying to create fiction in a chaotic world of newsprint and ‘facts’, as well as of conventional relationships under pressure; she shows the hypocrisies and self-deceptions that exist within them. Importantly, her protagonist Anna asserts that:

the function of the novel seems to be changing; it has become an outpost of journalism […] I find that I read with the same kind of curiosity most novels, and a book of reportage. Most novels, if they are successful at all, are original in the sense that they report the existence of an area of society, a type of person, not yet admitted to the general literate consciousness […] Human beings are so divided, are becoming more and more divided, and more subdivided in themselves, reflecting the world, that they reach out desperately, not knowing they do it, for information about other groups in other countries. It is a blind grasping out for their own wholeness… (GN 75).

What is key here is that she envisages the novel as ‘an outpost of journalism’, not journalism per se; Lessing, in The Golden Notebook, demonstrates Kafka’s perception, quoted above, that the writer sees ‘different (and more) things than others … it is seeing what is really taking place.’[21] Like Jameson before her, Lessing strives for what Gordimer calls ‘the transformation of events, motives, emotions, reactions, from the immediacy into the enduring significance that has meaning.’[22] Lessing gives us an Anna struggling with the ways in which language can betray us; reading a political paper, she finds she can interpret it as:

parody, irony, or seriously. It seems to me this fact is another expression of the fragmentation of everything, the painful disintegration of something that is linked with what I feel to be true about language, the thinning of language against the density of our experience (GN, 273).

Strikingly, despite the range of issues addressed in The Golden Notebook, it became a flagship for the reawakening women’s movement of the late 1960s, and it has continued to be claimed as a classic feminist text. However, Lessing’s concerns, while certainly embracing women’s concerns, are never solely feminist, any more than Jameson’s are. Both are primarily concerned with social justice, with the social constraints on both men and women – and with the responsibility, the inevitable involvement, of the individual with decisions and actions undertaken by their society. And they also show that old ideas of ‘progress’, even ‘meaning’ are very much up for grabs.

Jameson, in The Green Man (1952), for instance, has as her leitmotif characters haunted by the problem of justifying war to ensure a ‘just’ peace; for World War Two has done nothing to resolve the dilemma that troubled Adam Smith and David Hume in the eighteenth century, as they pondered what the attitude of civilized society to war should be. In Jameson’s novel we hear, for instance, an old intellectual debating with himself responsibility for the atom bomb. First he blames the scientists, but then:

his passionate belief in human freedom answered him that, since we are free, each of us is always responsible for his intentions: the intentions of the brilliant minds who planned a new form of death – I mean, of dying – are all theirs: but not only theirs: men created the instrument of a fiendish cruelty, men gave the order to use it, and used it. Therefore all men are responsible […]. All of us lie under the judgement reserved for hubris. (GM, 675).

This bleak awareness of a responsibility which is too often abused lies at the heart of many novels of the period dealing not only with world war, but with those violated by their families or by their own community; and it is also a major theme in Lessing’s work. In The Four-Gated City (1969), for example, Mark, the writer of a novel about his vision of a utopian city, covers his walls, like Anna Wulf in The Golden Notebook, with factual articles from newspapers and journals about happenings in the world outside, trying to make sense of, and to assume responsibility for, the ‘truth’ of what has happened and finding only divergent opinions. Then there is Jimmy, Mark’s scientific colleague, who has written two very successful works of science fiction about ‘people who had more senses than are considered normal’; Martha is intrigued by the potential for progress that this idea suggests, but ‘then [he] went on to describe a new machine which he was working on that could stimulate or destroy areas of the brain (FGC, 392). Jimmy, terrifyingly, has insight but no sense of moral responsibility. Mark uses his writerly skills to attempt to propose a positive human future: Jimmy’s failure of responsibility is set against Mark’s moral integrity. But Mark’s mission is not given ascendancy; like Jameson, Lessing shows her protagonists confronting the postmodern dilemma of soluble meanings.

The postwar period was a time when identity, who we are when set against a constantly shifting context of events and ideas, was a key issue for writers of ‘witness literature’. In A Ulysses Too Many (1958), for instance, Jameson explores the complex world of exiles with different experiences and expectations of their homeland, Poland: some have sought exile long before World War Two, some have escaped communist domination more recently, and Jameson shows how their different paths have shaped them as individuals and have coloured their perceptions of others of their countrymen.[23] The novel was of course based on Jameson’s long associations with refugees from Nazi persecutions, but it also owes a great deal to her close links with Czeslaw Milosz, the eminent Polish poet who defected after the Communist takeover of Poland. In 1951 she had comforted him over abuse he was suffering in Paris from fellow Poles whose allegiance was to various versions of a past Poland that had vanished for ever and which they accused him of betraying:

They have set up an imaginary Milosz, several imaginary Miloszes (since each of them has a different reason for abusing you), and by drinking his blood they come to life. But you are not any of their imaginary Miloszes (SJ to CM, 7.26.51).

This insight is at the core of A Ulysses Too Many. The novel is set in Nice, where Jameson and her husband had met a group of Poles. In the novel, a number of Polish and Russian exiles from before World War Two form a community in Nice; but gradually, as postwar exiles join them, their different experiences divide rather than unite them. It is the return of the writer Nadzin that stirs them up, each character eventually interpreting Nadzin’s life, work and therefore his allegiance differently, just as Polish emigrants had each constructed their own Milosz in 1951. Each needs the security of believing in his or her own version of the country they have left behind, and Nadzin’s capacity to perceive and comprehend the changes that have occurred throughout the interwar years, World War Two, and the Cold War threaten the mythologised country each holds dear. This is a deeply insightful work about exile from the past as well as from place. As Jameson, drawing on conversations with refugees, assured her literary agent, A.D.Peters, it was all too true that Nadzin was suspected by his fellow Poles: “I have been told such stories by sane people as I could never make feasible in writing” (SJ to ADP, 8.8.57).

Lessing meanwhile, in In Pursuit of the English (1960), presents a humorous but equally insightful work that explores, from an outsider’s perspective, the ways the English perceived themselves when she first came from Africa to England. This book deconstructs any idea of a shared ‘English way of life’ – that shared life that was such a comfortable propaganda tool in World War Two – very much as the Angry Young Men were doing in the 50s but in a lighter vein. Lessing brings a fresh perspective to the idea by showing how Englishness was viewed in the Colonies and Dominions of the time; if the term ‘English’ is tricky in England, she asserts, ‘it is nothing to the variety of meanings it might bear in a Colony’ (PE 9). The behaviour of the English whom ‘Doris’ meets is defamiliarized, since it is seen through the eyes of this outsider; she either misinterprets or interprets in ways not accepted by the particular person or persons she is with. When she takes up Rose’s introduction to Flo’s family and their house, we see the people and their behaviour through the narrator’s eyes, but also through Rose’s: so Flo, according to Rose, is not really English because she had an Italian grandmother, Dan is not really English because he comes from Newcastle, while Rose is a Londoner rather than English. This is no portrait of Englishness across the classes, but the complexities within one boarding house and its group of workers wittily show the impossibility of any satisfactory definition.

In many works of the postwar period, there are those for whom the postwar world is an alienating experience, where identity is permanently under threat. For instance, in Veronica Hull’s novel The Monkey Puzzle (1958), the protagonist, Catherine, has much in common with Lessing’s young Martha, since ‘to her, her existence was so tenuous that it needed the thoughts of others to confirm it’.[24] Both Jameson and Lessing explore some of the ways in which characters withdraw from a rapidly changing world that evades definition and challenges old ideas of progress. In Jameson’s The White Crow (1968), the grotesque figures largely, in both tragic and comic guise: [25] in the protagonist’s misshapen body, his view of the actual world, and his retreat into the medieval monastery of his inner imaginings. This is a work that responds to Angela Carter’s magic realism, and anticipates William Golding’s Darkness Visible.[26] In the late nineteenth century, a traveler takes on an orphaned baby with ‘two long puckers of skin stretching from the shoulder-blade so far as the third rib’ (WC, 9 -10), a sort of deformed angel. Gradually the novel develops this excursion into the grotesque, suggesting that the true grotesque lies at the core of society, for all are judged by how they respond to the appearance of this child. As he matures, Antigua (the nickname, significantly colonial, that the child is given) sees the changing Europe on the brink of World War One, but his observations are increasingly out of tune with “realist” interpretations of that world and culture, and his mind creates a medieval monastery where he can take refuge, evading the unanswerable questions his experience poses. This gripping work shows Jameson at home with preoccupations that absorbed younger writers: what exactly constitutes, for instance, madness and sanity, something Lessing was exploring in The Four-Gated City and Briefing for a Descent into Hell.[27] Aesthetically, too, Jameson was showing the grotesque as a way of presenting a Europe capable of Holocaust.

Lessing for her part explores the inner spaces of the mind as the place where humanity might break free from the crises affecting contemporary society. Jameson’s Antigua delved into inner space to find solace for the contemporary problems he could not hope to solve; for him, this was a retreat rather that an attempt to find a way forward. Lessing however, in the two final works of the ‘Children of Violence’ sequence, Landlocked and The Four-Gated City, explores the resources of the mind on a different, delicate trajectory between breakdown and breakthrough.[28] Inner space cannot be divorced from the outside world; Martha, for instance, sees a paradox in herself: ‘Martha did not believe in violence’, yet she ‘was the essence of violence, she had been conceived, bred, fed and reared on violence’ by her parents, both, ‘casualties’ of war (LL 22). Then The Four-Gated City, set in a realistic postwar Britain, pits the fragile potential of the human mind against the continuing crises framed in the languages of politics, science, psychology, and literary criticism. The final pages of the novel dare to envisage a post-apocalyptic future, where developments in the mind have ensured humanity’s survival. Yet this novel and those Lessing writes over the next decades show how easily idealism can be suffocated by regimentation and rules, how easily society can trap people into conforming, how easily they can be manipulated through shared prejudices and aspirations, so that they fail to develop insightful minds. These are the issues that preoccupied Jameson as well. Both she and Lessing, while engaging with their contemporary world and continually experimenting with ways to present their themes, bear witness to cultural, political and personal dilemmas that have a timeless appeal.  What makes them stand out is their skill in creating variations on what Auerbach called ‘tragic realism’, a province that John Orr has claimed for many postcolonial writers; but, as I have argued elsewhere, what he claims is as applicable for Jameson as for Lessing, and indeed is another way of describing ‘witness’ literature:

The disclosures of tragic realism are both contemporary and prophetic, examinations of past and present […]. We are thus speaking of worlds where fiction gets there first, where it uncovers a world buried or repressed, but where it also imagines events and gives them fictive meanings before they are nailed to the mast-head of fact […] a close reading of tragic realism over the space of the last century offers little scope for liberal complacency. It reveals racism and fascism as the monsters of liberal civilization, just as it reveals Stalinism as the monster of a derailed revolution.[29]

And indeed the problems Jameson and Lessing confronted continue to haunt us today.[30]

Elizabeth Maslen at the Doris Lessing conference in Plymouth, September 2014. Photo by Tom Sperlinger

NOTES

[1] Davies, Tony, Humanism (London: Routledge, 1997), 141.

[2] Lifton, Robert Jay, The Broken Connection: On Death and the Continuity of Life (New York: Simon and Schuster. 1979), 176-7. Lifton is chiefly known for his studies on the psychological causes and effects of war and subsequent traumas.

[3] Quoted in Levine, Michael G., The Belated Witness: Literature, Testimony, and the Question of Holocaust Survival (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2006), 7.

[4] Morris, Abigail, ‘Beware the Treadmill’, Jewish Quarterly (Winter 1994/5), 5. And see Lassner, Phyllis, ed., Anglo-Jewish Women Writing the Holocasut: Displaced Witnesses (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008).

[5] Engdahl, Horace, ed., Witness Literature: Proceedings of the Nobel Centennial Symposium (Singapore: World Scientific, 2002).

[6] Li Rui, ‘Cloned Eyes’, Witness Literature, 77-83, 78. See also Herta Müller, ‘When We Don’t Speak, We Become Unbearable, and When We Do, We Make Fools of Ourselves. Can Literature Bear Witness?’ Witness Literature, 15-32.

[7] Gordimer, Nadine, ‘Witness: The Inward Testimony’, Witness Literature, 85-98, 87. See also, for the subject of ‘witness’, Rawlinson, Mark, British Writing of the Second World War (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 2000), 11.

[8] Gordimer, 87.

[9] Schneider, Karen, Loving Arms: British Women Writing the Second World War (Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 1997), 154.

[10] Waldemar Gurian (1946), Russian émigré political theorist at Notre Dame University (‘After World War II’, The Review of Politics. Vol.8, no I, pp. 3-11, 3, 6.  See also Furedi, Frank, First World War: Still No End in Sight (London: Bloomsbury, 2014). See, for a recent perspective, Rau, Petra, Our Nazis: Representations of Fascism in Contemporary Literature and Film (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University press, 2013).

[11] “Jean-Paul Sartre:Biography” nobelprize org.23jul2012. http//www.nobelprizeorg/nobel_prizes/literature/lureates/1964/Sartre-bio.html

[12] Jameson, The Black Laurel (London: Macmillan, 1947).

[13] Lessing, The Grass is Singing [1950] (London: Flamingo (HarperCollins), 1994; New York: HarperPerennial (HarperCollins), 1999).

[14] Jameson, The Novel in Contemporary Life (Boston, Mas: The Writer Inc, 1938), rpt with some additions in Civil Journey (London: Cassell, 1939), 277-309; see also “Documents,” in Fact, no.4, 7.15.37, pp.9-18.

[15] Jameson, Before the Crossing (London: Macmillan, 1947).

[16] Jameson, The Mirror in Darkness (I. Company Parade (London: Cassell, 1934); II Love in Winter (London: Cassell, 1935); None Turn Back (London: Cassell, 1936).

[17]  Orwell, George, Nineteen Eighty-Four (London: Martin Secker and Warburg Ltd, 1949). See Maslen, Elizabeth, “One Man’s Tomorrow is Another’s Today: The Reader’s World and its Impact on Nineteen Eighty=Four,” George E Slusser, Colin Greenland, Eric S. Rabkin, eds, Storm Warnings: Science Fiction Confronts the Future (Carbondale and Edwardsville: Southern Illinois University Press, 1987), 146-158.

[18] Jameson, Journey from the North, vol., II, (London: Virago, 1984), 161.

[19] Lessing, A Proper Marriage [1954] (London: Harper Collins, 1993)

[20] Lessing, A Ripple from the Storm [1958]  (London: Flamingo, 1993).

[21] Gordimer, 87.

[22] Gordimer, 87.

[23] SJ, A Ulysses Too Many (London: Macmillan, 1958).

[24] Veronica Hull, The Monkey Puzzle, 11..

[25] Jameson, The White Crow (London: Macmillan, 1968).

[26] Golding, William, Darkness Visible (London: Faber & Faber, 1979).

[27] Lessing, The Four-Gated City (Children of Violence, volume 5) [1969] (London: HarperCollins, 1969); Briefing for a Descent into Hell [1971] (London: Flamingo, 1995).

[28] Lessing, Landlocked [1965] (London: HarperCollins, 1993); The Four-Gated City [1969] (London: HarperCollins, 1993).

[29] Orr, John, Tragic Realism and Modern Society: The Passionate Political in the Modern Novel [1979] (London: Macmillan, 1989), 8-9.

[30] For fuller discussions of Jameson and Lessing, see Maslen, Elizabeth, Life in the Writings of Storm Jameson (Evanston, Northwestern University Press, 2014), and Watkins, Susan, Doris Lessing (Manchester: Manchester University Press, 2010). See also Birkett, Jennifer and Briganti, Chiara, eds, Margaret Storm Jameson: Writing in Dialogue (Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars Publishing, 2007); Mackay, Marina and Stonebridge, Lyndsey, eds, British Fiction after Modernism: The Novel at Mid-Century (Basingstoke: Macmillan Palgrave, 2007); Dowson, Jane, Women’s Writing, 1945-1960; After the Deluge (Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003); Piette, Adam, The Literary Cold War, 1945 to Vietnam (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 2009); and Yuknavitch, Lidia, Allegories of Violence: Tracing the Writing of War in Late Twentieth-century Fiction, Literary Criticism and Cultural Theory: Outstanding Dissertations series, ed., William E. Cain, (New York: Routledge, 2001).

Amal El-Mohtar, The River Has Roots (2025)

[Warning: this post contains spoilers, and is best read after you’ve read the book!]

Amal El-Mohtar’s first solo novella is a work of fantasy, a fairy tale with supernatural beings and magic in it. But it’s also set in a world that overlaps with our own, where English is spoken, old ballads are sung, and geographical references are made to places that really exist: London, Exeter, Wales, the West Country, the Levant. Impossible metamorphoses take place, but there are also strict rules governing certain aspects of life, such as the formal grammar taught in schools or the number of pennies and shillings that make up a pound. The book is full of beauty and pleasure, from the playful wooing of lovers to the melodies and harmonies of sweet music and fine prose, but it also features a random act of violence which replicates other acts of violence past and present, from the killing of women as witches to the persecution of queer desire. Most strikingly of all, this fantasy ends with a political afterword that draws attention to El-Mohtar’s Lebanese-Canadian heritage, and to the horrors of the war that is devastating Lebanon and slaughtering people in Gaza as she writes. The book, then, is constructed from binaries, opposites and paradoxes, and this dualistic structural principle has crucial things to tell us about the processes of reading and writing fantasy in the troubled twenty-first century.

Every aspect of El-Mohtar’s story looks two ways. Two sisters grow up in a family that faces in two directions; I’ll call them east and west, for reasons that will emerge later, though this orientation is not made explicit in the story. Eastwards they face towards the town of Thistleford, a place of ‘wholesome, settled tameness’ (p. 16), and beyond Thistleford towards the merchants, scholars and monarch who live in and around the metropolis, where regulations govern everything from speech to conditions of trade.[1] Westwards they face towards Faerie, a place so shifty and ambiguous that it has many names (‘Arcadia, the Beautiful Country, the Land Beyond, Antiquity’, p. 5), where people may be lost or ‘marred’ – that is, subjected to unwelcome processes of magical transformation (p. 7). The Hawthorn sisters live in the space between these compass bearings, cleaving to their immemorial duty of tending two ancient willows known as the Professors, which grow on either bank of the magical river Liss. The willows supply their family with materials for trade, ‘the leaves for tea, the bark for medicines and baskets and cordage, the wood for furniture and instruments’ (p. 6), all of which are as much in demand in the east as in the west. The trees are linked to Faerie, both in the magic they filter from the river – which infuses their wood, bark and leaves – and in the many narratives they have engendered. But the Professors also have mortal origins, having once been human lovers who openly ‘professed’ their love, transformed into trees under circumstances that differ depending on who tells the story. Upstream from these ancient willows lie the ever-shifting borderlands of Faerie, the enchanted country where the river has its source. Downstream things become increasingly controlled, so that even the younger willows that line its banks are carefully coppiced to improve their commercial yield. The two sisters who tend the Professors share their tendency to look both ways; the younger, Ysabel Hawthorn, directs her thoughts towards the commonplace east, while the older, Esther, is haunted by dreams of the exotic west; but their love for one another, expressed through song, ensures that their different preferences exist in a state of perfect balance.

Inevitably, however, imbalance threatens their closeness. Esther is courted by two suitors, one of whom hails from the conventional lands downstream of the willows, the other from the mysterious world of Faerie. The man from the east is a prosperous neighbour who wants to marry her for financial reasons – joining her family’s land to his will enhance his commercial prospects – while the suitor from the west is a nonbinary musician who loves Esther for herself and for her art, the art of singing with which she nurtures the ancient trees. Ysabel has some sympathy for the man from the east, whose name is Pollard – a confirmation of his tendency to cut things for his own advantage; in Ysabel’s eyes he deserves some credit for writing Esther some (very bad) poems, giving her unsolicited gifts, and observing at all times the rules of gentlemanly good manners. Esther is disgusted by Pollard (he is a ‘crumb’), and gives her heart instead to the suitor from Faerie, whose name is Rin. Rin operates according to Faerie conventions, not human ones, which means they do not always show up when their lover asks them to, and resist meeting Esther’s family until some unspecified point in the courtship ritual has been passed. Rin, then, could be accused of rudeness by those who do not understand those conventions, Ysabel included. Esther and Ysabel’s different perceptions of the two suitors threatens for a while to open a gulf between them, but the threat is never a serious one. Far more drastic is Samuel Pollard’s reaction to Esther’s rejection of him, which severs the girls from one another through a sudden act of misogynistic aggression.

Photo by Amal El-Mohtar

Pollard murders Esther in a fit of cold rage on the day she betroths herself to Rin, using his gloved hands to drown the young woman in the enchanted waters of the river Liss. The murder splits El-Mohtar’s narrative into two halves, before and after Esther’s death. Before the murder there are many possibilities for the way the narrative might unfold; afterwards there would seem to be markedly fewer. But this is only if you’re not familiar with ballad lore, which very frequently treats murder as merely the midpoint of a life story rather than its termination. As a ruthless pragmatist Pollard is of course ignorant of ballad lore; Ysabel and Esther, on the other hand, know it well, and are thoroughly versed in the ways a ballad can reverse the flow of a narrative with the lightest of touches. (Please pardon the puns in this essay so far – tend/tendency, versed/reverse – since puns and other double meanings are some of the many techniques by which a ballad can accomplish this reversal.) In an imagined world where ghosts are legion, and where a daytrip in one country can take a hundred years in the time zone of another, the past always has the potential to invade the here-and-now, and the dead to gain strange new life.

Which brings us to the binary that lies at the core of El-Mohtar’s novella: the binary of past and future, which are held in constant balance by the fulcrum of the present. In El-Mohtar’s world, magic is a matter of grammar, a word that shares its roots with gramarye, a Middle English term for the theory and practice of enchantment in all its forms (p. 10). The roots of that word live on in its modern form, El-Mohtar suggests – an idea Rebecca Kuang also draws on in her novel Babel (2022) – and can be exploited by academic grammarians based in universities, who have strict ideas of how the magic of grammar should be properly used and studied, or by rogue grammarians such as witches or faeries, who resist institutional attempts to restrict the possibilities of magic and meaning. So the past and the present can affect the future thanks to the individual words we use in everyday speech, which are loaded with etymology: that is, the evidence of changes past, which confirms that words are involved in continuing processes of transformation. Another of these processes is the conjugation of tenses: ‘What is magic but a change in the world?’, El-Mohtar asks, and ‘What is conjugation but a transformation, one thing into another? She runs; she ran; she will run again’ (p. 1). The grammatical transformation of verbs through tenses embodies the possibility of transcending certain rules – such as the rule that when we die our life story comes to an end. In the first half of the novella Esther runs, delighting in the land and loves she is blessed with. At the point of her death she’s consigned to the past: she ran, because she runs no more. For Rin and Esther, though, grammar promises a future for her: she will run again. El-Mohtar’s story fulfils that promise, drawing on stories past to construct a new story that offers a semblance of hope to its readers, albeit a hope that seems to transgress the laws of physics or history.[2]

The two halves of the novella can be seen as analogous to the grammatical process of conjugation. The first half centres on the present, proceeding for the most part in chronological order; the second half jumps around in time, beginning with a flashback to the time when the sisters strayed into Arcadia as small children and ending with a promise for the sisters’ future happiness. The sisters’ lovers, too, could be seen as aligning themselves with certain tenses. Rin is aligned with the past, since they come from Arcadia, which is also known as Antiquity, while Samuel Pollard is aligned with the future, since he is interested only in the profits that will follow if he joins his lands, through marriage, with those of the Hawthorns. The sisters, meanwhile, embrace both past and future. As lovers of old ballads they embrace the past, while as lovers of riddles, murder stories and promises they embrace the future, since the pleasure of these three forms lies in the expectation of a resolution not yet reached: the solution to the riddle, the revelation of the murderer’s identity, the keeping (or breaking) of a binding oath. The key problem faced by the sisters is how to reconcile the binaries they embrace: a delight in the past and the future, an attraction to our world and to Arcadia, Esther’s competing love for Ysabel and Rin, Ysabel’s love for Esther and her desire that Esther should make herself happy by marrying Rin. Arcadia turns out to be the place where such reconciliations can happen, and where binaries can be dispensed with, as the nonbinary being Rin would seem to confirm.

Image by Kathleen Neely, one of her beautiful full-page illustrations for The River Has Roots.

Let’s go back to grammar, though, for a while. The ancient willows tended by the sisters are associated with grammar-as-magic, in that they filter it out of the river with their roots, ensuring that magic suffuses their being from stem to crown. They are also associated with grammar-as-narrative through the stories that are told about them, composed of grammatical sentences but varying widely from teller to teller, each variation being infused with different meanings and implications. These stories arise from the sense the Professors exude of possibilities past, present and to come, as El-Mohtar tells us near the beginning:

If you were to stand and behold those […] two trees – if you were a stranger to the land, unaccustomed to the sight – you might hear a kind of hum in the air, or feel it as a thickness in your chest. You might think that something about the shape of those trunks, the sweep of their twisted crowns, reminds you of something, or someone, you’ve lost – something, or someone, you would break the world to have again. Something, you might think, happened here, long, long ago; something, you might think, is on the cusp of happening again. (p. 3)

The language of these trees, their grammar and magic, is an international matter, transcending spatial and cultural borders; a ‘stranger to the land’ can read it, though the long-lost thing or person it invokes will differ, depending on who does the reading. The Professors’ embodied language transcends time, too, in that it speaks of the past and promises that what happened once will happen again. In this it resembles the stretch of the river Luss that runs from the gates of Faerie to the roots of the ancient pair of willows, through the so-called ‘Modal Lands’. The vegetation that grows along that stretch of river transcends time by violating the rules that govern the seasons, so that ‘spring bluebells mix with autumn asters, and towering cattails [i.e. bulrushes] scatter frosted seeds over beds of blooming marigolds’ (p. 2). By dedicating their lives to the service of the Professors, the two sisters commit themselves to the trees’ capacity to overthrow the rules of space, time and the natural order, as fairy tales, fantasies and ballads do whenever the mood takes them.

Murder, you might think, is not like this. It can only be read in one way, since it’s a savage and irreversible fact, whose brutality consists not just in the violence by which it is perpetrated but in the absolute nature of its consequences: murder once committed can never be undone. That, at least, is Samuel Pollard’s understanding. But the Professors deny this absolutism, in that they memorialise in their shapes the place where loss occurred, keeping its memory alive in those who can read them, native or strangers. They also deny this absolutism if you believe the story that they were once lovers who were murdered: somehow the lovers remain stubbornly present in the form of trees. They deny this absolutism in a third way, too: murders may be terminal, but they can occur again and again through generations. Violence against women, young people and queer lovers has taken place again and again in the course of history. At the same time, that violence has never succeeded in ending what it seeks to end. The Professors are still there, bearing silent witness, like words inscribed on the bark of a living tree.

So too is love, in all its manifestations. In their childhood the sisters, Esther and Ysabel, seem inseparable, like the willows; they love each other more passionately than anyone or anything else. They are, however, separated by time. Not only are they of different ages, with Esther the elder by two years, but as time goes by their tastes incline in different directions: ‘Ysabel loved pickles where Esther couldn’t abide the smell of vinegar; Esther took to foraging while Ysabel preferred gardening; Ysabel was fascinated by boys and their company while Esther found them tedious and enjoyed being alone’ (p. 10). Both sisters love ballads, such as Tam Lin or Childe Owlet, but Ysabel prefers murder ballads – accounts of shocking acts of violence committed in the past – while Esther likes ballads with riddles in them, which challenge their listeners to solve the verbal puzzles they contain in the here and now, as the ballad is sung. These preferences are not so very different, of course: murder ballads may include riddles inviting their hearers to decipher the killer’s identity (a well-known example is the ballad of John Barleycorn, which seems to describe the murder of a human being but also describes the everyday process of brewing beer; Esther sings this ballad at one point to express her negative feelings about Samuel Pollard). The sisters, then, remain compatible, despite their differences. But Esther’s delight in riddles confirms her greater attraction to grammar as practised by ‘wild’ grammarians – witches and other practitioners who repudiate the rigid rules favoured by institutions – an attraction that manifests itself in her love for the nonbinary faerie, Rin; while Ysabel’s delight in murder ballads means that she finds herself drawn instead to Esther’s murderer (though at this point she has no idea that a murder has been committed), seeking comfort from Samuel Pollard after her sister’s disappearance and getting engaged to him in a bid to fill the void it left in her life. Fortunately, the day of Ysabel’s betrothal is also the day when Esther returns from the dead, against all odds, to denounce her killer; and she does so through a riddle-ballad and a murder-ballad, the first being a secret song composed by the sisters to bring them together whenever they are separated, the second being a versified account of her own murder. At this crucial point in the narrative, then, the sisters’ different tastes converge to expose Pollard, as riddle ballads and murder ballads combine to frustrate his attempt to leave Esther behind him for ever. By mysterious means love overcomes divergent tastes, just as it overcomes the divergent cultures of Esther and Rin.

Image by Kathleen Neeley

When Esther composes riddle ballads of her own, they sometimes depend on time; that is, on the fact that past, present and future may radically alter the nature of a person or a thing. She explains this principle to Rin on the day of their betrothal, as she parses a riddle she sang on the way to their meeting-place. The riddle begins ‘I gave my love a cherry that has no stone / I gave my love a chicken that has no bone’ (p. 44); and as Esther points out,

There are two ways to answer these riddles […] With the past, or with the future. We think of the cherry or the chicken as unchangeable things, and the song pokes at those assumptions. How is a cherry not a cherry? Well, when it’s a flower. How is a chicken not a chicken? Well, when it’s an egg. The song says, this thing you are used to, it has a past, and that past is part of it; what the cherry was before the cherry is part of the cherry. […] But there’s another version of the song, with different answers – the answers to the question, what is the cherry after the cherry? […] The cherry that’s baked in a pie, for instance, has no stone. The chicken that’s stewed in a pot, it has no bone. The song says, this thing you are used to, it has a future, and the future is part of it, too. (pp. 46-7)

The gift Esther gives her love – the gift of herself – is therefore a changeable object; she was once a baby, and will one day be a cadaver. Rin, too, is changeable: they first manifest themself to Esther as a storm, then as an owl, and only on the third occasion as a being in human form, though even in that form their appearance can vary greatly. Love, then, may endure, but its endurance is premised on change, and this pair of lovers, like the sisters, are separated by time; Esther is mortal, while Rin is not; Esther’s life will come to an end, while Rin’s will run on indefinitely. Esther can also sing, while Rin, like all the inhabitants of Faerie, has no singing voice – whence their attraction to Esther’s singing. At the same time, Rin’s musicianship means they can complement Esther’s songs by playing the harp; and the constant movement of music through time provides El-Mohtar’s story with the perfect analogy for the constant movement of love between two people. Esther and Ysabel sing together even as they grow older and change their tastes, and their differences prove complementary, as the chords of Rin’s harp prove complementary to Esther’s voice. Without constant change there would be no music, and no story either, whether that story is told in verse (like a ballad) or in prose (like a novella).

A musical performance and the performance of a story are also determined by time in the sense that no two performances are identical; El-Mohtar reminds us of this as the sisters play variations on the songs they sing to the willows.[3] Pollard, by contrast, thinks the magic of the ancient willows can be reproduced – that is, copied exactly, without variation. After Esther’s murder he turns his romantic attentions to Ysabel as if she were Esther’s double, and in courting her he seeks to persuade both Ysabel and her father that the magical pair of willows on the Hawthorn lands are no different from commonplace willows of the kind that grow on his property – that they are effectively doubles of each other, indistinguishable even by the most discerning of tastes. He illustrates his point by presenting Ysabel with one of his many unsolicited gifts, ‘a beautiful lap desk […] enchanted in Exeter just for her’ (p. 88); and he proceeds to use two seemingly identical willow wands to animate a feather quill, which writes at the desk without the aid of human hands in response to the wands and a spell he speaks in Latin. One wand is made of wood from a tree near London, the other of wood from the Professors. The first produces a piece of doggerel verse full of horrible clichés, addressing Ysabel as ‘My little love, my willow’, while the second pens an urgent message to her: ‘Demand better’ (p. 89).[4] The poem penned by the wand from a commonplace tree is crudely reductive, metaphorically reducing Ysabel to a voiceless plant suitable for commercial exploitation, while the message penned by the Professors’ wand has a riddling double meaning: demand better verbal art, it implies, but also, ask better questions, or demand a morally better man, one not tainted with your sister’s blood. The timing of the message, however, is off. Ysabel responds to Pollard’s performance by running to the ancient willows and singing the secret song she composed with Esther – the song intended to reunite the sisters whenever they are separated; but nothing happens, and afterwards in disappointment she accepts Pollard’s gifts and marriage proposal numbly, demanding from him ‘nothing at all’ (p. 89). The rhythms of a well-told narrative can’t be rushed, any more than a well-sung melody can be hastened to its resolution. It is not yet time for the truth about Pollard to emerge, and time tries truth, as the old proverb tells us.

The timing of El-Mohtar’s narrative deserves attention too, for the manner in which it swerves back and forth through the history of the Hawthorn sisters, as if mimicking a river’s winding course through hilly country. The story of Esther and Ysabel is not told in chronological order, even in the first half of the novella. On p. 10, for instance, we learn that only one grammarian/magician has ever passed through Thistleford on the way to Arcadia, and that this one ‘never came out again’; it is not until the second half of the narrative that we learn more about this person. On p. 17, we’re told that ‘People sometimes fell into or out of Arcadia by accident’ and that ‘Esther and Ysabel had as children’, but again we don’t learn more until the second half of the narrative. The parts of the story told out of time, so to speak, always relate to Arcadia; for instance, we first hear about Esther’s Arcadian lover Rin on p. 11, but only hear about their first meeting ten pages later; and we only get the full details about Esther and Ysabel ‘falling into […] Arcadia […] as children’ – and meeting there the grammarian who travelled through Thistleford to Faerie – after Esther’s murder, on p. 59. Everything about Pollard, by contrast, is told in strictly chronological order, as if in conformity with his narrowly pragmatic outlook.

Image by Kathleen Neeley

The Arcadian rejection of rigid chronologies is confirmed for us at the beginning of the section in which Esther gets engaged to Rin; and it quickly emerges from this passage that we humans are already familiar with the phenomenon of temporal relativity, even before beginning to consider the customs of Faerie. ‘There are lands that are near to us geographically,’ El-Mohtar points out in the second paragraph of this section,

but far from us temporally: London is not Londinium, though it’s built from its bones. There are lands that are near to us temporally but far from us geographically: we can be certain that at this moment, in Italy, someone is sitting down to breakfast with a newspaper dated roughly the same as ours, though we cannot expect to reach them in time to join them for the meal. (p. 43)

Arcadia combines both these properties, being ‘always both at a remove and always immediate; always near to hand and very far away’ (pp. 44-5). Its inhabitants are ‘a people to whom time [is] a kind of instrument, distance a kind of music’ (p. 45), and El-Mohtar explains how this works by giving us Esther’s time-dependent riddles about the cherry and the chicken, in which the cherry is always also the blossom which gave birth to it and the pie in which it will be baked, the chicken always also the past egg from which it hatched and the future stew or broth in which it will be cooked. Relative time in Arcadia is demonstrated elsewhere by a real live chicken – the hen which the Hawthorn children accidentally chase into Arcadia, and which goes on to live a preternaturally extended life in that country, either because time works differently there or because the chicken is simply happy.[5] In the story of Esther and Ysabel’s childhood visit we learn that time works differently for children and adults: children are not encumbered by strict schedules, which means they ‘can trip in and out of all manner of places whether you’re careful or carefree’ (p. 64), so that there is little difference, for them, between the time that passes in our world and the time that passes in Arcadia. Human adults, on the other hand, are ‘differently burdened’ (p. 64), with appointments to keep and responsibilities to uphold, which means that for them a short interval spent in the place without schedules – Arcadia/Faerie – can take up much more time in their native country, where an Arcadian day may last a century or more. Once again, however, this variation in time is familiar to the reader. Everyone remembers how differently time seems to pass in childhood than in maturity. El-Mohtar, in other words, is keen to point up the differences between our familiar everyday world and the world of Faerie, but also the many ways in which both places overlap. Both children and Arcadians, for instance, find it hard to read a person’s age (p. 62), and this affinity between mortals and immortals helps to ensure that Arcadia is never othered in the novella; it is merely rendered strange, as things in our world can be rendered strange by a trick of the light or the operation of the changing seasons.

It’s to this end, I think, that El-Mohtar shows us Arcadia from the perspective of the human grammarian who settles there, a woman called Agnes, rather than from the perspective of a native Arcadian. Agnes is the person who meets the young sisters when they ‘fall into’ Arcadia, and who helps them get home safely. She is also the person who finds Esther after her murder, again in Arcadia, and shows her how to return to her family a second time. Agnes travels to Arcadia by invitation, not as a colonial explorer or would-be tradeswoman; she first set out on her journey to that country, she tells the children, at the behest of an old Arcadian mill on the Liss, which she heard in a dream ‘call[ing] out in a sorrowful voice for someone to bring work again to its empty body, to fill its hollow silences with the sound of water and wheels’ (p. 63) (the mill ran, it no longer runs, but it hopes to run again). The mill embodies the magical changes or ‘complex translations’ that take place in our world, as in Faerie (p. 69): the changes that turn wheat into bread or barley into beer.[6] It also embodies a certain economic outlook. It seeks ‘work’, as an artist or craftsperson might, to satisfy the needs of its ‘body’, and we later learn that while something must always be exchanged for the products of its labour, an empty sign like a coin will not suffice. Instead, Arcadian economics demands that one thing be exchanged for another of equal value; or to be precise, by another thing which is deemed to be of equal value at the time the exchange is made. Such exchanges take place quite frequently between our world and Arcadia, El-Mohtar suggests. For example, the children stray into Arcadia while chasing one of the Hawthorn family’s hens, and Agnes takes in the hen by its own request (‘I think she might like to keep me company a while’, p. 65) and as partial recompense for her action in showing the children how to get home. Later, Agnes sends three dozen eggs to the Hawthorn family by way of Rin, as part of the ongoing system of exchanges between the two families which her rescue of the children set in motion. A hen in exchange for the lives of two little girls is not much to ask for; so Agnes has the right to go on sending eggs to the family from the hen, and also to make requests of her own, such as that the sisters sing a new song to the ancient willows in support of what she calls her ‘research’. Exchange is as important as change in Arcadian culture, and the objects of exchange are always changing, as music changes when played at different times on different instruments or in different arrangements.

The importance of exchange in the novella is as an alternative to the power-games encouraged by capitalistic commerce. Capitalism considers everything to have a value in coin, which means that those who possess a great deal of coin have power over those who do not. The gift exchange system considers instead that everyone has the wherewithal to offer something in exchange for something given, so that even the penniless child who is lost in a foreign country has something to offer in exchange for much-needed assistance. Pollard’s commitment to capitalism is demonstrated by his plying of Esther with expensive unwanted gifts and refusing to accept anything in exchange except her hand in marriage. Each gift he presses on her brings with it an obligation to recompense the giver in the kind of coin he will accept, and it’s implied that no amount of negotiation can alter the nature of that coinage; gold is always more valuable than silver, and a compliant woman more valuable than a defiant one. In addition, the gifts of capital must always be paid for in material objects – even when these take the form of a woman, who implicitly becomes an object when dispensed like a gold or silver piece. The gift exchanges of Faerie, by contrast, are a matter of constant negotiation and renegotiation. Rin deems Esther’s songs, when they first hear them, to be a gift, which means that Rin feels obliged to Esther until such time as both can agree what Rin might offer her in exchange. The first two gifts Rin offers to Esther are unacceptable to the mortal woman, since Esther has not yet spoken to Rin and does not yet know the terms under which they are offered; but the third gift – a series of lessons in playing the harp (Rin is an accomplished harpist and Esther wants to learn) – ensures that the meetings between the two will continue for a while, by mutual consent, and so too will the artistic, emotional, and erotic exchanges between them. When the lessons come to an end, something new must be found to keep up the trade of love between them. The Arcadian gift exchange economy, then, is predicated on the ever-shifting nature of relationships and people, and assumes those people to be equal, despite all their differences – or because of them. The gifts of capitalism, on the other hand, are predicated on monetary value alone, and give an unequal share of power to those who have amassed large quantities of capital, narrowly defined. The effects of this presumption of inequality between people can be murderous.

Image by Kathleen Neeley

Pollard’s murder of Esther confirms the violence that sustains the capitalist economy. It takes place after Rin and Esther have exchanged rings in token of their love – the final stage in their series of mutual Arcadian exchanges, which culminates in an exchange of their selves, whereby Rin agrees to become part of Esther’s world by joining her family, and Esther promises to sing to them for the rest of her mortal existence (Rin, after all, is immortal, so that the time they spend with Esther will pass in the blink of an eye).[7] The exchange having been confirmed, Rin returns to Arcadia to put their affairs in order; after which Pollard emerges from the shadows, compliments Esther on her new ring, and points out that it belongs to a value system he does not acknowledge: ‘I’d have given you gold’, he tells her (p. 50). Esther rejects him one last time: ‘I don’t want you, I never wanted you, I could never want you’; the phrase conjugates her present, past and future, expunging Pollard from all three (p. 51). In exchange, Pollard proceeds to drown her in the river Liss. He does so both to banish her from his own future and because he believes she can be readily exchanged for her sister: ‘you’re not the only Hawthorn girl,’ he sneers (p. 51). For Pollard, murdering Esther is a simple solution to the economic problem he has set himself: how to join his lands with the more valuable lands of his neighbours. But for Esther, lover of riddles, a murder can never be simple. It’s a riddle (‘When is a woman not a woman? When she’s dead’, p. 78), and the best riddles have more than one answer.

The best riddles also encompass more than one problem. Esther’s courtship of Rin, and Rin’s of Esther (it’s always a two-way process driven by mutual desire) is complicated by Esther’s equal love for her sister; Esther cannot agree to live with Rin in Arcadia because that would involve the betrayal of a promise she made to Ysabel when they were children, that she would never leave her (p. 67). Rin, on the other hand, cannot easily consent to live in our world because it is too full of grief (as Yeats pointed out in his poem ‘The Stolen Child’) and of rules Rin does not understand (p. 48).[8] The negotiations about their love need to take account of both of their wishes, but also of the wishes of Esther and Ysabel. Ysabel’s grief when Esther vanishes arises from the mistaken belief that Esther has made a hard-and-fast choice to live with Rin at the expense of the promise she made to Ysabel. Such a choice is the kind Pollard might be expected to make, one-sided and non-negotiable. Hence Ysabel’s eventual resignation to the idea of marrying Pollard; she believes Esther has wholly committed herself to Arcadia, so she wholly commits herself to the culture and economics of the mortal world. But Esther’s commitment to the riddling Arcadian economics of desire and consent means she would never settle for such a singular solution to her emotional dilemma. And ironically, Pollard’s attempt to impose the capitalist solution on Esther by killing her – a solution achieved against one party’s consent, and to the profit of the other – generates a new set of problems yet more complex than the ones Esther faced before her death. Esther’s competing loves for her faerie lover and her mortal sister, reconciled by the terms of her engagement to Rin (which allowed both Esther and Rin to remain with Ysabel at Hawthorn House), are set at odds once again, and compounded by the competing rules that govern death in our world – where it is terminal – and in Arcadia – where it is not. The riddle set for Esther has been rendered more elaborate, and nothing delights Esther, even when dead, than an elaborate riddle.

The biggest riddle of all, of course, is how desire can overcome the challenge posed by violent death in the mortal world. The scholar Rosemary Jackson famously described fantasy itself as a kind of engine driven by desire, which aims to compensate for deep dissatisfaction with the world we live in by inventing impossible alternatives to it – alternatives which often involve expressing certain hidden desires, in the sense of articulating them, and also expressing those desires, in the sense of getting rid of them, pushing them away.[9] Esther’s murder, if it had come at the end of El-Mohtar’s novella, would have made it a tragedy, an expression of desire which pushes it away by erasing it. Coming in the middle as it does allows the narrative to stress the impossible desires that are triggered by a sudden, fatal act of violence, since the narrative continues after these desires have been set in motion. The first such desire is that the person who dies might continue to have desires, as those who survive her do; imagining those desires, like imagining the moment of death, is common practice among people who have lost loved ones under such circumstances, a fact that motivates many ghost stories. The second desire is that the violent act had never been committed – that the act itself should have been impossible. The third desire is to reverse the act. All these desires will seem absurd, especially to someone who does not believe in life after death, yet even non-believers may cleave to them at times of grief, if only in their dreams. In El-Mohtar’s novella, however, all three desires can be fulfilled by an artist with a way with words. And each of us can be such an artist if we are willing to adopt the riddling perspective on the world which words make available.

Image by Kathleen Neeley

As soon as Esther drowns, El-Mohtar reminds us of this riddling perspective and how it works. The section of the book immediately after the murder opens with the riddling sentence, ‘The River Liss is always changing’ (p. 55), and immediately draws attention to its doubleness; grammatically speaking, the sentence can mean either that the river is always changing itself or that it is always changing the things and people that come in contact with it. The sentence also marks a change in the narrative, in two senses: first, that the narrative itself changes form, and secondly, that a change occurs in the narrative. After Esther’s drowning, we’re told, the river changes direction, taking her body back to Arcadia, whereas Arcadia was previously the place from which it flowed. It also changes Esther, taking advantage of the fact that Rin gave her a signet ring to mark their betrothal to transform her into a cygnet – a young swan (the pun makes that form available, we’re told, p. 72). The swan, one imagines, is a mute swan, the most common kind in England, whose name implies (quite wrongly) that it is voiceless. One legend about the mute swan tells us that it can only sing when dying, and the legend, if we remember it, might give us hope that Esther will somehow retain a voice in spite of death – and perhaps be able to sing again, despite the fact that she is going to Arcadia, where all singing is eventually silenced. The river’s two changes – its change of direction and its transformation of Esther – give additional hope of these further changes to the rules that have governed the narrative so far. Its new course, along which the protagonist is carried, takes the narrative for the first time into Arcadia itself, a place that has so far been only a promise, a game, a mystery, a dream; so the narrative changes direction as the river does. As a result, the riddling rules that govern Arcadia get foregrounded, where in the first half of the novella the rules of the mortal world were foremost. In Arcadia the impossible becomes possible, lost desire can be recovered thanks to the strength of a person’s yearning, and the magic implicit in grammar – which enables a single sentence or verse to mean many things – becomes a practical proposition, a guiding principle of life and death. This is not to say that the magic of grammar is absent from the mortal world – El-Mohtar has already told us that there are grammarians in her version of that world, mostly based in schools, who use that magic in strictly regulated ways. Rather, magic is the everyday stuff of Arcadia, not limited by the rules set by academic professors but professed instead by all and sundry, even birds and mills and trees. It is woven into the fabric of that country, as it is into the fabric of the Professors, and this remakes the narrative into something more fantastic than it was before.

This change is expressed in another sentence from the section immediately after the murder: ‘The River Liss swallowed Esther like a cherry pit or a chicken bone, and poured her down its throat towards Arcadia’ (p. 55). The riddle Esther sang to Rin asked when a cherry is not a cherry, when a chicken is not a chicken, and answered by telling us that both cherry and chicken can trace their being to a time before they were either, and to a time after their cherry and chicken identity has mutated into something else: a cherry pie, a stew. Pies and stews are useful in the mortal world: they sustain its human inhabitants. Cherry pits and chicken bones are not (though one can make a healthy broth out of the bones before discarding them). So El-Mohtar’s sentence both extends Esther’s riddle, developing it in a new direction, and suggests that Arcadia is a place where things that have been ejected by the mortal world may find a home, given new life by being digested and absorbed by a healthy body – that is, by Arcadia itself. Digestion, of course, can mean understanding something and in that way making it one’s own. The second half of El-Mohtar’s narrative, then, involves a process of mentally and emotionally digesting something: that violent death can be defied, but only if one adheres to a set of rules every bit as challenging as the rule that says death puts an end to a person’s life.

In Arcadia, riddles have an urgency they do not possess in the mortal world, because inventing them can save lives and working them out can work a person out of a bind. Between them, the grammarian and naturalised Arcadian, Agnes, the native Arcadian, Rin, and the newly dead mortal, Esther – restored to her original form by Rin under Agnes’s guidance – invent a series of riddles that will enable Esther to inform her sister of her fate. The riddles will also expose Pollard as a murderer, and reunite Esther, Ysabel and Rin at the end of the second half – impossibly, wonderfully. For the series of riddles to accomplish this impossibility, Ysabel must learn to read them, and to take the actions they encourage her to take by denouncing Pollard, punishing him, and making her way into Arcadia, which is now the only place where her sister can live on in human form. I don’t want to go into detail here about how this impossibility is accomplished; what matters here is that El-Mohtar’s Arcadia makes it possible. The old adage says that death can be found in Arcadia, too (et in Arcadia ego), but El-Mohtar insists that death there can be made into life, and that the way to accomplish this is to understand or digest the infinite possibilities made available by language or grammar – to understand them and to act on them. And this brings us to perhaps the strangest moment in the novella: the Acknowledgments which serve as its epilogue.

Image by Kathleen Neeley

Everything else in El-Mohtar’s novella can be described as in some way familiar, despite its strangeness (and ‘familiar’ holds connotations of ‘family’, which makes this familiarity appropriate in a book devoted to the love between sisters). The novella plays variations on multitudes of pre-existing narratives, just as a piece of music must necessarily play both deliberate and accidental variations on pre-existing pieces of music, making something new and beautiful out of them. El-Mohtar mentions one of these narratives in her Acknowledgements: Hope Mirrlees’s funny, haunting, melancholic fairy novel Lud-in-the-Mist (1926), in which a river has its source in Fairyland and carries the influence of the fairies into the world of mortals, spawning an ungovernable outbreak of art, music and dancing among its staidest inhabitants. Lud-in-the-Mist is partly inspired by Christina Rossetti’s great ballad Goblin Market (1862), in which one sister rescues another from the titular goblins by finding a way to circumvent the rules that govern trade between humans and fairies; the same could be said of The River Has Roots, whose plot revolves around the love between sisters. The Border ballad Tam Lin is another influence on the novella; in order to restore Esther to human form, Rin is forced to cling to her as she changes shape, just as Janet in the ballad must cling to her lover Tam Lin as he undergoes many terrifying transformations before she can rescue him from the clutches of the fairies. Another Border ballad, Childe Owlet, is both referenced in the text (p. 22) and invoked by Pollard’s murder of Esther when she rejects him (Childe Owlet is similarly murdered by the woman he spurns). A third ballad, The Bonny Swans by the Canadian singer-songwriter Loreena McKennitt, has been acknowledged by El-Mohtar as a major source, although it tells of an elder sister who murders her younger sibling out of jealousy; El-Mohtar has changed the narrative to reflect her own love for her younger sister. There are echoes in the novella, too, of Lord Dunsany’s foundational fantasy The King of Elfland’s Daughter (1924), both in the fact that the borders of El-Mohtar’s Faerie are always changing – as they do in Dunsany’s novel – and in the phrase ‘the lands we know’ (p. 43), which recalls the famous phrase ‘beyond the fields we know’ that appears more than a hundred times in that narrative. Elsewhere, El-Mohtar modifies the phrase; near the beginning of the novella she refers instead to ‘the lands we think we know’ (p. 1, my emphasis), suffusing the everyday with the epistemological uncertainty which is the stuff of Faerie. One last literary reference is made with appropriate lightness by El-Mohtar’s Faerie character, Rin. When Rin tells their lover Esther ‘I’ve travelled light, I’ve travelled dark, and I’m still on my way’ (p. 34), they invoke Naomi Mitchison’s great fairy tale Travel Light (1952), about which El-Mohtar has composed an influential online essay.[10] Mitchison’s book is written from an international perspective with a powerful female enchanter as its protagonist, and in her essay El-Mohtar wonders what would have happened if she had encountered such a book at the age of seven, instead of another book that shaped her love of literature, Tolkien’s The Hobbit (1937). With the exception of McKennitt’s ballad, all the literary allusions listed here come from the Western Archipelago made up of England, Wales, Scotland and Ireland, and El-Mohtar’s three English degrees, her delight in Mitchison and her abiding love of The Hobbit establish her as thoroughly rooted in the traditions of reimagining or re-enchanting the archipelagic landscape within which she sets her own novella.[11]

But El-Mohtar is Lebanese-Canadian, and her essay on Travel Light begins by invoking her first reading of The Hobbit at the age of seven ‘in a flat overlooking Hamra street in Ras Beirut’. The River Has Roots is set in an alternative England, but it is everywhere haunted by El-Mohtar’s Lebanese heritage, which peeps out of the text at unexpected moments, some of which can be recognised by the reader, others of which are autobiographical and must therefore be glossed by El-Mohtar herself. One such autobiographical detail is the chicken chased by Esther and Ysabel as children into Arcadia. As the Acknowledgements explain:

When I was seven and my sister was five, we were living in Lebanon, and our mother took us to visit friends in a village called Kfarmishki. We chased a chicken past the boundaries of our friends’ neighbours’ yard, and soon found ourselves lost; a village is a small place, but we were smaller, and we’d never been there before. All of a sudden nothing looked familiar, and we had no idea how to get back to the lands and people we knew. (p. 132)

This reminiscence, which briefly aligns Esther and Ysabel with Amal and her younger sister Dounya (who shares the book’s dedication), suddenly launches the writer into thoughts of Lebanon and ‘the children there now; the children murdered, displaced, orphaned, trapped’ (p. 132). Those children might have been El-Mohtar herself, or her parents, or her grandparents, she tells us, since ‘every generation of my family has been shaped or defined by imperial war’ (p. 133). In Lebanon, time can repeat itself on a loop as suffering inflicts itself on successive generations, with few hints of resolution; time, then, works differently there, as it does in Faerie. It has also been claimed in ‘Right-wing talk’ that Lebanon isn’t a country at all, just as ‘there is no such thing as a Palestinian’, so that the millions of people in the region who have been slaughtered and displaced do not really exist – much like the fairies. Further parallels emerge on a rereading of the novella. Arcadia is at one point compared to the Levant, the area in which Lebanon and Palestine are located, as being a place to which one can travel, though not ‘regularly, reliably or particularly safely’ (p. 44). Immediately afterwards comes the paragraph in which El-Mohtar reminds us that some countries seem to be for ever distant from others, either because of the passage of time (which separates London from Londinium) or because of geography (which separates England from Italy). The Levant might be one of these, since it’s a term that predates the countries of which it is now composed (indeed, it’s identified as ‘archaic’ in certain dictionaries, just as Faerie is sometimes known as ‘Antiquity’, p. 5), and many of those who talk about it have never set foot inside its boundaries. Palestine might be another, since a land called Palestine once existed, may exist in the future, but does not exist in the present (Arcadia too is ‘always in the past, or always in the future’, p. 47). Boundaries themselves are problematic in the Levant; the border between Lebanon and Israel, for instance, has long been contested, while Palestine, in the minds of many, doesn’t have borders at all. Faerie shares, then, its fluctuating borders with Lebanon and Palestine, though Faerie’s borders seem to change of their own volition, in response to the land’s changing moods or climate, while Lebanon’s and Palestine’s have been a source of constant strife with neighbouring countries and populations.

Another reference to El-Mohtar’s Lebanese identity peeps out in the song sung by the sisters to the Professors at the change of every season. The lyrics of the ‘Professors’ Hymn’ are in a language the sisters do not speak: ‘they could not say what language it was, only that the shape of the words fit so differently into their mouths that they felt their voices shift in deference to it’ (p. 9). But a visiting woodworker from the Levant tells their mother that it sounds like Arabic, though ‘a dialect she’d never heard’, and goes on to explain its meaning: ‘it was […] a song about the North Wind opening doors and carrying messages to and from a beloved in exile’. The lyrics, then, invoke the problem of sustaining love in the face of separation and distance, the problem Esther must address when she is violently separated from her sister and robbed of a voice capable of denouncing her murderer. Art, it seems, finds a way to speak across time and space, conveying the deepest of emotions to those who need to hear them articulated, and Esther owes her awareness of this fact to the only song she knows in the Arabic language.

In fact, the Professor’s Hymn and its Arabic origins are woven into El-Mohtar’s narrative throughout its length. At a promotional event in Glasgow, El-Mohtar explained that the ‘nonsense la words’ in the long refrain of the Professors’ Hymn invoke a kind of song – the mlolah – that used to be sung by women during the British Mandate in Palestine, as a means  of conveying subversive messages in code to relations or lovers involved in the resistance movement.[12] On the audiobook of The River Has Roots, El-Mohtar and her sister sing a mlolah called Tarweedeh Shmaali – the Lovers’ Hymn – as a stand-in for the Professors’ Hymn, thereby rooting the Hawthorn family’s musical tradition in the turbulent history of El-Mohtar’s own family (the music has Levantine roots, in other words, as well as the river). In the novella, Ysabel and Esther compose a similarly coded song in the form of a riddle ballad as a means of communicating with one another in time of need. On returning from the dead in the shape of a magic singing harp – the only shape in which she can communicate with mortal listeners – Esther uses this riddle ballad to identify that harp as Ysabel’s sister, thereby giving credence to its earlier account of her murder, which it sang as a murder ballad. The riddle ballad, then, serves as a kind of signature validating the murder ballad; and in confirming Esther’s identity it succeeds in overthrowing Pollard’s assertion, as a wealthy and respected male member of the local community, that the account of the murder was a lie put about by the nefarious foreigner, Rin. In response, the assembled listeners assent to Pollard’s punishment as proposed by Ysabel: to be transformed through the grammar of the Liss into a willow tree, whose branches bleed whenever they’re cut. By this means, the Professors whose love was honoured by the sisters in song are joined on the banks of the Liss by a murderer whose crime was exposed by those same sisters in song. There could hardly be a more convincing affirmation that one willow is not the same as another, or a more satisfying reversal of the usual process whereby women are silenced and spoken for by powerful, articulate men.

This is, of course, wishful thinking, that is, a fairy tale or fantasy – terms that have often been used with a sneer. So too is the link between Palestine or Lebanon, as countries that have been said not to exist, and Faerie or Arcadia, imagined places that lead a charmed existence blissfully untroubled by the sorts of politics that deny a country’s existence. This is not quite true, of course – the pastoral has been used as a vehicle for political satire by writers from Virgil to Sir Philip Sidney, and the politics and economics of fairyland have been carefully detailed in old folklore, as Mirrlees reminds us in Lud-in-the-Mist. But the fact remains that both genres are often deemed to be the lightest of light reading, and that the genre in which El-Mohtar is writing – fantasy fiction – is frequently dismissed as childish fare, like The Hobbit or Travel Light. Texts of this kind are invisible to professedly ‘serious’ readers, just as the fairies are invisible to ordinary mortals except on the rare occasions when they choose to show themselves.

Invisibility itself is, of course, political. In Ibtisam Azem’s 2014 novel The Book of Disappearance, translated into English by Sinan Atoon in 2019, all the Palestinian Arabs in Israel spontaneously vanish, without warning and without explanation.[13] The episode seems to wipe out at one blow all the problems associated with Palestine, from the question of the two-state solution to the necessity of justifying the occupation of Palestinian land by Israeli settlers. But Palestinian voices continue to haunt the world after the disappearance, whispering from the corners of rooms, the shadows in the streets and the pages of books about the Palestinian past and the possibility of a Palestinian future, should the Palestinians reappear as suddenly as they vanished. Palestine, the novel suggests, does not exist in the present, but only in the past and perhaps the future; yet this means it exists in the present, too, since memory and hope are finally ineradicable. As I mentioned earlier, El-Mohtar’s Arcadia is said to exist only in the past and in the future, never in the present, like ‘a country in surrender’ whose inhabitants dream of self-determination (p. 47). These dreams preserve their country from obliteration, as Rin points out to Esther; ‘that is how it defends itself’, they gently suggest. Time treated lightly, as Arcadia treats it – not as a set of rules but as endlessly malleable raw material, like the tune of a traditional song – resists the tyranny of changeless, monotonous repetition. Travelling lightly, remembering the past but unencumbered by it, is itself a form of self-determination, whether or not one finds a permanent fixed location to end one’s travels in.

El-Mohtar’s novella does enter Arcadia, but only after Esther’s violent death, and then only briefly. Once there, we see only one location: Agnes’s mill, where she lives with her daughter Rowan and a long-lived hen. It’s at the mill that the narrative ends, with Esther and Rin preparing to share a meal with Agnes and Rowan, only to be interrupted by the sudden, triumphant arrival of Ysabel, carrying a child on her shoulders. Ysabel has found her way to Esther – just as Esther found her way to Ysabel – in fulfilment of a promise: at the beginning of the novella, when Esther swore she would never leave her sister, Ysabel swore in her turn that if Esther ever migrated to Arcadia she would come and visit her every two weeks to remind her of the words to the ballad Tam Lin. In El-Mohtar’s world a promise is binding, and these promises fulfil themselves in a place where women, children and nonbinary lovers can live in peace, untroubled by politics, economics, or violence, though by no means ignorant of them.

It’s a fairy tale ending, of course – an impossible dream; but it pays homage, I think, to the Arcadias found by exiles in unexpected places. At the Glasgow event, El-Mohtar suggested that the town of Thistleford in The River Has Roots was partly modelled on Chagford in Devon. Chagford is an English village where an artistic community has long established itself, a community dedicated to multiple arts (music, painting, performance, crafts, and literature), like El-Mohtar’s novella, and to the study of folklore in the context of radical politics. For those who live outside Chagford it exists in the mind as a kind of Arcadia, a haven, a dreamland; but it does exist, and creative people have gathered there to work, discuss, and sustain each other, El-Mohtar sometimes among them. It’s with Chagford in mind that I suggested that the orientation of the novel lies on the East-West axis, with Arcadia coming and going on nearby Dartmoor, whose ‘granite outcroppings’ litter the Modal Lands between the gates of Faerie and the entrance to mortal lands marked by the Professors (p. 21). Chagford and Dartmoor lie in the West Country of England, about as far from West Asia as Londinium is from London; but both can prove welcoming to strangers, like the ancient willows whose shape can be read by any traveller with seeing eyes. One such stranger is the American writer-artist Terri Windling, who lives and works in Chagford. Another is the American writer-performer Ellen Kushner, a frequent visitor to Terri’s house, whose novel Thomas the Rhymer (1990) represents Faerie as a land full of riddles and besotted with music, especially ballads. Kushner’s Faerie has in it a seeming bird which is in fact a murdered lover, who must find a way to communicate the manner of his death to his living sweetheart; he does so through a murder ballad, just as Esther does. Kushner’s bird is male, while El-Mohtar’s metamorphosed swan is female; as with all the stories she invokes, El-Mohtar subjects Kushner’s fairy tale to a transformation; but the roots of her novella can be traced to their sources by those who know them, just as the landscape of her alternative England can be traced to that of Devon.

El-Mohtar’s Arcadia is coded as English or Celtic, with its lichen-draped Tolkienian woods and its water mill, which recalls the mill in McKennitt’s ballad The Bonny Swans. The mill would seem to be the polar opposite of ruined Gaza at the time of writing. In it, women and nonbinary people can safely gather whenever they please, to talk about whatever they like. They have plenty of food to eat, and find themselves in a workplace dedicated to labour which is pleasant as well as necessary, labour of the mind as well as the body (Agnes is a researcher as well as a miller, a grammarian as well as a tradeswoman). They can make music there; with Ysabel’s help, they can remember how to sing. Young people such as Agnes’ daughter Rowan and Ysabel’s unnamed child have a future in which they can play and grow in peace, far from the threat of violence. Is it frivolous to bring such a utopian dream-setting into dialogue with the real-life setting of atrocities too frightful to imagine, many of them perpetrated against children? Is it irresponsible to conjure up a story that combines elements of archipelagic culture with a culture that has suffered so much at the hands of British and other imperialisms?

In the novella, the scene at the mill can be read as an act of wish-fulfilment, achieved in defiance of all the laws of reason and physics. To create it, El-Mohtar has a river reverse its course. More radically still, she brings a young woman back from the dead to tell her own story. The narrative, in other words, accommodates the desires invoked by the Professors, whose twisted shapes remind you of ‘something, or someone, you’ve lost – something, or someone, you would break the world to have again’ (p. 3). Fantastic fiction allows us to break the world and remake it in the shape of our desires and dreams. In the process it enriches those desires and dreams, giving them a kind of substance, allowing us to imagine that they might become embodied in some way we could never have envisaged without its help, and by that means bringing them closer to embodiment. Creating a safe and prosperous Palestine requires that the world be broken apart and reassembled in a better shape. With her book, which breaks apart so many narratives and reconstructs them in the form of a small utopia, El-Mohtar offers us a glimpse of what such a world might look like.

NOTES

[1] All references are to Amal El-Mohtar, The River Has Roots (London: Arcadia, 2025).

[2] Running, of course, does not always have positive connotations. El-Mohtar’s novella is as concerned with the tendency of violence and misogyny to rear their heads in successive eras as it is with the irrepressible nature of resistance. ‘She runs, she ran, she will run again’ could as easily refer to running in fear as running for the sheer joy of it.

[3] ‘As Esther and Ysabel grew, as singing became their favourite pastime, they began to play with adding new material to their repertoire’ (p. 9).

[4] The same phrase is used earlier by Esther to describe Pollard, urging Ysabel to ‘demand better’ than this ‘crumb’ (p. 32).

[5] ‘I don’t think it’s grammar,’ Rin says of the chicken’s longevity, ‘I think she’s just happy there’ (p. 34).

[6] Pollard’s resistance to understanding the world in terms of these transformations is signalled by Esther’s comparison of him to a ‘crumb’ (p. 32): what is left over after the bread has undergone all the rest of its changes, without enough substance to satisfy the needs of the bread’s makers.

[7] In addition, the rings are literally made from parts of themselves, having been crafted by Rin from strands of the lovers’ hair.

[8] The refrain of the poem goes:

Come away, O human child!
To the waters and the wild
With a faery, hand in hand,
For the world’s more full of weeping than you can understand.

[9] See Rosemary Jackson, Fantasy: The Literature of Subversion (London and New York: Routledge, f.p. 1981, reprinted 2003), pp. 3-4.

[10] ‘Crossroads and Coins: Naomi Mitchison’s Travel Light’, NPR, January 1, 2014.

[11] El-Mohtar’s delight in riddles perhaps reflects her love of The Hobbit, which famously contains a chapter called ‘Riddles in the Dark’. As I wrote this essay I kept thinking of Adam Roberts’s fine discussion of Tolkien’s work, The Riddles of The Hobbit (Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2013), which identifies fantasy in general, not just the histories of Arda, as a genre obsessed with riddling.

[12] See Christina Hazboun, ‘Don’t Leave: Reviving the folk songs of Palestinian Women’, Middle East Eye, 21 December, 2021.

[13] My edition was published in 2024 by And Other Stories.

Fantasy 1939: Patricia Lynch, The Grey Goose of Kilnevin

[This post continues a discussion that began in my February post, Fantasy 1939: Patricia Lynch, The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels, which you can find here. However, it can also be read independently, I hope!]

Dustjacket of first edition, by the Irish painter John Keating.

In Patricia Lynch’s The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels (1939) relatives are always going missing. The child protagonists, for example, disappear into the past, get turned into eagles or find themselves trapped in magic mushrooms, to the understandable consternation of the family members they leave behind. But Eileen and Seamus at least have a family, which lends their disappearances a kind of holiday air, since they are safely tethered to the small but comfortable bog-side cottage they share with their parents, the home to which they always return no matter how far their travels take them in space and time. One of their earlier books of adventures, The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Goes Visiting (1935), is even cast as a vacation on a nearby island, ending in a homecoming to the family cabin they left a few days earlier. The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels focuses on moments between episodes of work, of which a holiday is an extended example: trips to town to buy seeds for the garden, trips to the agricultural show to display the children’s flowers and vegetables, a trip to the circus, the family festival of Christmas Eve and Christmas Day. It is also full of accidental digressions from labour, such as the trip through time to a Danish invasion of Ireland which takes place when Seamus drives the family’s donkey-cart along the wrong road on an errand from his father, or the trip that ends in imprisonment in the magic mushroom, which takes place when Eileen gets distracted from her work of picking nuts for the family larder. Useful work and family life frame each adventure, lending it a stability and security it would not otherwise possess.

The other novel Lynch published in 1939 – The Grey Goose of Kilnevin – contains similar ingredients, including people who go missing, digressions from work, and even a circular narrative structure, taking the child protagonist away from and back to the house from which she set out at the beginning of her adventures; but it has a very different atmosphere, largely thanks to the different circumstances of that child protagonist. Sheila lives in the House of the Four Swans with an unpleasant woman called Fat Maggie, who treats her like a slave and sends her on an errand from which she hopes the little girl will never return. If Sheila does come back, she expects to be in trouble with Fat Maggie for one reason or another, since every errand she is sent on ends in a telling-off. At the same time, all her adventures are haunted by the idea of a loving family home of the kind enjoyed by the child protagonists of the turf-cutter’s donkey series, Eileen and Seamus. Sheila has made a small corner of Fat Maggie’s house her own – a ‘tiny cubby-hole under the stairs’ where she has her bed, and in which she keeps her precious story books and two or three other treasured possessions.[1] This is her home, in her imagination, and it’s this small corner of the house that endures to the end of the narrative, making it something like the miniature damaged Noah’s Ark which is her only toy, adrift in a flood of mysterious happenings but offering stability and a lifeline to those who desperately need them.

Puffin edition.

Sheila’s story is immersed in strangeness like a land immersed in mist, or an ark immersed in the heaving waters of the flood. Indeed, mist and other difficult weather conditions – rain, snow, darkness and another flood – pervade the text, hiding the land from the child who is travelling through it on her seemingly endless errand for Fat Maggie. The mist stands in, perhaps, for the obscurity of the past; Sheila has no memory of her parents or origins, while one of the fellow travellers she meets, the Ballad Singer, has forgotten who he is altogether, which means he is never named. Another fellow traveller is only ever known as the apple woman, and though her name is mentioned once – Mary Anne (p. 121) – we never find out where she is from or whether she has a family, unlike the apple woman in The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels, who has a good sense of her own origins. A third is a boy named Fergus, who once travelled with the tinkers (pp. 255-6) but knows nothing more about himself, it seems. Even the two named children, Sheila and Fergus, do not have surnames to attach them to relatives or places; only the grey goose of the title knows who she is and where she came from. The four human travellers wander through a landscape bereft of names or distinguishing features apart from fallen trees and the occasional body of water, along roads which seem to be constantly changing direction, through towns that don’t exist on any map. The Ireland of The Grey Goose of Kilnevin has lost itself, and Sheila’s unwritten task is to help it find its way to a new identity.

In this quest for coordinates, and hence for a history and a satisfactory way of living, Sheila is assisted by her love of stories: the story books she keeps in her cubby hole, the stories she tells herself to earn food and shelter on her travels. The reader will recognise some of these, as they have echoes in the story we’re reading, helping us to map its incidents onto templates provided by our memories and so to accept them despite their strangeness. Fat Maggie’s desire to be rid of Sheila, which prompts her to send her on what seems an impossible errand, echoes the hostility of the stepmother in Hansel and Gretel, who is always trying to lose the children in the forest. When Sheila first meets the young grey goose of the title, who is barely more than a fledgling, she keeps calling her a duck, which echoes Hans Christian Andersen’s famous fable ‘The Ugly Duckling’ – though the duckling grew up to be a swan, of course, and the grey goose never does. Later, Sheila compares the goose to the bird that laid the golden eggs in the tale of Mother Goose, because of her uncanny ability to lay eggs to order (p. 18, pp. 46-49).[2] When Sheila tastes a few drops of golden water and finds she can understand what the goose is saying, Irish readers will be reminded of the story of the salmon of knowledge, which was caught by Finegas and given to the boy Fionn to cook on a fire. Fionn burned his thumb on a drop of the fish’s fat, sucked it, and thereby acquired all the knowledge that had once been stored in the salmon’s flesh, just as Sheila acquires knowledge of the language of birds and beasts by tasting the liquid she was sent to purchase by her abusive employer. Towards the end of her adventures Sheila meets four children who have been transformed by magic into swans by another hostile stepmother, and Irish readers will remember the Children of Lir, who were cursed to live as swans for many decades, wandering up and down the island of Ireland till released from their curse by a friendly saint. They may also remember an alternative version of the story told by Yeats in his Fairy and Folk Tales of the Irish Peasantry (1888), in which the four swans are replaced by twelve wild geese, who must be liberated from their enchantment by their courageous sister. The little grey farmyard goose who is Sheila’s closest companion is always hearkening after its relatives in the wild, tempted to join them on their travels despite the weakness of her wings; Irish readers will know that ‘wild geese’ is also a term for emigrants who left Ireland to serve as soldiers in other countries, and who could therefore stand in for the wider Irish diaspora. Many of these stories deal with one or more people who lose their homes and must go through many adventures before they find a place for themselves, if they ever do. The very fact of being one among many wanderers helps to give Sheila the sense that she is part of a wider community; and this sense is reinforced by the way the little group of travellers she teams up with – the grey goose, Fergus, the Ballad Singer, the apple woman – gradually become her found family, as they help each other survive through their special skills and mutual affection.

The old Ballad Singer, by John Keating

The magical world encountered by Sheila, however, differs from the world of myth and fairy tale in the sheer ordinariness of the magical things and episodes it contains. The golden water tasted by Sheila, for instance – the water that gives her the power to understand the speech of birds and animals – is taken from an ordinary rock pool in Kilnevin harbour. The ugly duckling in this story turns out to be a small fat goose, not a regal swan. The goose in question, Betsy, lays eggs to order, but these are not golden eggs; just ordinary goose eggs, which furnish Sheila and her friends with the best of suppers (pp. 46-8). The flock of wild geese which Betsy the goose and the old Ballad Singer choose to follow are simply that – a flock of wild geese, not altered children – though miracles accumulate around them, as when they carry Sheila to safety across a bridge of mist (p. 56), or help Fergus fly to Sheila when he has lost track of her whereabouts (p. 242). The residence vaguely remembered by the old Ballad Singer as his first home, and the place he is looking for throughout the story, sounds palatial – ‘a mansion wid silver walls an gleamin roof’, as he tells Sheila (p. 37) – but turns out to be the ordinary house from which Sheila set out at the start of the novel, though transfigured by a humble act of magic into ‘a fine square house with freshly whitened walls and a grand tiled roof, gleaming and sparkling’ in the morning sun (p. 283). Each of these ordinary objects and creatures drifts easily in and out of a state of enchantment. At times Sheila can even bring about these gentle transitions from the ordinary to the magical and back again through the sheer force of her imagination, as when she gets frightened by a talking scarecrow and makes believe with all her might that it can no longer talk or move – something that duly happens a few sentences later (‘The scarecrow stood still and silent without ever answering a word’, p. 70). In this she exhibits the power of the storyteller, whose work, as Lynch conceives it, is to demonstrate the wonderful strangeness of the everyday, rather than to lose itself in the more nebulous wonders of the weird, the other-worldly or the ideal.

It’s worth quoting Lynch on the storyteller’s work to get a grip on what she’s reaching for in her fantastic writing:

Critics have said that they find in my writing a blend of ordinary life and of fantasy. I appreciate the compliment, for usually it is meant that way. But I have always considered that ordinary life – all life – is a fantasy, though it is certainly reality as well. What can be more fantastic than those bonds of friendship and affection that spring up out of nowhere and bind people together? What is more fantastic than our world of sea and sky, of red sunsets and golden moons. Yet if among the waving white bog cotton (canavaun), I spy just one little leprechaun, people who accepted all the other wonders as ‘ordinary’, think that this is most fantastic. It is time we saw life as a whole and realized its magic. What I have tried to do in my books is to reveal the magic of ordinary life.[3]

To this end, Lynch has her child protagonist reject the chance of a life beyond the bounds of ‘ordinary life’ on several occasions. When Sheila completes her errand for Fat Maggie, for instance – collecting three pounds of butter from a magical woman called Bridgie Swallow, who can change at will into the bird whose name she bears – she is offered the chance to stay with Bridgie for ever in a kind of fairy land, where she can visit a fairytale castle whenever she wants to, and perhaps make permanent friends of the princely Children of Lir. But Sheila quickly comes to the conclusion that she’d rather go back to her found family, the Ballad-Singer, the apple woman and Fergus the sulky boy, than inhabit this unchangingly perfect environment. Again, when she helps the Children of Lir they offer to reward her by granting her a wish, and she chooses to be made as beautiful as they are, transformed in her own eyes from an ugly goose to a lovely human swan. But when Fergus sees her in her new form he at first does not recognize her, then expresses disgust at her appearance: ‘You’re not the Sheila I know,’ he tells her, ‘You look like a doll[!]’ (p. 244). He goes on to explain his disgust in detail:

Look at the colour of your hair! It’s like straw! Look at your eyes! They’re like bits of blue glass! Look at your mouth! It’s like a squashed strawberry! You used to have brown hair and brown eyes and a mouth that looked like a mouth. You used to be a proper girl! (p. 245)

So when Betsy the goose agrees with Fergus (she likes Sheila best in the ordinary form she took when Betsy first met her, ‘when I was tired and harashed an parched wid the drought, an ye were very good to me’, p. 245), Sheila decides to go back to her old appearance, discarding her metaphorical swan-form and remaining a ‘proper girl’ for the rest of the novel. In the process she revises the ending of Andersen’s story of the ugly duckling, choosing to retain her ‘ugly’ ordinariness because that’s what people associate with her best qualities: freely-given affection, hard work for the good of all, and generosity to strangers, whether beast or human.

Fergus, by John Keating

In fact, revisions of Andersen’s story occur on several occasions in the novel. First, as we’ve seen, Sheila mistakes the grey goose Betsy for a duck when she first meets her, and is perfectly happy when she finds she’s a little fat goose instead of a swan. Later Sheila tries to tell the story of the Ugly Duckling in return for food and lodging at an inn run by a hostile woman who recalls Fat Maggie; but she cannot finish the story because the woman keeps ‘glaring’ at her, and the narrative peters out without achieving its happy ending (p. 80). Finally, on returning to her starting point – the House of the Four Swans – she finds that the building has burned down, leaving intact only her cubby-hole under the stairs and most of the kitchen. Shortly afterwards, however, the house is miraculously restored to its intact state, and at this point it is renamed ‘the House of the Grey Goose’, with a sign carved by the boy Fergus, who has displayed his talent for carving many times since Sheila met him (p. 285). The old Ballad Singer celebrates its restoration by announcing a ceilidh, which at once marks the house as a gathering-place for the local community, like the house of Mrs Rafferty in Lynch’s realist novel Fiddler’s Quest (1941). At this point the regal swan of Andersen’s story – Lynch’s Four Swans – has been transformed into an ordinary goose, without royal associations but with rich folkloric properties of its own. Meanwhile the story of the Ugly Duckling has acquired a different moral (and as the Ballad-Singer affirms, ‘No story is complete widout a moral’, p. 49). Instead of the protagonist being revealed as a member of the privileged elite, with their graceful curving necks and dazzling whiteness – as it is in Andersen – a community of ordinary geese (Sheila and her friends) finds a permanent habitation, a home to which other ordinary creatures are drawn by their instinctive liking for its kindly residents. Everyone is welcome at the House of the Grey Goose, and the creativity it fosters – the old Ballad-Singer’s singing, Fergus’s carving, Sheila’s talent for telling stories – is freely shared with those who choose to come inside.

An unsettling scarecrow, by John Keating

The world, of course, had great need for such a community in 1939. Ireland as Lynch depicts it in The Grey Goose of Kilnevin is a place lost in the mist, unclear as to the relationship between past and present, uncertain how to address itself to strangers, or indeed to its own citizens. Kilnevin, the town of the title, is a bustling, cheerful place; but when Sheila and the grey goose set out from there on their travels they find themselves wandering through eerie nameless zones without a geographical or moral compass. On first leaving Kilnevin, Sheila and her companions – at this stage the grey goose, the Ballad Singer and Fergus (they meet the apple woman much later) – soon lose their way, crossing an insubstantial bridge of mist which leads to a foggy mountainside where a misplaced scarecrow stands; misplaced because it isn’t protecting any crops and because it’s unable to scare away crows. The scarecrow is surrounded by jeering birds on its rock-strewn island in the mist, like a bedraggled St Brendan on the Island of Birds (‘There were rooks and magpies, hedge sparrows and wrens, swallows and starlings’, p. 58); but although the birds show no fear of its stick arms and rusty gun, Sheila quickly learns to distrust the scarecrow’s intentions, noting that ‘The longer she looked at [it] the less [she] liked it’ (p. 62). The scarecrow is joined at nightfall by a host of rabbits – ‘too many’, as Fergus darkly observes (p. 63) – and starts to behave like a despot, first demanding that Sheila give it the goose to keep as a pet, then separating her from her companions and plunging her in darkness; no wonder Betsy describes it as a ‘fearsome creature’ (p. 69). Later, though, Sheila seems to think of it more as a wonder than a monster; and it bequeaths to the Ballad Singer – who himself resembles a scarecrow – its neat green coat, which he exchanges for the ragged coat he was wearing when Sheila first meets him. A green coat has powerful resonances, of course, for the Irish, and by passing on this symbolic garment to Sheila’s travelling companion the scarecrow could be said to pass on to him and his party the task of representing Ireland in the gloomy final year of the 1930s. The scarecrow, in other words, could be read as a dilapidated Ireland of the present – or perhaps the recent past – and Sheila and her friends as an Ireland of the future, seeking out some corner of the country in which to put down roots for a better and more fruitful existence.[4]

Along the way, Sheila and her companions pass through several communities which are actively hostile to travellers like themselves. In one town, the female innkeeper begrudges Sheila, Fergus and the Ballad-Singer the most basic of shelters in a howling storm, and later tries to steal the little grey goose from Sheila to cook for supper, thereby aligning herself with the cannibalistic witch in Hansel and Gretel. In another town Sheila finds that she is wholly invisible to the occupants, who spend their time quarrelling and buying unpleasant goods such as cough lozenges, carbolic soap and boot polish under the watchful eye of an oversized policeman, who enjoys ‘swinging his baton and glaring about him’ in a threatening manner (p. 200).[5] This is a ‘neat, tidy, cleaned-up town’ which defines itself in hostile opposition to what lies beyond its borders: the encroaching forest, the winter snow, and homeless wanderers of every description. Both towns have all the ingredients for pleasant living – in the first, a hostelry that advertises ‘FOOD AND LODGING / FOR MAN AND BASTE’ (p. 74) and resounds with song; in the second, fine shops, a market place, pavements and neat garden paths (p. 196) – but both choose to fill every available space with selfish people, nasty lyrics, squabbles and fights, unnecessary artefacts and harsh regulations (as embodied by the policeman). It’s as if Kilnevin had been warped by the likes of Fat Maggie into a dystopia from which the poor, the old and the orphaned young have been excluded, left to endure the vagaries of the weather with only ruins to protect them.[6] In the middle chapters of the novel, in fact, Sheila and her companions take shelter in a ruined cottage, and contrive with their creativity and friendly conversation to transform it into yet another version of the ideal home, echoing Sheila’s bedroom under the stairs at the start of the book and the utopian House of the Grey Goose in the final chapter. This version of that home is only temporary, however, and the companions are forced to flee through the roof when they get snowed in. The ideal Ireland is always potentially present in Lynch’s novel, but only comes into being in the final pages, when Sheila and her traveller friends find a permanent home in its only named community, the seaside town of Kilnevin.

The Big Garda, by John Keating

To understand what has happened to Ireland in this book, it will help to turn to the final novel in the Turf Cutter’s Donkey sequence, Long Ears (1943). In this book Lynch recounts the titular donkey’s adventures from birth to the day he meets his future friends, the turf-cutter’s children Eileen and Seamus, who are his inseparable companions in the other three books of the series. The farm where Long Ears is born is a happy place, where animals of different species live in harmony, a little girl acts out fairy tales with her dolls, and the adults are ‘dacent people’ who say ‘Never a harsh word from dawn till dark’.[7] But young Long Ears is lured away from the farm by a wily cat, and soon finds himself on a long, hard, weary road – first with a community of tinkers, some of whom treat him harshly, and afterwards with other wanderers on a mysterious ‘Road of Dreams’ – the same road to which he returns with Eileen and Seamus in later life – populated with lost souls from the distant past and the unhappy present. On this road he meets a red-haired dwarf from Irish legend, Fer Fi, who plays tunes on a magic harp which can make its hearers weep, sleep, or laugh. The dwarf informs the donkey that all his troubles arise from the fact that he has strayed onto the ‘wrong side of the mountain’ – presumably at the precise moment when he wandered away from the farm where he lived with his mother. ‘We all spend our lives climbing,’ explains Fer Fi, but ‘If we’re foolish, we take the wrong path’ (pp. 213-4), finding ourselves in the barren, troublesome place through which Long Ears has travelled ever since. On this ‘wrong side of the mountain’ the young donkey meets sad rabbits, haughty sheep, and a stag who fell asleep in a magic cave at a time when Ireland was covered with forest, and woke to find itself in an Ireland covered instead with bustling towns ‘full of dogs and fear’ (p. 207). The stag leads Long Ears to one of these towns, which is just as strange and forbidding as the nameless towns in the Goose of Kilnevin. Surrounded by a high wall, its streets are empty and neglected, its inhabitants fast asleep, and its streets plastered with posters bearing a sinister message:

NO BALLAD SINGERS ALLOWED.
NO STORY TELLING PERMITTED.
CIRCUSES KEEP AWAY. DANCING PROHIBITED.
NO FAIRS HELD IN THIS TOWN UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE. (p. 209)

Soon afterwards Fer Fi suggests that the sentiment on these posters led directly to the town’s decay. ‘It all began,’ he tells Long Ears,

when they shut out the ballad singers and the story tellers. Then they built a wall to keep out the musicianers and the apple women, the balloon men, the toy sellers. When a circus came along they shut the gate and then they stopped the fairs! […] They were trying to be grand and proud. They wanted every one to be like themselves – working in shops and offices and living in the town. Soon their shops were empty and their kitchens, too. The children had no toys and all of them were cross and hungry. (pp. 212-3)

When Fer Fi was shut out, too – banned as a ‘musicianer’ because of his ‘three-stringed harp’ – he avenged himself by playing the ‘tune of sleep’ and setting the whole town dreaming, like a dismal version of the Sleeping Beauty’s castle. They can only awaken into happiness and prosperity when they learn to welcome travellers again, among them the ballad singers, storytellers, toy makers and apple women embodied by Sheila and her friends in the Goose of Kilnevin. Ireland, it’s implied, must embrace the whole of its culture if it’s to retain its vitality; its travelling folk must be welcomed into its settled communities, its traditional arts must be celebrated and nurtured, and the drab uniformity of the capitalist marketplace must be kept at bay. For Lynch, the Road of Dreams that leads to the ‘wrong side of the mountain’ is the road or dream of capitalism, from which the land must be urgently woken if it’s to free itself from the sterility of the nameless towns depicted in both novels. As a storyteller herself, her task is to alert her Irish readers to this necessity by luring them onto a different Road of Dreams: the road that teaches its travellers to make the most of what Lynch calls ‘ordinary life’, and to respect the mythical past that underpins every aspect of the Irish present.

The Apple Woman, by John Keating

‘Ordinary life’, for Lynch, refers to the lives of ordinary working people: not the ruling or middle classes, nor the church authorities, but the kinds of economically disadvantaged folk her stories focus on to the exclusion of all others: the folk who expend their creative energies in building happy communities, from cheerful families and towns to knots of mutually supportive travelling companions. Sheila and her friends are particularly adept in this art of community-building, setting up house in caves or clearings or ruined cottages as happily as in a well-appointed house, and inviting all comers to share their space. Excluding such friendly home-builders from its civic streets and houses – consigning them to the mercies of the wilderness or the windswept country roads – ensures that Ireland as a whole exists in a dreary nothing state, a nameless wasteland where the ‘bonds of friendship and affection’, as Lynch calls them in her essay, are devalued as merely ‘fantastic’.

Where Long Ears identifies that dreary condition as the ‘wrong side of the mountain’, in The Grey Goose of Kilnevin it’s the wrong road; and roads, it seems, are difficult things to navigate or assess. All the problems encountered by Sheila and her friends arise from ‘straying from the road’, or so Fergus believes, and the boy spends much of his time searching for a ‘proper road’ for them to take in place of the wrong one (p. 99); but roads are so many and various that a ‘proper road’ seems hard to identify. The companions find themselves travelling along many strange paths in the course of their wanderings: from a fox’s road, which is marked by certain distinctive trees in a trackless forest, to the path of the wild geese across the stormy sky, or the invisible road across the floodwaters which Sheila must follow to recover the swan-feather cloaks of the Children of Lir. Even when they find themselves on an indisputably ‘proper’ road – a racecourse or a railway – the travellers inevitably use it in the wrong way, straying across the racecourse in the middle of a race, for instance, to the rage of the massed spectators, or boarding a train without a valid ticket, to the outrage of the ticket collector. At one point Sheila comes across a fork in the road marked by a mysterious signpost whose arms point in two directions – up and down – exhorting passers-by to ‘dig’ or ‘fly’ (p. 90). Neither of these options seems the ‘proper’ one to Sheila (who insists ‘I can’t fly and I won’t dig’), but later both she and Fergus find themselves digging a path through snow to escape from the ruined cabin (pp. 163-4), then flying with the wild geese through the sky, seated on the apple woman’s ‘good shawl’ (p. 264), on the way back to the House of the Four Swans. By the time Sheila finds Bridgie Swallow – the woman whose butter she was sent to fetch – she has no idea which road she was meant to have taken, or indeed whether there is any ‘proper’ road at all for her to take:

‘Are you lost?’ [Bridgie] asked in a tiny voice.
‘I’ve been lost a long time,’ sighed Sheila. ‘But if I could only find the road now I wouldn’t say a word.’
‘Which road are you looking for?’ asked the little woman.
But that was just what Sheila couldn’t tell her. (p. 223)

Ireland’s roads have become a bewildering maze for the little girl, largely because she has become defined as a homeless traveller, an outcast from the capitalist economy that governs the country’s settled communities. She is not an animal like the fox, or a bird like the wild geese, but she is not seen as wholly human either, and so has no direction, no recognizable coordinates in the land of her birth.

Sheila, by John Keating

But Sheila’s outcast status, it emerges, is another fantasy; a potentially deadly fantasy imposed on her by those who seek to commandeer her rightful inheritance. Her conversation with Bridgie takes place in another variation on the ideal home: the ‘green cave of tree-trunks and bushes’ where Bridgie lives, its greenness marking it out as a version of Ireland. But though Bridgie invites the little girl to share the cave with her, Sheila knows it isn’t the place where she should pass the rest of her days. She tells herself she should live instead with her newfound family, Fergus, the Ballad Singer and the apple woman, and Bridgie later tells her exactly where: ‘[T]he House of the Four Swans is yours’, she explains (p. 231), which is why Fat Maggie wants rid of her, since with Sheila gone she can claim the property as her own. Sheila’s ‘proper’ road, in other words – the road that is her own, which is what ‘proper’ means, at least in French – is the road that leads to the House of the Four Swans, her proper home as well as the place where she was mistreated by Fat Maggie. After getting this important information Sheila quickly meets up again with Fergus and the others; but first Bridgie Swallow gives her some clothes, having noticed that the child’s own clothes have been worn to pieces by her travels. Sheila’s new clothes are green, the same colour as the coat given to the Ballad Singer by the scarecrow (p. 248); and in putting them on she identifies herself as an embodiment of Ireland, seeking the home that has always been hers despite its rejection of her.[8]

The stage is set for Sheila’s return to claim her birthright from Fat Maggie, a final act that also establishes her travelling companions as both her real and adoptive family, encouraging Irish readers to do the same with any outcasts or strangers they meet on the Irish roads. The road home turns out to be as eccentric as the roads away from home – flying with the geese on the apple woman’s shawl, as if on a magic carpet, or tumbling down a mountainside into the middle of the Kilnevin marketplace. But the bond of friendship between the companions ensures that they finally succeed in achieving a happy ending, despite the maze of eccentric routes they have followed on their adventures. Their familial relationship is first acknowledged by the people of Kilnevin when they recognise the old Ballad Singer as Sheila’s grandfather, the man who forgot his identity long ago and left his home in the House of the Four Swans to wander the roads, abandoning his grandchild to the untender mercies of Fat Maggie. By extension, the people of Kilnevin also assume that the apple woman is Sheila’s aunt and Fergus her cousin (p. 278), refusing to listen when the boy denies his kinship with any of them. When the travellers reach the gate of the House of the Four Swans, Sheila’s three human companions reluctantly set off on their wanderings again, assuming that the little girl has finally reached the place where she belongs and that there will be no room in it for vagrants like themselves. But an attack on Sheila by Fat Maggie brings them hurrying to her rescue, and at this point it becomes clear that all their roads lead in the same direction. Sheila insists that the House of the Four Swans ‘is your home as well as mine’ and that ‘I’d never be happy without you’ (p. 278); and so the familial relationship between them is finally confirmed. At this point the reader might notice that there are four human travellers in this little party, corresponding to the four swans of the Irish myth, and that like the birds they have just made the transition from a quasi-animal state to full humanity. Friendship has worked its magic on them, and it’s also the magic of friendship, it seems, that restores the House of the Four Swans to its pristine splendour after a fire has burned it down, shaking the ‘burnt-out ruin’ like an earthquake and refashioning it into the mansion remembered by the Ballad Singer in his visionary moments.

Betsy’s eggs, by John Keating

The restoration takes place after Sheila has returned from another shopping expedition, this time to fetch food and other necessities to make the ruins of the House of the Four Swans habitable again. Throughout this second shopping trip the little girl is repeatedly reminded of her earlier errand for Fat Maggie. Before Sheila sets out, the apple woman checks to make sure she will not ‘be goin off on adventures the way ye did when Maggie Fagan sent ye’ (p. 281); and a bookstall owner in the Kilnevin marketplace gives her a similar warning: ‘Sure, ye don’t want to go down in history as the girl that took till Tibb’s Eve to do a message’ (p. 283). This time, however, Sheila manages to avoid the unmoored wanderings that followed her first shopping expedition, and hurries home secure in the knowledge that she is now indistinguishable from the other children at the fair, since ‘I’ve a grandfather, and next door to an aunt and a brother, as well as a pet goose’ (p. 282). As she enters the ruined building where her found family awaits her she tells herself, ‘It’s really home now’ (p. 284, my emphasis); and it’s at this point, when she recognises the ruined House as ‘really’ her home – made so by the loving community assembled there – that the building miraculously reconstitutes itself: ‘The air was filled with flying sawdust. The walls were shaking. The door leading into the passage swung open, then slammed’, and moments later

The sun was shining, not on a burnt-out ruin, but on a fine square house with freshly whitened walls and a grand tiled roof, gleaming and sparkling. The windows were open to let in the morning air and the green paint on the doors was fresh and gay. (p. 285)

Echoing Sheila, the old Ballad Singer exclaims ‘Isn’t it well to be home at last’, and the usually sceptical Fergus confirms the secular miracle by means of a close examination of the structure: ‘Fergus rubbed the walls with his hand. He poked the doors with his fingers and felt the glass in the windows’ (p. 285). The greenness of the doors, like the greenness of Sheila’s new clothes and the greenness of the old Ballad Singer’s coat, confirms this as a specifically Irish house and an Irish miracle, and assures Lynch’s Irish readers that such a transformation could be worked on their own battered country, given the right conditions and the right collective attitude on the part of its citizens.

The restoration of the House is fantastic, of course, since the speed and ease with which it’s accomplished are impossible; but it’s no more fantastic, Lynch would claim, than the ‘bonds of friendship and affection that spring up out of nowhere and bind people together’. Those bonds may be a fantasy, in that they have no material existence, but Lynch insists that they are ‘certainly a reality as well’; and her book is designed to make that fantasy real, that is, to make it seen, so that it’s no longer invisible as Sheila was in the ‘neat, tidy, cleaned-up town’ overseen by the menacing policeman. The moment when the House of the Four Swans becomes ‘really home’ is the moment the fantasy of friendship and affection makes its realness felt, even as its effects seem most fantastic. The open doors and light-giving windows it fashions are solid ones, no matter how impossible the means by which they were ushered into existence.

My copy of A Storyteller’s Childhood, bound in green and gold

In my account of the final chapter I haven’t paid much attention to the ‘pet goose’ which accompanies Sheila throughout her travels. This seems particularly neglectful given that the little fat bird lends her name to Lynch’s novel, much as the legendary Mother Goose lends her name to many collections of fairy tales and nursery rhymes. As we’ve seen, The Grey Goose of Kilnevin is a kind of story collection as well as a novel, much like the story-books Sheila carries with her on her adventures: it’s packed with fairy tales, myths and legends, many of them containing geese, and it has a fairy-tale ending, too, though a modest one involving a house instead of a palace or castle. When the bookstall owner gives Sheila a story-book she has always coveted – a story-book bound in green and gold – she might almost be giving her a copy of Lynch’s novel, or something like it. My own copy is bound in grey, to match the colour of the grey goose Betsy, but many of her other books were published by Dent in green bindings with gold lettering stamped on the spine (my own copy of her quasi-autobiographical A Storyteller’s Childhood [1947] is bound in this way), no doubt to underline their Irish content. As well as a book, however, The Grey Goose of Kilnevin refers to a house, the hostelry run by Sheila and her friends, to which the people of Kilnevin are invited for a ceilidh in the final chapter. The title, then, brings together a loving and quasi-magical little person (Betsy the goose), a fantastic story-book and an enchanted hostelry or inn, which offers food and lodgings for everyone who walks through its door, homeless or propertied, human or nonhuman, old or young. It combines, then, every major concern of Lynch’s socialist vision – kind human beings, imaginative writing, wholesome habitations – and so stands as a working model of good living in the dark days leading up to the outbreak of the Second World War. It can serve as a working model for us, too, I think, guaranteed to make our own dark days a little brighter.

First edition of the Puffin version. I don’t know who did this wonderful cover.

NOTES

[1] Patricia Lynch, The Grey Goose of Kilnevin (London: J. M. Dent and Sons, 1939), p. 39. All references are to this edition. It should be mentioned that the most widely available version of this novel, first published as a Puffin Book in 1951 and reprinted by other publishers since, has been cut to fit the standard length of early Puffin paperbacks, and so leaves out some of Sheila’s adventures. These include (I think) her meeting with a talking scarecrow and her visit to the ‘neat, tidy, cleaned-up town’ ruled over by a large policeman.

[2] It seems likely Sheila knows the story of the goose that laid the golden eggs from the popular pantomime Mother Goose rather than from Aesop’s fable, which has the same title but ends in the death of the goose. For an anonymous early poem that tells the story of the pantomime, ‘Mother Goose and the Golden Egg’ (c. 1860), see here.

[3] This quotation is taken from Lynch’s account of herself, here given the title ‘Patricia Lynch (Mrs Richard A. Fox)’, at CatholicAuthors.com, here.

[4] The episode recalls the second stanza of Yeats’s ‘Sailing to Byzantium’, which famously runs: ‘An aged man is but a paltry thing, / A tattered coat upon a stick, unless / Soul clap its hands and sing, and louder sing, /For every tatter in its mortal dress’. The old Ballad Singer is an aged man who sings; while the scarecrow is more the type for studying ‘Monuments of its own magnificence’, being worshipped by rabbits and having a high opinion of itself in every way. Incidentally, Yeats died in 1939, the year of the book’s publication.

[5] This garda is one of several threatening policemen in Irish fantasy, from the policemen who arrest the Philosopher in James Stephens’s The Crock of Gold (1912) to the terrifying constables who populate Flann O’Brien’s The Third Policeman (c. 1940).

[6] ‘That is no country for old men’, begins Yeats’s poem ‘Sailing to Byzantium’, but Lynch’s Ireland is no country for young or old.

[7] Long Ears: The Story of a Little Grey Donkey (London: J. M. Dent and Sons, 1943, reprinted 1944), p. 2. All references are to this edition.

[8] In Lynch’s day Ireland was often represented in literature by a girl or old woman, most famously Cathleen ni Houlihan in Lady Gregory’s and Yeats’s 1902 play of that name, a role first performed by Lynch’s friend the celebrated nationalist Maude Gonne. Sheila’s green clothes make her a diminutive version of Cathleen, who is also a wanderer.

 

Fantasy 1939: Patricia Lynch, The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels.

Patricia Lynch

Patricia Lynch published two fantasy novels in 1939, both of which could be described as socialist utopias. Ireland was in great need of utopias at the end of the 1930s, and socialism was in Lynch’s blood, it seems.

Ireland was in her blood too, of course. Lynch’s parents were born in Cork; but the exact nature of Lynch’s own childhood relationship with Ireland is strangely uncertain.  She may have been born in Cork in 1898, as she claimed, but her marriage certificate gives the date as 1894, and the genealogist Denise Dowdall suggests that she was probably born in London in 1882. Her father may have died in Egypt when she was six, as she claims in her unreliable memoir A Storyteller’s Childhood (1947), but he may also have died in London in 1883, when she was eight months old, as Brian Maye points out in a piece for the Irish Times.[1] Her older sister Laura performed as a music hall artiste and disappeared from all records in 1901; Patricia never mentions her in her autobiographical writings, and Dowdall thinks she may have changed her name, as entertainers do, and so vanished into the mists of make-believe among which she made her living.[2] Patricia’s older brother Patrick (as she called him), or Henry Patrick (as everyone else did), was a London-based socialist and trade-union activist who died of pneumonia in December 1916. At the time Patricia too was based in London, writing as a journalist and committed to the cause of women’s suffrage. Early in 1916 she went to Dublin to report on the Easter Rising for Sylvia Pankhurst’s newspaper The Woman’s Dreadnought, later renamed The Worker’s Dreadnought. Posing as a schoolgirl, Lynch interviewed many women about their experiences of the Rising, and the resultant article, ‘Scenes from the Rebellion’, became famous both for its vivid account of the immediate aftermath of the incident and for its uniquely female perspective.[3] Her brother Patrick had been friends with one of the leaders of the Rising, James Connolly, and in 1922 she married another of Patrick’s friends, the socialist historian Richard Fox, author of several books about the struggle for Irish independence including Rebel Irishwomen (1935), Green Banners (1938) and James Connolly: The Forerunner (1943). After her marriage Lynch moved to Ireland with her husband, and it was here that she started publishing fiction, first in the newspaper The Irish Press and later for the London publisher J. M. Dent and Sons. In the end she wrote around fifty novels for children, ranging from folklore-inflected fantasy to historical fiction and social realism; many combine all three of these elements in different proportions. Lynch’s life story, then, is bound up with storytelling, as her memoir suggests, and elements of fiction are tightly enmeshed with her life story. In our current state of knowledge we can’t be sure where one ends and the other begins – at least, when it comes to her early childhood, which is the time of life she chooses to focus on in her novels.

Lynch, A Storyteller’s Childhood, illustration by Isobel Morton-Sale

What we can be sure of, though, is her socialism, as reflected in her work as a journalist, in her relationship with Richard Fox, and in her fifty-odd novels. Everything I’ve read of hers reflects her socialist convictions, as applied to the special circumstances of postcolonial Ireland. For the genealogist Denise Dowdall, Lynch is made up of contradictions:

The sweet, magical children’s tales of Lynch’s fiction belie the hard-nosed political radicalism that marked her early career in journalism. The obvious Cork brogue she gives herself in the dialogue passages of her autobiography is at odds with her life-long London accent. She was a Londoner with an apparent pre-occupation with Irish rural settings and at the same time an archetypal Irish writer who found a home for her books with a non-Irish publisher.[4]

I’d suggest, however, that Lynch’s ‘hard-nosed political radicalism’ didn’t so much belie her ‘sweet, magical children’s tales’ as mutate into them. The tales themselves formed part of Lynch’s own process of mutating into a fully-fledged Irishwoman; A Storyteller’s Childhood is packed with incidents that have close parallels in her fiction. The need for such a mutation – for reinventing oneself to integrate with a new community – is explained in her realist novel Fiddler’s Quest (1941), which is set in Dublin, the city she made her home. In it a young girl called Ethne Cadogan is taken out of an English convent school near Liverpool and sent to Ireland by her father while he migrates to America to seek his fortune, disappearing from her life in the process, as Lynch’s father disappeared from hers. In Dublin Ethne must rapidly adapt her behaviour, language and music to fit her new circumstances. She lodges with a generous, affectionate Dublin family while she waits for her grandfather to come and fetch her home to his island in the west. In the meantime she makes a name for herself by playing the fiddle, first for the family and their neighbours, later at Mac’s Dance Hall alongside professional musicians. Like Patricia, Ethne finds herself mixed up with the nationalist cause in Dublin soon after the Easter Rising, and the story ends with the young migrant and her host family making a hair’s-breadth escape to the west, taking with them an injured rebel and pursued by soldiers. At the end of her journey she finds her paternal grandfather, the famous fiddler ‘King Cadogan’, and a lively new rural community which embraces her at once as one of its own. For Ethne as for Patricia, making yourself at home involves reconciling yourself with your familial and national roots, a process that takes time, hard work, creativity, kindness and adaptability – a capacity to change your ways while remaining resolutely yourself throughout all the changes.

Lynch, A Storyteller’s Childhood, illustration by Isobel Morton-Sale

In this book, rural Ireland provides Lynch’s young protagonist with a model of communal living. Even working-class Dubliners such as the Raffertys look to rural Ireland for examples of neighbourly ways and cultural practices: from the ‘half-doors’ common in country cottages, through which one can conveniently interact with passers-by, to the shawls that provide their wearers with warmth in winter; from cooking to ceilidhs; from storytelling and ballad-singing to national and familial history.[5] Going west involves effectively going back into the past, where the soldiers acting on behalf of the British Government cannot reach you. The past is as safe a space in Dublin as it is in the country. The head of the Rafferty family, Mrs Rafferty, adheres to the old customs of her rural childhood, and so welcomes Ethne into her household without asking anything in return. Later an old Dublin ballad singer hides Ethne and the rebel fighter from the soldiers in a forgotten yard full of abandoned coaches and sedan chairs: ‘Hide in the past,’ the old woman tells them, ‘an the present can never find ye’ (p. 189). The past is also the place in which Ireland was ‘free and grand’, as one of the Rafferty children tells Ethne (p. 85). It isn’t entirely idealized – the ladies who rode out in those coaches often came home, the singer admits, sadder than when they left (p. 188) – but it’s somehow both over and done with, and hence no longer dangerous to the colonial authorities, and intensely present and alive, suffused with emotional energy by the songs and stories that drive the cause of independence in the years before the Civil War. The past interpenetrates the present, just as the rural west interpenetrates the Irish capital, offering glimpses of freedom and grandeur – and even sadness – that enrich all those who see and feel them. And the past belongs to Ethne and her migrant family as much as it does to the people of Dublin.

Like Lynch’s ‘Scenes from the Rebellion’, Fiddler’s Quest captures a moment in Irish history just after the Easter Rising, and does so from the point of view of women and girls. In adopting this female perspective it could be said to share the early feminism of James Connolly, Lynch’s brother’s friend, who was responsible for recruiting women and men on an equal basis into the Irish Citizen Army. Connolly also penned two plays that give women a central role in the struggle for independence, and wrote in The Reconquest of Ireland (1915) that if ‘The worker is the slave of capitalist society, the female worker is the slave of that slave’.[6] Patricia Lynch’s husband Richard Fox clearly shared Connolly’s proto-feminism, given his authorship of a book on Rebel Irishwomen.

James Connolly also argued that the Irish nationalist movement had been closely bound up from the beginning with socialist convictions, thanks to the ancient Irish customs of holding land in common and electing their leaders. As he writes in Labour in Irish History (1910):

It may surprise many readers to learn that up to the date above-mentioned [i.e. 1649] the basis of society in Ireland except within the Pale (a small strip of territory around the Capital city, Dublin), rested upon communal or tribal ownership of land. The Irish chief […] held his position upon the sufferance of his people, and as an administrator of the tribal affairs of his people, while the land or territory of the clan was entirely removed from his private jurisdiction. In the parts of Ireland where for 400 years after the first conquest (so-called) the English governors could not penetrate except at the head of a powerful army, the social order which prevailed in England – feudalism – was unknown, and as this comprised the greater portion of the country, it gradually came to be understood that the war against the foreign oppressor was also a war against private property in land. But with the forcible break up of the clan system in 1649, the social aspect of the Irish struggle sank out of sight, its place being usurped by the mere political expressions of the fight for freedom. Such an event was, of course, inevitable in any case. Communal ownership of land would undoubtedly have given way to the privately owned system of capitalist-landlordism, even if Ireland had remained an independent country, but coming as it did in obedience to the pressure of armed force from without, instead of by the operation of economic forces within, the change has been bitterly and justly resented by the vast mass of the Irish people, many of whom still mix with their dreams of liberty longings for a return to the ancient system of land tenure – now organically impossible.[7]

It’s this ‘ancient system of land tenure’ to which young Nono Rafferty refers in Fiddler’s Quest when she tells Ethne that the rebels ‘want to make Ireland free and grand, like in the ancient times’ (p. 85, my emphasis). For Connolly, freedom took the form of a socialist republic in which men and women were equal partners, and the place where an early version of such a republic persisted longest was beyond the Pale, in rural Ireland.[8]

Illustration by Eileen Coghlan

If Fiddler’s Quest takes place shortly after the Easter Rising, the moment occupied by Lynch’s two 1939 fantasies is not so easily located, but both speak directly to the moment in which they were written. One depicts an Irish rural community which offers a model of communal living, like the West of Ireland in the later novel; the other introduces a chosen family which wanders through an Irish countryside which has not yet reached its potential as an egalitarian space dedicated to the principle of mutual support. One is embedded in an Irish past which interacts freely with the present, lending it strength and energy; the other inhabits a kind of mist in which the potential for such a fusion between past and present is glimpsed in fragments before being finally realised. Both have young girls as protagonists, and in both the girls’ rich imaginations combine with their rich capacity for affection to shape the place they live in for the better. Both focus on the poor and the labouring classes, and contain not a single character who can be described as ruling class. Lynch places marginal people at the centre of her narrative – children, women, rural labourers, travellers, sentient animals and birds – giving them direct access to the myths and legends of Irish literature, and thereby making them the heroes of the newly-fledged Irish nation thanks to their link with egalitarian ancient Ireland.

In the 1930s, Irish children in particular took on an important role in preserving those myths and legends. Lynch’s fantastic fiction of the decade coincided with a major initiative in Irish folklore which drew on the memories of children and their families as a major resource. In 1937, when de Valera formally established Ireland as a republic (replacing the Irish Free State, which recognised the King of England as its constitutional monarch), the Irish Folklore Commission invited schoolchildren throughout the country to gather folkloric material for what became the Schools’ Collection:

Over the course of two years, roughly 50,000 children representing almost 5,000 schools, from every county of Ireland (save for the six disputed counties that would become Northern Ireland), collected both English and Gaelic lore, in neat penmanship. Together they gathered almost three-quarters of a million pages’ worth of documentation.[9]

1939 marked the completion of the project, and both Lynch’s novels of that year could be said to pay tribute to the importance of children as custodians of the Irish past, in particular its fairy stories. In The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels – the third instalment of Lynch’s famous series of books about a donkey that serves as a catalyst for supernatural events – the child protagonists are constantly slipping into an alternative Ireland of the past inhabited by fairies and the heroes of old Irish literature. Most adults in the book don’t pay much heed to the supernatural, past or present; the children’s father, for instance – the turf-cutter of the title – believes that such things are the exclusive province of the young, which makes his son Seamus reluctant to tell him anything about them:

Seamus put his head sideways on the table and made a face at Eileen. He didn’t want her to say anything about the leprechaun, for it was no use at all talking to the turf-cutter about magic. He didn’t believe in it. He thought strange things happened to Eileen and Seamus because they were young, that was all.[10]

The children, on the other hand, accept the presence of leprechauns, ancient warriors and magic-working wise women as readily as they accept the presence of the turf-cutter’s neighbours and fellow workers. Eileen has her imagination prepared for this acceptance of magic by her love of ‘story-books’, printed pamphlets full of strange tales and high adventures. One imagines that the fairy tales retold by Lady Wilde, W B Yeats and James Stephens might be among them, though we know from earlier books in the series that she also likes stories about pirates and native Americans. Lynch’s own novel takes its place as one of these story-books for children, despised by some as ‘only fit for babies’ (p. 157) but recognised by others – not least the socialist and nationalist James Stephens – as in some sense a template for a truly democratic, imaginatively liberated Ireland. Sheila, the child protagonist of The Grey Goose of Kilnevin, shares Eileen’s predilection for story books, and carries hers with her on her adventures in a basket, so that they become increasingly battered and weatherworn as the novel goes on. Sheila herself is an accomplished storyteller and an attentive listener to oral stories. At the end of the book, when she returns after many adventures to her hometown of Kilnevin, she is given a ‘green-and-gold story book’ by a local woman as a gift to mark her return.[11] At the same time she finds a permanent physical home for herself and her travel companions in the town, which suggests that for Lynch home is the place where fairy tales and stories for children both get told and find their fulfilment. Depicting that fulfilment in fiction may risk having one’s stories dismissed as ‘only fit for babies’, but may also lay the groundwork for a confident, politically radical new community, in which the voices and desires of children are as fondly treasured as the voices and desires of women and men.

Illustration by Eileen Coghlan

Both of Lynch’s 1939 fantasies give a prominent place to the present as well as the past. The turf-cutter’s cabin is linked to the modern world by the motorised barge that carries the turf to the rest of the country, crewed by the eccentric Captain Cassidy and his mate Tim Quinlan. Their role in the text is very similar to that of the captain and crew of the steamer Granuaile in Fiddler’s Quest, who link Dublin to England and the rest of the world via the Irish Sea, but also extend the warmest of Irish welcomes to the lonely migrant Ethne when she boards their vessel at the Liverpool docks. The Grey Goose of Kilnevin embraces the romance of rail travel when Sheila and her friends board a train to get to the races – though Sheila nearly gets excluded from that romance when she finds she hasn’t the money to pay the fare. Automobiles turn up occasionally in the Grey Goose, and a lorry can be found in the second turf-cutter’s donkey book, The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Goes Visiting (1935), driven and eventually crashed by Tim Quinlan and Captain Cassidy. But motorised vehicles are always rare and glamorous; and they sometimes get mixed up with the stranger glamour of the Irish past. This happens when a circus passes the turf-cutter’s cottage in The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels, its ‘steam-driven’ lorries (p. 142) packed with exotic animals, clowns, and wizards who can do real magic (albeit by accident), and accompanied by a girl who later gets offered the ring and role of the Queen of the Fairies. It happens again when a delivery man’s lorry mutates into Santa’s sleigh in the final chapter, while Santa himself gets replaced by an Irish leprechaun and some animal friends.[12] Most strikingly of all, a Silver Airman crops up from time to time throughout the child protagonists’ adventures, appearing at a crucial moment to rescue them from the clutches of marauding Danes in ancient Ireland. The Airman is dressed in silver armour, like a hero of old, his plane is anchored to the earth of Ireland by a line, like a child’s kite, and he seems able to fly in and out of the past with ease, collecting souvenirs as he goes in the form of eagle’s eggs and memorable ‘wonders’. Lynch’s Ireland, in other words, is no preindustrial idyll, but its industrial machinery is enmeshed with the land, water, beasts and history of the nation, complementing them as Dublin complements the Irish countryside to which its workers’ imaginations are always turning.

The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels revolves around the cottage on the edge of the bog where the turf-cutter lives with his wife and two children. In the first book of the sequence, The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey (1934), the house was rebuilt from the ground upwards using a leprechaun’s gold, as if to affirm the crucial link between the material present and the imaginative world of Irish storytelling in which Eileen loves to spend her time. The second book took the child protagonists, Eileen and Seamus, away from the cottage to a nearby island for a short vacation; but in the third the cottage becomes the waystation where travellers from all over Ireland meet, talk, refresh themselves and rest; as Seamus tells one of the travellers, ‘Everyone comes to our house’ (p. 185), which means you can find whoever or whatever you’re looking for there, from family relations to distant ancestors to shelter, meals and conversation. It contains just enough to meet the family’s needs, with a little bit over to share with passers-by. Leprechauns, airmen, circus ringmasters, labourers and celebrities find a welcome there, turning it into a hub from which journeys begin and end and through which they pass, a still point of the turning world, as Eliot might put it – though without the religious implications of that phrase from his 1936 poem Burnt Norton (neither novel contains a religious figure in the present, though The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels includes a meeting with a hermit-priest from Ireland’s past). The book is full, in fact, of journeys whose beginnings and endings are never traced; Eileen and Seamus touch those journeys at a certain point, then watch wonderingly as they continue into the mists of the past or future. The cottage and its occupants remain stable, but change the trajectory of those journeys in crucial ways. It becomes, in fact, the centre of Ireland, and so of the world with which Ireland is linked by many narrative threads, as the cottage is linked to Dublin by the nearby canal. And it offers hope for the future to a planet on the brink of an all-encompassing war.[13]

Illustration by Eileen Coghlan

The turf-cutter’s trade is literally practised in and with the soil of Ireland, and the cottage is rooted in the soil from the start of the novel. That this gives it just enough to manage forms the basis of the book’s economics, just as it formed the basis of de Valera’s economics for the new republic, whereby Ireland was encouraged to draw on its own natural resources thanks to a system of tariffs on imported goods, thus confirming its hard-won independence from its British neighbours.[14] In the opening section, the turf-cutter’s children, Eileen and Seamus, decide they would like the cottage garden to yield better returns in flowers and vegetables. When Seamus looks out of the window, he sees only:

a big patch of potatoes and a smaller one of cabbage. A few plants grew by the door and under the windows, but the rest was a wilderness. The turf-cutter and his wife had no time for gardening, while the children thought it was a fine place to play in – that was all. (p. 10).

Inspired by a ‘big, dusty book’ that belonged to their grandfather the children determine to create a garden like one of the coloured pictures, ‘where pinks, roses, lavenders, primroses, sweet peas, stock, candytuft, sunflowers, sweet william, and flowers the children had never seen or even heard of were growing all together’ (p. 10). Pooling their modest resources, the children head to town after school the following day, and find themselves in a gardening shop with magical properties, whose proprietor has limbs that can extend themselves at will, like the limbs of the engineer in the Ghibli movie Spirited Away (‘when the man reached out with his feather duster his arm grew so long that he could dust any part of the shop without moving’, p. 14). No explanation is offered for his strange abilities; he simply exists, like a working model of capitalism, and gets left behind as soon as they leave the shop clutching a poke of magic seeds. Like the man who gave the magic beans to Jack in the fairy tale, he tells them that if they plant those seeds successfully ‘ye’ll have the most remarkable garden in all Ireland’ (p. 16), wishes them ‘quick growing’, then vanishes from their lives for ever. But unlike Jack, the children find the seeds mostly unhelpful. Instead of producing a garden like the one in the picture book, they create a jungle full of hypertrophied plants and giant insects: ‘Eileen ‘screamed when an earwig as big as a cat scuttled out on the path in front of her’; she ‘hated earwigs more than any other insect’ (p. 23). The children must call on the services of their magic-wielding friend Sreng to banish the insects – but in doing so they must also rid themselves of the flowers and vegetables, since as Sreng puts it, ‘The good and the bad, you must take them all or lose them all’ (p. 27). The garden of excess, then, brings with it unexpected disadvantages, and so might serve as a metaphor for the philosophy of constant growth at the heart of capitalism, which makes the space in which it is practised so hard to inhabit for so many of its subjects.

Illustration by John Keating

Sreng is another passing visitor to the cottage, this time from the past, as well as the industrial present represented by the canal where he lives and works. He enthusiastically supports the children’s project of improving the garden by providing them with a bag of magic earth for their seeds, brought with him from the legendary time in which he had his origins.  For Sreng is a warrior of the Firbolgs, the ancient inhabitants of Ireland, a ‘little dark man’ (p. 17) who is always being mistaken for a child (p. 42) and (ironically) a foreigner in the present day, and the bag contains earth ‘so old that a year is but as a day and a day is the same as a year to it’ (p. 19). Planted in this earth, the shopkeeper’s seeds germinate freely, despite the fact that they are being planted at the wrong time of year. Sreng’s participation in the garden project makes it something more than a metaphor for capitalism; it can also represent the prosperous future promised to the liberated Irish people by their own imaginations and those of their elected officials, de Valera among them. As it turns out, there is no short cut to such collective prosperity; only hard work, which Sreng provides along with the children, and time and patience in conjunction with the naturally occurring seasons will bring it about – unless one seeks magical help, which can bring chaos instead of order.

Sreng helps the children dig the garden before planting the magic seeds in the magic earth he has provided, but it is Sreng who points out that they must take the good along with the bad if they are to enjoy the fruits of these labours, and it is he who puts an end to the magic at their request, shooting at the giant insects with his non-fatal magic arrows until they have all returned to the proper size, and in the process signalling the end of ‘fast growing’ in the cottage garden. Magical growth, then, is another brief visitor to the cottage, lasting no longer than a day. Its aura lingers for a while in the neighbourhood, in the form of a single crop of giant flowers and vegetables, which win the children prizes at the local show and provide free food for their friends and neighbours. As their mother points out, ‘The Captain and Tim Quinlan would be glad of a few head of lettuce and a bunch of rhubarb’, while ‘there’s some of the bog people have never eaten anything in their lives but cabbage or potato’ (p. 30). Her response to a surfeit is to share it, so that Sreng’s and the shopkeeper’s magic of excess never disrupts the customs of mutual help that govern the rural community.

Illustration by Eileen Coghlan

The children first met Sreng in The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey, bringing him with them to the present where he found a permanent home with Captain Cassidy and Tim Quinlan. He remains a migrant, then, constantly in motion between the country and the city on the Captain’s barge, his foreignness instantly noticed by passers-by owing to his dark skin and strange accent. But despite his travels, from past to present, from country to city, Sreng is no more a foreigner then any Irishman; rather he is one example of the many waves of migrants that made up the Irish population throughout history. Eileen and Seamus first knew him as a leader of the Firbolg people as they fought to defend their land against a new wave of invaders, the Tuatha Dé Dannan, who became the pagan gods of Irish legend; but the Firbolgs were themselves invaders, and distantly related to the Tuatha Dé Dannan despite the marked differences in their appearance after many generations. The notion of racial purity has no place in old Irish culture. In The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels Sreng accompanies the children on a second trip to the past, this time to encounter yet another wave of migrants, the marauding Danes. The first Dane the children meet is an eccentric figure in the present day, like the elastic shopkeeper: a ‘tall dark man dressed in strange clothes who was digging potatoes in a field’ (p. 65), behind a half-submerged house which looks ‘like a big doll’s house, with its bow-windows and its pointed red roof’ – very different, in other words, from the other buildings in the neighbourhood, which are either ‘cabins’ like the turf-cutter’s cottage or larger farmhouses (p. 63). Later it emerges that this doll’s house is in fact ‘the great rock which marked the grave of the Dane’, and the man in strange clothes is the Dane himself; as Sreng points out, ‘’Twas surely the Dane who […] showed you a toy house that was not there’ (p. 95). In the past the Danes were invaders, but in the children’s present they have merged with the Irish earth and the Irish people, participating enthusiastically in the familiar Irish pastime of digging and eating ‘praties’. They may retain their acquisitive properties – the Dane seeks to exchange a pratie for a pair of Sreng’s magic arrows in the children’s possession – but their penchant for violence is reduced to flinging handfuls of mud when the children refuse the bargain. Danish warriors and everyday Irish mischief-makers have merged over time and become indistinguishable.[15]

Soon after this encounter, the children find themselves whisked back to a more dangerous time for Ireland, when the woods are full of wolves and the Dane’s rapacious countrymen moor their longships in Irish rivers as they sack and pillage the nearby communities. Sreng meets Eileen and Seamus in the wolf-ridden woods, having been whisked into the past by the same magic that took the children there, and together they rescue a hermit-priest from the ship where he has been imprisoned by the Danes, returning him to his cell near another prominent rock. The invaders pursue them and lay siege to the rock, but are driven off by the Silver Airman, whose aeroplane looks to them like a monstrous bird. After that the children return with the Airman to their own time, leaving the hermit behind in his cell, on his insistence, to fulfil his Christian duty: ringing a silver bell each morning to mark the arrival of Christianity in the furthest corner of Europe (p. 87). Sreng, then, repeatedly links Eileen and Seamus to times when violent warriors have threatened Ireland’s population. On this occasion the children rescue an old priest from the threat of enslavement or death, freeing him to return to his work of spreading peace with the aid of his bell; and the continuing presence of the Dane in the present day, digging praties like a local, confirms the fact that for all the pain it involved, the violent past laid solid foundations for the modern Irish nation.

Illustration by Eileen Coghlan

In 1939, Ireland was again surrounded by potential invaders, from the Nazis, who had long been flexing their military muscles, to the British, from whose imperial grip Ireland had only recently prized itself free. When war broke out in September Ireland declared its neutrality, refusing to be enlisted in the British military cause as it had been in 1914. Lynch’s hermit-priest, the fearless old man who refuses to abandon his post despite his recent imprisonment and the continuing threat of marauding Danes and ravening wolves in the nearby forest, makes the choice of non-violence a form of heroism as impressive as the feats of the ancient warriors who inspire Seamus. In the two previous books, Eileen and Seamus – especially the latter – found themselves drawn to the warrior-heroes of old Ireland as if by a spell; indeed, Seamus was twice tempted to join a magically-resurrected warrior band, being restrained only by his small size and the love of his sister.[16] In The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels he again finds himself taking on the role of warrior, clutching a rusty spear given him by Sreng, but heroic posturing proves no match for the ferocious Danes, and he, Sreng and Eileen must rely on the Silver Airman to escape from the top of the rock where they have been penned. Throughout the novel, reconciliation proves more effective than violence as a means of keeping peace. Sreng’s arrows never hurt the people or creatures he shoots at; they are weapons of deterrence or self-defence, not conflict. The children make friends with most of the strangers they encounter, and any enemies they may have made by accident are quickly turned into friends by the end of the book, or at least deprived of any power they had to harm the people they despise. The turf-cutter’s cabin is neutral ground, like Ireland, and offers safety as well as provisions to those who need them.

Illustration by Eileen Coghlan

At one point in the narrative, Seamus gets suddenly transformed by magic into an eagle, and flies off to the eyrie of another eagle in the far-off mountains. This eagle is one of a pair which have attacked the children several times in the first two books; they are servants of the wicked Wise Woman of Youghal who has plotted for years to make Eileen and Seamus into her slaves. Becoming an eagle shows Seamus for the first time that the eagles, too, have been enslaved, and he is in any case naturally empathetic with animals. Restored to his true form in the eagle’s nest, he frees the bird from a length of rope in which it has got itself entangled, and in return it flies him safely home to his own part of the country. Nations throughout history have adopted the eagle as an emblem of power, not least Nazi Germany. Lynch’s eagles, by contrast, are merely birds which have been exploited for evil purposes by scheming humans, and like most other people they will gladly reciprocate kindness wherever they meet it. The eagle entangled itself in the rope when it launched an attack on the Silver Airman’s rescue plane, to which the rope was attached; acts of violence against others, then, are also acts of self-harm, and Seamus’s lesson in inter-species cooperation offers a wholesome alternative philosophy to the one that threatened to engulf Europe at the time of writing.

Shortly afterwards the children free a second wild animal from enslavement. Seamus returns from his visit to the eagle’s eyrie to find himself on the back of a circus elephant, riding round the ring to rapturous applause from the massed spectators, among whom is his sister Eileen. Fed up of adventures, Seamus decides to ride the elephant out of the ring and home to the cottage, and the elephant concurs at once, since he ‘had long wanted to stray about the world’ as an independent traveller (p. 126). Eileen afterwards substitutes a magic toy elephant for the real one (she acquired the toy from a mysterious stranger in The Turf-cutter’s Donkey, so Lynch’s readers already know it can grow to full size and come to life whenever she asks it to), and the real elephant vanishes at once into the Irish countryside, while the toy takes its place in the circus. Eileen does not worry about the real elephant, we’re told, since it’s ‘too big’ to get into trouble, and can in any case find a home in Dublin Zoo if it ever gets ‘lonesome’ (p. 141). We must, then, presume that the circus elephant becomes another successful immigrant in Ireland, free to explore its new environment at will and liberated from the oppression represented by the showman (who affronts its dignity by calling it ‘brute’) and his sidekick the circus wizard (who pinches the elephant’s trunk when the showman’s back is turned). Beasts as well as people may find a welcome in the Irish bogs if they choose to seek it.

Illustration by Eileen Coghlan

A similar liberation is offered to another circus performer – or rather two, a girl and an animal. Goldilocks is touted by the showman as ‘the most beautiful equestrienne in Europe’, while her horse White Wings has ‘the longest mane and tail in the world’ (p. 113). Eileen and Seamus absorb these hyperboles of circus rhetoric with uncritical enthusiasm; but they also recognise links between this seemingly unmatchable star and their own everyday existence. Seamus is sure he can match the equestrian skills of Goldilocks if he gets access to her horse, while Eileen sees her as a figure from one of her cherished story books, a fairy tale princess; Goldilocks is even reading a story book on horseback as the circus travels along the road that runs past the turf-cutter’s cottage (pp. 143-4). So the children invite her home, together with White Wings, convinced that she is someone like themselves who will appreciate the things they love about their lives: imaginative trips into the world of fairy tales, energetically physical adventures, acquaintance with fascinating people like their friends and parents. Instead they quickly learn the difference between story book princesses and real girls who adopt the airs of European royalty. It is Goldilocks who dismisses Eileen’s story books as ‘only fit for babies’ (p. 157), and she laughs at the Captain and Tim Quinlan when they come visiting, while mastering the show horse White Wings proves far beyond Seamus’s capabilities. In the end, Goldilocks is no more at home in the children’s cabin than her namesake was in the house of the three bears, and Eileen and Seamus are relieved to see her go, even though they lose White Wings in the process.

Yet where Goldilocks goes when she disappears from the cottage remains a mystery, like the question of what happened to Lynch’s artiste-sister. She may have gone back to the circus to resume her life as a European celebrity; or she may have ridden off to take up her destiny as a fairy tale princess. While she stayed at the cottage, the leprechaun who befriended the children in The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey – and who later accompanied them on holiday in The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Goes Visiting – visits the cottage with a proposal for her; he offers her a ring that will make her Queen of Tir na nOg if she accepts it, and Eileen never learns whether or not she took up the post when she eloped that night from Eileen’s bedroom. One way or another, the leprechaun’s offer confirms the children’s view of Goldilocks in relation to themselves. It is their closest fairy friend who makes the proposal, which means that these shoeless rural children share something of Goldilocks’s unmatchable glamour, being at least as familiar with wonders as any star of stage or ring.

Lynch, Long Ears, illustration by Joan Kiddell-Monroe

As it happens, Goldilocks’s visit also offers the children a chance to show off their own special qualities. In the only chapter in the book without magic in it, Eileen decides to bake Goldilocks a cake worthy of her regal demeanour. Unfortunately it’s the first time she has ever tried to make one, and she has no guidance, since her mother is not at home. The results are predictable. She uses up all the cottage’s supply of eggs – which amount to four, one for each member of the family – and reduces the kitchen to a state of chaos, while the cake comes out of the oven as a shapeless black mass ‘like a lump of turf’ (p. 167). At the same time, the baking process, in which Seamus joins with enthusiasm and abundant supportive comments (‘hurray!’ he cries as they cut the cake, ‘Look! It isn’t really so bad. It’s only dark brown, and mebbe that’s the spice’, p. 167), showcases the loving relationship between brother and sister, while the disastrous outcome allows their parents too to display their talent for collective living. On walking into the shipwrecked kitchen at the end of a hard day’s work, the turf-cutter is at first forgivably angry, but he quickly chides himself for letting his temper get the better of him and begs his children’s pardon (‘say yez forgive me for getting’ into the tantrums’, p. 169). His wife, meanwhile, helps the children clean up the mess, promises to bake another cake the following morning with their help, and finds a soda cake ‘that Eileen had overlooked’ for the family to eat for dinner. Goldilocks may be worthy of a throne, but the children occupy a better space: a lovingly egalitarian household, in which mutually supportive labour, of the kind they practised as they baked their ‘lump of turf’, is more highly prized than high birth, good looks or personal accomplishments. No wonder the resulting cake was compared to the turf or peat by which the family wins its bread.

Travellers are of two kinds in The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels. On the one hand there are the travellers who obey the unwritten rules of the road, as laid down by James Stephens in The Crock of Gold (1912) and The Demi-Gods (1914): they share any food they have, offer entertainment in the form of songs or stories, treat animals well and respect the property and needs of others. Of this kind are the Captain and Tim Quinlan in their barge, the warrior Sreng who joins them, and the Silver Airman. On the other hand there are the travellers who put their own interests before those of anyone they meet on the road, refusing to share things, despising strangers, and treating beasts with casual cruelty. Of this kind are the Danes of ancient times, the circus showman and his wizard, and the tinkers met by the children in Chapter Six, on the way to the market where they plan to show their giant vegetables. Tinkers represent a blind spot in Lynch’s utopian vision for Ireland. On the one hand there is an undeniable allure about their wandering way of life, so that Eileen, for instance, plays games with her dolls involving travellers (whom she calls gypsies) as well as pirates and native Americans; on the other they abuse both people and animals, as the turf-cutter’s donkey knows too well, having lived with them before the children freed him in the first book of the series. As they descend on the children’s donkey-cart and snatch vegetables without asking, the tinkers sing ‘The Song of the Tinker’s Tribute’, which summarizes their lives in Lynch’s universe:

Bread from the oven,
Butter from the churn,
Praties from the patch,
Cabbage from the plot,
Take what we can:
Eat when we may. (p. 32)

The song places the tinkers outside the economy that sustains Ireland in Lynch’s books, an economy based on labour, especially labour connected with working the land, and a fair distribution of the products of labour, such as food, shelter, clothing, and the occasional luxury such as Eileen’s story books or her toy elephant. José Lanters argues that the only tinkers Lynch depicts with sympathy are those who aspire to settling down, and while there are exceptions here and there in her writing, it seems to me that Lanters has put her finger on the reason for Lynch’s distrust of certain kinds of travelling culture.[17] Her hopes for Ireland and its future are firmly rooted in communal cultivation of the soil, and the rootlessness of committed travellers, when combined with a fierce contempt for those who work the land, can be seen as militating against this agrarian vision.

Illustration by Eileen Coghlan

The second appearance of the tinkers sets them against the first kind of traveller I listed, the kind who freely share provisions, disseminate songs and stories, treat animals with kindness and respect the property and needs of others. Soon after she bakes her cake Eileen falls foul of her old enemy, the Wise Woman of Youghal, who shrinks her by magic and traps her in a toadstool house in hopes of acquiring the ring of the Queen of Tir na nOg, which the leprechaun gave to Goldilocks. As Seamus is looking for his vanished sister he comes across another wanderer, an old apple woman named Mary Anne, who is also, as it happens, looking for a sister. It emerges that this lost sister is the Wise Woman, that she has a name – Sally Anne – and that she once lived outside the town of Youghal. These mundane facts at once reduce her to the stature of an ordinary human being, and the apple woman suggests that she only turned bad when she went wandering (‘now she’s taken to roving, an’ I’m not going to let her bring discredit on her family, not if I can help it’, p. 182). The apple woman is a wanderer, like the Wise Woman, and may share her sister’s ability to work magic, since she accidentally frees Eileen from the toadstool with a magic golden nut Seamus found earlier; but she also earns a ‘dacent living’, as she puts it, selling apples on the roads of Ireland, a calling the Wise Woman rejected when she took to roving. The Grey Goose of Kilnevin features another kindly apple woman, who like Mary Anne is generous with her apples and never works magic, and Lynch mentions these wandering tradeswomen with affection in A Storyteller’s Childhood.[18] Perhaps her affection stems in part from the association of these travellers with the fruits of the soil, as well as their legitimate acquisition of those fruits from the growers’ trees.

Meanwhile Mary Anne’s ability to expose the Wise Woman’s earthly roots seems to give her power over her roving sister. When the children and the apple woman are attacked by tinker children led by Sally Anne, Mary Anne drives her sister away by hitting her over the head repeatedly with her empty apple basket, and the Wise Woman seems unable to stop her, despite the potency of her spells. The scene ends with the two old women disappearing ‘out of sight and hearing’ like the other travellers in the book (p. 189), and the reader never finds out if the wicked witch returned at last to her roots in Youghal. Eileen and Seamus, on the other hand, go home with the fruits of their labour, nuts and mushrooms; they are always harvesting the land, it seems (earlier in the book it was blackberries, and earlier still the giant vegetables), and this is part of what makes their lives utopian. On this occasion they also bring home the golden nut, which the apple woman dropped by accident after Seamus gave it to her as a present; the other utopian aspect of the children’s lives is their love of sharing. Their mother keeps the nut in a teapot for the apple woman, should she ever come to collect it (as she probably will), while Seamus persuades her to keep the golden husk of the nut as a thimble, so that a single object becomes the shared property of two people. It’s this instinct for collective living that the tinkers lack, according to Lynch, and that excludes them from the rural idyll she shapes in her books.

Lynch, The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Goes Visiting, illustration by George Altendorf

In Lynch’s Ireland, even the most capitalist of ceremonies, Christmas, becomes a celebration of collective living. In the final chapter of the novel, on a snowy Christmas Eve, a procession of people and animals come to the turf-cutter’s cabin hoping for something to eat: first a robin and some other birds, then a ‘small ragged man’ with a pig and a squirrel, who turns out to be the children’s old friend the local leprechaun, transmuted here into another wanderer. Seamus and Eileen show hospitality to all these visitors, Seamus inviting them into the kitchen, while Eileen generously divides her one and only baked treat – a man made of leftover dough from a loaf of currant bread – with the hungry leprechaun and his animal companions. As they eat, Eileen tells the leprechaun about the modest Christmas she is expecting. The turf-cutting trade has been poor this year (‘it’s been a desprit bad year for us on the bog’, the turf-cutter observes on p. 197), the children have no baubles to put on the little tree in the yard they have selected as their Christmas tree, and all the presents on offer are home-made. They have nothing fancy to eat on the festive day itself because unlike some other Irish children they have no ‘uncles in America’ (p. 198). Yet what they have is freely shared with friends and strangers, as it always has been, and the leprechaun ensures this brings them the seasonal banquet they deserve. A mysterious sack is delivered, the tree in the yard sprouts baubles and toys, Santa Claus puts in a fleeting appearance – despite the fact that Seamus doesn’t believe in him – and the leprechaun introduces himself, his pig and his squirrel to the children’s parents – despite the turf-cutter’s scepticism about magic creatures and supernatural episodes (in fact the parents see him as yet another human traveller, a little old man with a dog and cat). The leprechaun introduces himself on this occasion as ‘UNCLEFROMAMERICA’, and opens the sack to reveal a hamper full of treasures: ‘a roast goose, brown and shining, a Limerick ham, black and white puddings, sausages in strings, a jar of ginger, a tin of biscuits, a jar of jam, a box of crackers, a tin of sweets, a canister of tea’ (p. 207). Clearly these gifts are intended to reward the family’s generosity, despite their poverty, just as Santa is said to reward good conduct with a well-filled Christmas stocking. But thanks to the presence of the leprechaun, this particular Christmas miracle has a uniquely Irish flavour. Santa plays second fiddle here to the emissary from fairyland, who invokes the American Irish diaspora to make the festival more festive than it could have been if the turf-cutter and his family had been forced to depend on their own resources, as they have done in the story to this point. De Valera wanted Ireland to be largely self-sufficient – and many of the contents of the hamper are Irish, such as the Limerick ham – but Lynch seems to suggest that some of the nation’s resources lie overseas, in the shape of emigrants who had escaped the harsh conditions of Irish rural life, and in some cases found a better life elsewhere. In combination, the resources of Ireland and the resources of America could enrich the lives of both cultures, if divided fairly between them.

Lynch, in fact, could be said to have been urging her American readers to participate in the culture of sharing they have encountered throughout her novel. Interestingly, The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels was the only book in the series to be published in the United States before it appeared in Britain or Ireland. The 1939 edition was published not by J. M. Dent, Lynch’s British publishers, but E. P. Dutton, Dent’s American distributors; the first British edition didn’t appear until 1946, by which time the fourth book in the series, Long Ears (1943), had already been published in Britain by Dent. Long Ears tells the story of the titular donkey from his birth to the day he came into the turf-cutter’s possession; it therefore brings the series full circle, completing the journey begun by Lynch in the first book when Eileen, Seamus and Long Ears had their first adventure together. The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels instead focuses on the hard but ‘dacent’ life of Irish labourers and their families; and it ends by invoking the spirit of Christmas, which has long been the time when children’s story books are traditionally bought as presents for children whose relatives can afford them. Books are precious objects to Eileen, although her battered specimens earn the contempt of the queenly Goldilocks; while the middle-class children who read Lynch’s book could be said to have enriched themselves with treasure in the form of knowledge about the lives and culture of the Irish workers who were their ancestors, and who remain their kin across the ocean. Those middle-class readers might also have been struck by the radical difference between Eileen’s living conditions and their own. One wonders, then, if Lynch and her publishers aimed to encourage greater generosity towards their Irish kin from any well-heeled aunts or uncles from America – real or imagined – who happened to read it to their offspring in the comfort of their homes?

Lynch, The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey, illustration by Jack Yeats

The French film director Alain Resnais, whose most popular movie was Mon Oncle d’Amérique (1980), described the America of his childhood as a magical country which could be accessed through the silver screen:

“You know, for all European kids of my age, America was a kind of fairyland […] We were born with the idea that there was another kind of country where everything was easy and perfect, like cartoon films, and there was a lot of money and freedom. I remember that when I was ten [i.e. in 1932] and I was looking at the French flag, I didn’t feel a thing. But when I was looking at the American flag, my heart was really beating.”[19]

For American children, on the other hand, Ireland could be a ‘kind of fairyland’, full of leprechauns with crocks of gold and ancient gods and heroes of the kind described by James Stephens in his Irish Fairy Tales (1920), or Padraic Colum in The King of Ireland’s Son (1916). Lynch’s leprechaun sings a song which magically transforms the contents of Santa’s sack from a heap of fallen leaves – which is all Seamus sees when he first opens it – into a lavish Christmas feast: ‘Leaves in the bag change as I sit: / Gold in the crock and the candle is lit’ (p. 206). At the time of writing, emigration was depleting the Irish countryside; the harsh conditions endured by the turf-cutter and his family drove many of their neighbours to seek a better life elsewhere.[20] A miracle was needed to stem this flood of emigration, and Lynch’s novel provides one, jointly achieved through a collaboration between the Irish fairies and the Irish Americans, both of whom could be seen as legendary in their generosity. For Lynch, in fact, generosity itself was the miracle needed to make life in Ireland worth living, while an attractive home, like the turf-cutter’s cabin, was needed to encourage the end of the travelling life to which so many emigrants were committing themselves. The one could enable the other, her representation of the cabin generating generosity and imaginative investment in the Irish countryside within her readers, while these two kinds of investment encouraged the Irish people to commit themselves for life to the Irish countryside.

Needless to say, this was never a practical model for the regeneration of Ireland’s economy, but Lynch’s utopian vision of the nation’s present and future – growing organically from Ireland’s turbulent past, through the strange adventures of Eileen and Seamus – may well have planted fresh seeds of affection for Ireland at home and abroad. She herself had started out as an emigrant and a traveller, wandering from one setting to another along with her family until she seized the chance to return to the land of her ancestry. Here she dedicated herself to reimagining that land and her own childhood, finding fruitful soil in both for a better future. The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels endures as a testament to hope in times of conflict. As such it deserves revisiting by readers on both sides of the Atlantic, as well as on either side of the Irish Sea.

Illustration by Eileen Coghlan

NOTES

[1] See Patricia Lynch, A Storyteller’s Childhood (London: J. M. Dent and Sons, 1947), p. 88, and Brian Maye, ‘The Godmother of Irish Children’s Literature’, The Irish Times, 26 August 2022. You can find Maye’s article here.

[2] See Denise Dowdall, ‘Patricia Lynch: A Storyteller’s Childhood Revisited’, Historyeye 2015. You can find it here.

[3] For further thoughts on Lynch’s account of the Easter Rising see my blog post of March 17 2016, ‘The Political Imagination: Irish Fantasy Writers and the Easter Rising’. You can find it here. For the full text of Lynch’s ‘Scenes from the Rebellion’ see here.

[4] Denise Dowdall, ‘Patricia Lynch: A Storyteller’s Childhood Revisited’, Historyeye 2015. You can find it here.

[5] Their looking back to the culture of rural Ireland is summarised in the nostalgic song sung by the old man Billy at a family ceilidh, ‘Me home’s a wee cabin upon a high hill’, Fiddler’s Quest (London: J. M. Dent and Sons, 1941, reprinted 1943), pp. 72-3.

[6] James Connolly, The Reconquest of Ireland, Chapter VI, ‘Woman’. You can find it here.

[7] James Connolly, Labour in Irish History, Chapter 1, ‘The Lessons of History’. You can find it here.

[8] See Michael Pierse, Writing Ireland’s Working Class: Dublin After O’Casey (Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2011), pp.45-6.

[9] Joelle Jackson, ‘How the Homework of 1930s Irish Schoolchildren Invites Folklore Studies Participation Today’, Folklife Magazine, August 17, 2021. Available online here.

[10] Patricia Lynch, The Turf Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels (London: J. M. Dent and Sons, 1946, reprinted 1951), p. 170. All references are to this edition.

[11] Patricia Lynch, The Grey Goose of Kilnevin (London: J. M. Dent and Sons, 1939), pp. 282-3.

[12] It should be said that ‘lorries’ weren’t always motorized in the 1930s. In the fourth book in the turf-cutter’s donkey series, Long Ears, the circus lorries are drawn by horses, which makes it all the more striking that the circus lorries in The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Kicks Up His Heels are driven by steam; this identifies them as traction engines, which were expensive items of machinery even by 1939, when they were no longer being built.

[13] The cottage as a rural utopia is celebrated in a poem in Lynch’s second Turf-Cutter’s Donkey book, The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Goes Visiting: The Story of an Irish Holiday (London: J. M. Dent and Sons, 1935, reprinted 1947). The third stanza runs as follows:

The roads of the world pass its door,
The roads of the world lead to it.
Those who go long to return,
Those who stay have no regrets.
Beneath its roof youth is a song,
Age a happy dream.
Love built it: Love keeps it.

[14] See Terence Brown, Ireland: A Social and Cultural History, 1922-2002 (London: Harper Perennial, 2004), Chapter 5, ‘The 1930s: A Self-Sufficient Ireland?’, pp. 131-3.

[15] See Terence Brown’s discussion of the enduring ‘myth of Ireland’s assimilative capacities’, Ireland: A Social and Cultural History, p. 45, where he quotes Douglas Hyde’s speech to the National Literary Society in Dublin, 25 November, 1892: ‘Dane and Norman drawn to the kindly Irish breast issued forth in a generation or two fully Irishized’.

[16] See Patricia Lynch, The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey (London: J. M. Dent and Sons, 1934, reprinted 1940), pp. 173-6, and The Turf-Cutter’s Donkey Goes Visiting, pp. 37-41.

[17] José Lanters, ‘The “Tinker” Figure in the Children’s Fiction of Patricia Lynch’, ABEI Journal: The Brazilian Journal of Irish Studies, Vol. 7 (2005), pp. 151-162. This can be found online here.

[18] See Lynch, The Grey Goose of Kilnevin, Chapter X, ‘They Meet the Apple Woman’, and A Story Teller’s Childhood, p. 1.

[19] Jonathan Rosenbaum, ‘In Search of the American Uncle’, Jonathan Rosenbaum blog, September 5, 2024. You can find it here.

[20] On immigration from rural Ireland from the 1930s onwards see Terence Brown, Ireland: A Social and Cultural History, Chapter 6, ‘“The Emergency”: A Watershed’, pp. 171-6. Lynch’s A Storyteller’s Childhood is full of references to young Irish emigrants whose departure leaves the nation depleted. As the old storyteller Mrs Hennessy tells the protagonist, ‘I do be sick an’ sorry to see the young people flying away. They’re all goin’ an’ none comin’ back!’ (p. 91).

Ursula Moray Williams, Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse (1938)

This was my favourite book when I was eight years old. I know exactly what age I was when I first read it, because I wrote a book of my own that year – The History of the Little Toy Soldier, by R. W. Maslen (as I signed myself then) – and the teacher who commented on it put the date at the end in his beautiful italic hand: 23.3.71. The Little Toy Soldier is a fusion of Hans Christian Andersen’s The Steadfast Tin Soldier and Moray Williams’s novel. The protagonist is made of wood, not tin, and swims the ocean just as Moray Williams’s horse does, losing much of his paint in the process, and many of his other adventures have close parallels with those of his distinguished predecessor. Like Moray Williams’s, my book has a happy ending; this was, in fact, the reason I wrote it. I had been outraged by the dismal fate of Andersen’s toy, and fusing the steadfast tin soldier with the little wooden horse was the perfect way to give him the Happily Ever After I felt he deserved. More interestingly, at least to me, it testifies to the tastes of a middle-class eight-year-old boy at the beginning of the 1970s, when fantasy as a genre was just coming into existence, and when the map of it looked very different from the way it does now. The Little Wooden Horse was central to my imaginative map, and online reviews of this short novel suggest that my love of it was shared by many other readers, and may even have shaped their reading and writing practices as it shaped mine.

The Little Wooden Horse is by no means a Lost Book, at least in Britain. It has been in print since it was first published, and my Puffin edition, reissued in 1963, says it is ‘already fairly established as one of the classic children’s books of this century’. But friends of mine in the United States – people with an intimate knowledge of fantasy for children – have never heard of it, though it had an early American edition. Some of them may have noticed that it’s mentioned in Michael Levy and Farah Mendlesohn’s seminal book on Children’s Fantasy Literature, but there it is described somewhat dismissively as a typical example of a theme that was well established in Britain between the wars, that of the toy-as-servant, the toy that lives only for the sake of serving its owner. The little wooden horse, say Levy and Mendlesohn, is ‘humble and unctuous’, and its servility makes the narrative ‘reminiscent of earlier, nineteenth-century fantasies’.[1] That’s one way of reading it, certainly, though it doesn’t fit the template of nineteenth-century children’s fantasy they provide in their chapter on the subject, which makes a strong case for the Victorian fantastic as deeply embedded in ‘house-based action’, that is, action contained within the limits of the domestic household;[2] the little wooden horse, by contrast, goes on extensive travels before returning to his master. The notion of the toy as an unctuous servant doesn’t work for me either. The wooden horse’s ‘master’ is a poor toymaker with no other servants – not even a real live horse, whose role the wooden horse takes on by carrying the toymaker’s wares from town to town so the old man doesn’t have to carry them himself. Moreover, the wooden horse leaves home because his master has fallen ill, implicitly through poverty; and when you’re roving from job to job in search of employment to save the life of a sick dependent, I’m not sure politeness and obedience can be classified as ‘unctuousness’. I do know that when I read Moray Williams’s book at eight years old it made me cry, and that it stuck in my mind as no other book did at the time (except Edward Lear’s Nonsense Omnibus, but that’s another story). I don’t think I’d have fallen so hard for a mid-twentieth century version of Dickens’s unctuously servile Uriah Heep. I remember that there was a distinctive emotional atmosphere about this story that lifted it out of the ordinary, one that I never found again except in some of Moray Williams’s other books, such as Gobbolino the Witch’s Cat (1942) and The Three Toymakers (1946). In tribute to that atmosphere, and to the deep impression the book made on me, I’d like to consider what makes Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse exceptional among offerings for young readers.

First edition, illustrated by Joyce Lankester Brisley.

Moray Williams’s book is itself a fusion of earlier classics, from the stories about animated objects told by Andersen in his many fairy tales (1835-1874) to the original horse story, Anna Sewell’s Black Beauty (1877), and the adventures of the wooden puppet Pinocchio, introduced to the world by Carlo Collodi in 1883. It has a simple plot, as Kaye Webb points out in her blurb, in which a wooden horse with wheels is made by an old toymaker who then loses his business to mass-produced toys made of tin and china and so falls on hard times. The wooden horse, who works for the toymaker because he loves him, decides he must make some money for his ailing master, and sets out on his titular adventures. These take him from one side of a nameless ocean to the other and through every walk of life, where he encounters kindness, cruelty, thoughtlessness, affection, greed and many dangers, before making his way back to the toymaker carrying a fortune in his little wooden body. If that plot sounds episodic, it is; but the episodes are so cleverly woven together, the adventures so harrowing, and the horse himself such a complex figure, that the effect is little short of epic. I read the Penguin edition of The Odyssey not long after reading Moray Williams’s book, and I now think I may have been led from one to the other by affinities between them.

The little wooden horse is complex, not so much because of his character – he is, as he often repeats in a kind of chorus, ‘a quiet little horse’ who would rather stay at home than seek his fortune[3] – as because of his nature, and the various ways the people he meets respond to it. What exactly is he? A toy? A horse? A person? He can talk like a human being, and is often treated by adults as though he had the human right to be paid for his labour. He has wooden wheels mounted on a platform to which his legs are attached, which makes him a toy, but he can also jump, kick, gallop and swim as well as any horse – though sometimes with unforeseen effects on his wooden body. Sometimes he finds work as a toy – as when a harassed father employs him as a plaything for his many unruly children – and sometimes as a working animal, for instance when he pulls a barge along a canal or joins a group of pit ponies hauling coal in a mine; his size, then, seems to fluctuate along with his identity. He can be broken and mended like any other wooden object, but he also feels pain, which is a quality seldom found in objects.[4] The wooden horse’s versatility resembles that of a child’s imagination, which can slot the same toy into a range of different adventures, but some of the adventures he embarks on are based on a knowledge of working conditions well beyond the scope of most young children.

Cover illustration by Pauline Baynes.

The multiplicity of the wooden horse’s identity means he is subject to the sort of double vision we apply to puppets, as explained by Steve Tillis in the following passage:

the puppet is a theatrical figure, perceived by an audience to be an object, that is given design, movement, and frequently, speech, so that it fulfils the audience’s desire to imagine it as having life; by creating a double-vision of perception and imagination, the puppet pleasurably challenges the audience’s understanding of the relationship between objects and life.[5]

But the Little Wooden Horse is not a theatrical figure, which means that certain abilities he has need to be visualised by the reader rather than staged; and some of those abilities are hard to visualise. How do you gallop when you’re mounted on a platform with wooden wheels? How do you unscrew your own head to put coins in your wooden body for safekeeping? How do you balance on a circus tightrope when you have four wheels, one at each corner of the platform, rather than two wheels in alignment? When your head falls off, how do you go looking for it when you have no eyes to look with? Moray Williams offers no explanation of how these actions are accomplished, which means that the wooden horse’s body seems to exist in a state of flux; your visualisation of it needs to be constantly adjusted to accommodate the needs of each new episode. The horse’s identity, too, is more multiple than can be accommodated by Tillis’s double vision. He is not merely both an object and a being endowed with life, but an object which is also an animal which is also (for certain purposes) a person – as well as being sometimes an adult person and sometimes a child. The work of the reader in imagining the little wooden horse is more complicated than the work of the theatre audience in imagining a puppet to be endowed with life. It requires a more active engagement with or involvement in the story, which may well explain why I chose to write a story of my own after reading the novel; by the time I had finished the last page, Moray Williams had given me a thorough apprenticeship in the challenges of imaginative creation.

Illustration by Peggy Fortnum.

His multiplicity makes the wooden horse rather hard to draw. Moray Williams’s book has been published with illustrations by many different hands, but to me the best are by Peggy Fortnum, who provided the pictures for the first Puffin edition. Fortnum is now best known as the first illustrator of the Paddington books, but her work for The Little Wooden Horse is even better, since it resolves the difficult question of how to picture a living object that can fulfil so many functions. Fortnum eschews the ‘clean line’ favoured by many children’s book illustrators, opting instead for a dynamic, rhythmic style which emphasizes action, and which is perfect for invoking the consequences of action too – the battering and dirtiness that comes from interacting with a rough environment. Fortnum often includes lines on the page which indicate the speed of the horse’s forward motion, or the swishing of his tail, or the lashing of wind and rain as he swims the ocean. She adds dots and more lines to many of her pictures to show the dust and stains accrued by the actions she is depicting. Her pictures are messy, which exactly suits a book which is deeply concerned with the messiness of the life into which its readers, like its protagonist, have been plunged.

Certain qualities of the horse remain stable through all his changes, above all the ones implicit in his name, which is not a name at all but a description. He is the Little Wooden Horse, not Ned or Atlas or Dobbin. That he is a wooden horse helps to make him epic – if you google the name you’ll mostly come up with the siege engine built by the Greeks to get into Troy – but it also ensures he’s always got both an equine quality and a woodenness about him – the woodenness making him as steadfast as Andersen’s toy soldier; he never wavers in his loyalty to his sick maker. He’s also little, and so always represented as smaller than other objects or beings he encounters – other toys, other horses, other people – no matter how his implied size may vary. His size does vary, since at one point he’s large enough to pull a carriage, at another small enough to be carried off by the youngest child in a family and dropped in a stream, but his littleness is always an integral part of him; the barge people, for instance, are astonished at his strength in relation to his size. He encounters other little people in his adventures: a little old woman who takes in Uncle Peder when he falls ill, a miner’s little boy who plays with him in the kitchen of a cottage, the youngest child who drops him in the stream, who is both an ‘honest little boy’ and a careless one (p. 108). Williams’s frequent use of the epithet ‘little’ in her book, above all in the incantatory repetitions of the protagonist’s name, underscores her commitment to the ‘little’ people who ensure things run as they should: from the bargemen and bargewomen who convey necessary articles from A to B to the miners who supply coal for industries and homes and the sailors who transport that coal across the ocean; from the women who run most households to the toymakers who supply goods for their children, and of course the children themselves, without whom any community will soon die out. The Little Wooden Horse is the epic of the little, its title suggests, to be appreciated by readers who have a proper respect for the value of small things.

Illustration by Peggy Fortnum.

(I met with some criticism for using the term ‘little’ too much in my homage to Williams’s novel, The Little Toy Soldier. My teacher said nice things about it, but urged me to make it shorter by ‘cutting out the “obvious” bits’. Above all, he wrote, ‘Avoid the adjectives “pretty”, “nice” and “little”’ – the last of which I used more often even than Moray Williams does. He had a point, of course, but the same rule doesn’t apply to all narratives, and Moray Williams’s book would be a very different affair – a diminished affair, I think – if it had not been so liberally sprinkled with ‘littles’.)

The little wooden horse’s horsiness is confirmed by the many horses he meets at each stage of his journey. Moray Williams and her twin sister Barbara were passionate riders – we’re told they started riding on home-made hobby horses before graduating to actual ponies – and Ursula went on writing about horses throughout her career (there’s a full list of her equestrian stories at this excellent website). The world of the wooden horse is driven by horses; they are its engine and the fuel that feeds it, from the snobbish rocking horse he meets in a nursery to the farmer’s horses alongside whom he works at harvest time, from the powerful barge horses ‘who made the little wooden horse look very small indeed’ to the lazy and jealous pit ponies who leave him to work by himself in a corner of the mine, from the team of kindly white horses which pulls the king’s carriage to the aggressive thoroughbreds at the royal racecourse and the big red hunter he meets at a blacksmith’s forge. Each horse he meets compares the Little Wooden Horse to themselves, often unfavourably, and he is forced to prove his equine credentials by beating them at their own respective games. The rocking horse dismisses him as too scratched and cheap to live in a wealthy household, but its judgment is overturned when its owner, a rich little girl, falls in love with him and asks him to commission an identical wooden horse from Uncle Peder. When he applies for a job with the farm horses the farmer first laughs at him ‘through his great black beard’, but soon stops laughing when he proves his worth by harnessing himself to the heaviest carts and pulling the biggest loads (p. 32). He proves himself as a barge horse, despite his size, by winning a race against the larger barge horses; confirms his worth as a pit pony by rescuing other ponies when a tunnel collapses; puts the whiteness of his painted body to good use when pulling the royal carriage as part of the colour-matched team; and shows himself a genuine racehorse by winning the Golden Trophy for his sponsor, the youngest of the ‘ten little Princes and Princesses’ in the royal family. The only time he fails to prove his worth is in his final horse-related adventure, when he finds himself swimming across the ocean in the company of a horde of angry sea horses, which ‘skimmed over the tops of the waves with such ease that the little wooden horse felt awkward beside them’. One of these ‘lovely little creatures’ demands contemptuously how he dare call himself a horse: ‘Look at you! Are you like a horse, I’d like to know?’ (p. 133); and the wooden horse replies by listing his credentials: he has two ears, two eyes, a mane, a tail, and ‘four strong wooden legs’ (p. 134). It’s the last of these attributes, ironically – the legs that for many readers will define a horse – that convinces the sea horses he is not one of them. ‘Whoever heard of a horse with legs?’ they scream, ‘Why, horses have fins!’ (p. 134). For the rest of this episode the ‘beautiful, wicked sea-horses’ seek to punish him for his temerity in calling himself a horse (p. 135), and he is only rescued by a helpful sailor who hauls him out of the water onto a ship – though the ship is sunk a short time later by the vengeful steeds of the sea, who are still trying to get at the wooden horse and dash him to pieces. The wooden horse manages to evade their attentions as the ship goes down, but his identity has never seemed so precarious. He has been judged and found wanting, at last, by creatures whose own physical form seems to run counter to most widely-accepted definitions of the equine.

Illustration by Peggy Fortnum.

The sea-horses, of course, are quite wrong in their judgement of the little wooden horse, since by this time in the story he has been accepted as authentically equine many times over. Indeed, the many kinds of horse our hero has met underlines an essential truth about equinicity: that it comes in many shapes and sizes, each with its own particular qualities. Even the donkeys the wooden horse finds on a foreign beach are clearly his kin, and he happily takes his place among them to work for a helpful old couple who mended him when he was broken, unconcerned as to whether or not donkeys and horses are (as the dictionary tells us) separate species. Moray Williams was writing, of course, at a time when the discourse of race had been violently thrown into the political foreground by the rise of Nazism; her little wooden horse, then, stands as a refutation of the Nazi doctrine of racial ‘purity’, and the sea horses serve as elegant illustrations of the absurd and toxic rhetoric that underpins it. If the little wooden horse’s identity exists in a state of constant flux, it fluctuates no more than any category or community we seek to define, and definitions themselves are useful only as contingent descriptors, not as zones designed to exclude, condemn or repress those who lie beyond their borders. This is the only conclusion the reader can reach after seeing the protagonist repeatedly dismissed as no horse only to be accepted as one a few pages later; not merely as a horse, in fact, but as the best of horses, whose qualities are worthy of being dispersed throughout society by the manufacture of further copies of our hero, each commissioned from Uncle Peder by a person who has been impressed by his courage, kindness, resilience and honesty. The wooden horse, in other words, is responsible for redefining horsiness all by himself, and offers hope that such positive redefinitions are possible, and can bring about improvements to a world that is rarely as kind or equitable as we might wish.

As crucial to the little wooden horse’s identity as his littleness and his horsiness is the fact that he’s made of wood; and this fact too remains central to the story from beginning to end. We are always being reminded of it, from the moment he’s made – when tears start to flow down his ‘newly painted cheeks’ (p. 11)  – to the final page, when Uncle Peder is busy carving replicas of him (‘wooden legs and wooden heads and wooden bodies’) and painting ‘red saddles and blue stripes on his new horses’ (p. 176), while their original sits quietly in the corner, going over his adventures in his head. The wooden horse’s woodenness makes him more subject to corporeal change than most living humans. Not only does he lose wheels, legs and even his head in the course of his adventures, but he is constantly changing appearance, losing his colours when Uncle Peder can no longer afford to repaint him, getting his wheels encrusted with mud when working at Farmer Max’s farm, turning black and shedding splinters as he labours in the mine, and worrying that if he changes too much Uncle Peder may no longer recognise him when they meet again. His woodenness also means he is not the exclusive work of one artificer. People are always repainting him and replacing his component parts, from the miner who carves new wheels for him with his pocket-knife to the blacksmith who makes him another set of new wheels ‘bound strongly with iron’ (p. 88), from the kind old shopkeeper who replaces a leg he broke in the circus to the donkey man and his wife who find his head and fix it onto his body. Other people ask if they can fix him – such as the ringmaster of the circus where he became a tightrope walker, or the father of the unruly children who pull off his head – but the wooden horse is choosy as to who takes a hand in his construction, unwilling (perhaps) to have his times of trauma built into his person, so to speak, in the form of a replacement limb. Nevertheless, by the end of the book the little wooden horse has become a collaborative artefact, his body assembled from parts and paint supplied by a succession of different makers, to the extent that he can be said to resist, by his continuing existence, the notions of exclusive property and elitist art. We’ll return to this later.

Illustration by Peggy Fortnum.

For all his woodenness and the collaborative nature of his construction, the little wooden horse retains a distinctive personality that could be said to haunt his increasingly battered and mended body like a ghost. We’re told that he has a hollow wooden body, well suited to containing things of all sorts, especially money; but when he gets anxious his heart beats somewhere inside it, ‘pit-a-pat! pit-a-pat!’ (pp. 18, 23, 38). His legs may be anchored to a wooden platform, yet they somehow contrive to work like a horse’s legs all the same: ‘the little wooden horse kicked his legs in the air, so that the four green wheels spun round and round’ (p. 12). When he is mistreated or damaged he gets ‘bruised’ (pp. 26, 139); when he runs a challenging race his ears buzz and ‘stars dance […] before his painted eyes’ (p. 80); when water fills him he fears he ‘shall drown’ (p. 114), and when he swims for a long time his legs begin to ache (p. 135). When he loses his head, a phantom head seems to go on thinking for him: ‘All thoughts of the money he was to have earned had gone out of his head’ (p. 109, my emphasis); and the hole left by the head’s absence puts his imaginary heart in jeopardy: when he hears an unexpected noise ‘His heart nearly jumped out of the hole in his neck’ (p. 110). The wooden horse retains his selfhood, it would appear, through sheer force of will and intensity of emotion, like Italo Calvino’s non-existent knight, who is really just an empty suit of armour with strong views about his duties as one of Charlemagne’s paladins.[6] It’s the wooden horse’s view of himself as a person, as against an object to be bought, sold, used and discarded, that carries him through his adventures, in the quite literal sense that it means he remains ‘him’ – the very same little wooden horse – despite all the changes he undergoes and the different perceptions of him with which he is confronted.

These perceptions are expressed through money: the money he thinks he’s worth; the money people will pay for him, or pay him for services rendered; the money withheld from him; the money he forgoes because it’s not worth the price he must pay for it; the money he loses or finds by chance. His travels are motivated by the quest for ready cash, and this makes the story typical of children’s stories of the pre-war period as diagnosed by Geoffrey Trease, many of which involve treasure hunts (The Midnight Folk, The Happy Mariners and The Hobbit are good examples).[7] But most treasure hunts are relatively straightforward. The process of finding the treasure is the point of the exercise, and the questions of what the treasure is, where it comes from, how it functions and what to do with it are not so important. This is not the case in Moray Williams’s novel, any more than it was in Tolkien’s The Hobbit, which appeared the year before, published by Moray Williams’s uncle Sir Stanley Unwin.[8] The little wooden horse wins his treasure many times over, but loses it again repeatedly, which is part of what makes his adventures so long and hard. When he gets trapped in the mine by a rockfall, ‘nearly all his wages’ fall out of his body as he struggles to free himself and his fellow workers from their underground prison (p. 57). Later, his pay from the circus falls out of the hole which was left when he breaks his leg falling from the tightrope; he only notices the loss when he feels ‘strangely light and empty’ the morning after (p. 98). Work-related injury, Moray Williams seems to be saying, drains a worker’s resources, effectively nullifying the value of any pay they may have received. While swimming the ocean, the wooden horse has to throw away most of his earnings to keep afloat, not to save his own life but that of a sailor who mistreated him (pp. 143-146). Finding treasure or earning money is depicted as a complicated business, subject to the vicissitudes of the market, the character and values of the worker and his employers, and the fluctuations of chance from day to day.

Illustration by Paul Howard.

The Little Wooden Horse, then, is not a simple treasure hunt, though in fact the wooden horse does find treasure on an island in the end, and it’s this treasure that he brings home to Uncle Peder. Even this treasure, however, needs to be earned by strenuous labour. The sailor gives it to him as payment for saving his life, which he accomplishes very nearly at the cost of his own, and certainly at the cost of all the pay he has accumulated before taking to the ocean. The process of getting the treasure is not so simple, either; it turns out that another sailor has a claim to it, and that this additional claim must be considered before the findings can be divided up. For an adult reader, this question of claims may in fact go further than Moray Williams takes it. The treasure has been hidden in a cave by some previous owner – perhaps a pirate; and the sailors who found it have the swashbuckling names of ‘Pirate Jacky’ and ‘Bill Blackpatch’, implying that they may have been involved in shady business at sea themselves. Whose treasure is it really, then – theirs, or the man’s who hid it, or the original owners’ from whom it was probably stolen? In Moray Williams’s novel, money is slippery, escaping from its containers through holes or crannies, getting lost in underground caves and discovered by strangers, or failing to be paid at all despite prior agreements. No one is its ultimate owner; rather, it resembles Bilbo’s Ring in The Lord of the Rings, an object that transfers itself from hand to hand for some devious purpose of its own, a purpose which is unknown to any of its holders, not even those who made it. Its deviousness and instability would have been deeply familiar to the book’s first readers in 1938, after more than a decade of financial crisis and economic Depression.

Money is also seductive, like Tolkien’s Ring. When the little wooden horse first sees the treasure, he responds with all the excitement of a dedicated buccaneer, enchanted by its sensuous beauty and rich abundance:

For all about the cave, in piles and heaps, in caskets, in crates, and in boxes, was such treasure as the little wooden horse had never dreamed of. Piles of golden coins, sparkling jewels, emeralds, pearls, rubies, diamonds – all flashing out of the darkness at the little wooden horse, winking at him with their sparkling eyes, saying, ‘Take us! Fill yourself with us! We are yours!’ (p. 149)

At this point in the narrative the treasure looks less like a reward for saving Pirate Jacky than a temptation to turn aside from his quest to save Uncle Peder. ‘We are yours’ (p. 149), the treasure declares, as if urging the wooden horse to consume it for his own exclusive benefit. The horse responds by loading his hollow body with precious objects:

the little wooden horse without more ado whipped off his head and scuttled round the golden heaps, picking here diamonds, there pearls, there golden coins, till his little body was filled to bursting-point, and he felt so rich he could hardly contain himself. How Uncle Peder’s eyes would pop out of his head at the sight of such a fortune! They would never be in want again! (p. 150)

Here the wooden horse whipping off his head becomes a prelude to yet another near loss of identity. By the time he is full he can ‘hardly contain himself’, which suggests he is on the verge of losing the selfhood he has struggled to preserve throughout his adventures, full of humility, kindness, resilience and concern for his elderly master. For once, he sees himself as surpassing rather than meeting Uncle Peder’s valuation of him; he anticipates the old man’s surprise at finding that his toy is now worth more than anything he has ever seen in his life. Teetering on a tightrope has nothing on this; the wooden horse has almost ceased to be the toy we have known and loved since the beginning of the book, and it’s only the appearance of the sailor Bill Blackpatch, who claims a share of the treasure he carries, that returns him to the values he has always cleaved to: values more stable and long-lasting than pearls or diamonds.

Illustration by Peggy Fortnum.

Elsewhere in the book the little wooden horse’s valuation of himself remains consistent, except on the odd occasion when he loses faith in his own appearance after a particularly damaging adventure. When Uncle Peder made him he judged him at once to be the best toy he had ever crafted, and set his price at exactly five shillings, more than he had ever charged for any of his wares. The villagers to whom he usually sold his toys were taken aback, and tried to convince him to sell the toy for less; but the old man stuck to his price: ‘You see,’ he explained, ‘I have never made such a fine little horse before’ (p. 11). This work of art, then, has a proper value in its maker’s mind, and Uncle Peder never wavers in his assessment of it, even when his customers stop buying his toys in favour of the cheaper toys mass-produced in city factories. In the end, of course, the horse brings him far more than his supposed value, not only in terms of the treasure he contains but also in terms of the many commissions for identical wooden horses with which he returns from his travels; many of the people he has worked for want an exact replica of the toy, person or horse they have fallen in love with, like the rich little girl in his first adventure. Uncle Peder’s integrity in demanding a just price for his labour is more than matched by the horse’s ability to generate income from his own labours; the book makes an economic case for valuing both work and its artefacts properly, and Moray Williams ensures that this principle gets extended – thanks to the horse’s adventures and the friends he accumulates – from the cottage of a miner to the palace of a king.

All the best people in the book never question the wooden horse’s value; he is worth five shillings exactly, no more, no less. The little rich girl to whom he tries to sell himself at the beginning refuses to buy him when she hears about Uncle Peder’s illness, and instead asks him to ask the toymaker to make her ‘a little wooden horse just like you, only quite new, and then my father will give him five shillings for it’ (p. 20). The King commissions ten little wooden horses at five shillings apiece, one for each of his ten little Princes and Princesses. The circus master offers five shillings for a replacement wooden horse to perform in the ring, the miner promises to pay ‘five shillings out of my wages’ for another horse for his son to play with, the kind shopkeeper asks him to send over a ‘dozen little horses like yourself […] and I will pay him five shillings for every one of them’ (though one wonders how much he planned to sell them for), and the father of the five unruly children commissions five ‘particularly strong’ wooden horses at five shillings a head (p. 176). When the barge people agree to carry the completed new wooden horses down the canal and see them safely stowed on a ship for delivery to the land across the ocean, the foundations are laid for a system of supply and demand which is very different from the alienated labour of the industrial revolution. Through the little wooden horse’s adventures, which he tells Uncle Peder in detail, a direct relationship is established between each purchaser of one or more new little wooden horses and the craftsman who constructs them. The solidity of this relationship is guaranteed by the fact that not one of the purchasers quibbles over the asking price; it remains the same at the end of the book as it was at the beginning, which gives the sum of five shillings the quality of a promise, something more stable and substantial than the promise printed on a five pound note to pay the bearer thereof on demand the sum of five pounds in gold. Britain had in fact formally abandoned the gold standard in 1931, which meant that the banknote promise could no longer be honoured. The little wooden horse standard, it would seem, is more reliable than the gold standard among those who are willing to accept it.

Illustration by Peggy Fortnum.

Despite this seeming consensus among the little wooden horse’s friends, his value is not universally accepted. The little rich girl’s fine large rocking horse sees him as an outdated artefact worth only grinding to powder beneath his rockers. The little old woman who takes in Uncle Peder sees the wooden horse as a useless thing left behind by some naughty children who have been hammering at her door (in fact the toy has been trying to gain access to his master). Three times she throws him away – once even flinging him over her cottage roof – and is just about to chop him to pieces when he finally decides to run off and seek his fortune. The sea-horses decide he is a ‘fox’ (p. 135), which is famous for not having anything of value to offer its hunters; its meat and skin are worthless. The sailor who rescues him from the sea-horses is told that the toy is useless to him, since he has no children; and Pirate Jacky, who claims him when the sailor disowns him, puts him away in his sea-chest as a trinket to be sold for pennies at the nearest market. For many of the people who meet him, then, the little wooden horse is not a person, nor even an animal; but several are forced to change their views when their circumstances change. The rocking horse must eat his words when his owner takes the wooden horse to her heart, and is later reduced himself to an outdated artefact, battered beyond recognition by mistreatment at the hands of some more unruly children, the little girl’s cousins. The little old woman changes her opinion when she marries the toymaker, and Pirate Jackie accepts the wooden horse’s personhood when the toy saves him from drowning. The little wooden horse, in other words, can prove his worth by his actions; but his actions alone don’t determine his value, as Moray Williams is careful to show at the beginning of the book, both in the different valuations of him by the girl and her rocking horse and in the challenges to his personhood posed by his very first adventure away from his master, when he goes to work for Farmer Max.

This episode involves a difficult negotiation concerning the little wooden horse’s status as a worker. On meeting some flesh-and-blood horses in a farmer’s field, the wooden horse learns that they earn money by their labour – or rather, that their masters earn money by their labour, since ‘what is money to us?’, the horses ask. The wooden horse, however, wants money ‘very badly’; so he queues up with the horses’ masters to sign a paper ‘agreeing to work for three days for Farmer Max and to accept the payment he offered them’ (p. 31). But his desire to sign the paper prompts general laughter, and when he applies for his wages after three days of graft the farmer asks him: ‘What does a little wooden horse want with money?’, seeking to confirm the farm horses’ view of him as an animal like themselves. It’s the masters of those farm horses who demand that Farmer Max pay the wooden horse, implicitly accepting the toy as an honorary human worker. From this point onwards, the wooden horse’s status as an honorary worker remains a given for much of the book; indeed, this status is one of the reasons the pit ponies hate him, since, as they complain, ‘We don’t get any money! […] We only get kicks and blows!’ (p. 53). But being a worker does not guarantee good wages, job security, or immunity from work-related injury. Farmer Max, for instance, tricks him into working for nothing, and chases after him when he escapes as if he were a runaway animal, incidentally causing him to lose his wages for pulling the barge. Later the wooden horse is injured several times, by a collapsed tunnel at the mine, a vindictive kick from a fellow racehorse, a fall from a circus tightrope and the ‘kicks and blows’ of the unruly children. The pay he gets for his work, too, varies considerably, depending on the wealth of his employer. The king, for instance, pays him gold for drawing his coach, the wealthy man who hires him as a plaything for his unruly children pays him in silver coins (p. 110), while the children who ride him on the beach pay only in pennies – though he gets a silver coin from the donkey man at the end of each day, ‘which is,’ Moray Williams tells us, ‘as much as he had earned from the circus master’ (p. 118). In the end, the little wooden horse gets paid more often than not, and duly earns his fortune in the end through his actions; but the difficulties, griefs and torments he has endured to get that fortune leave the reader under no illusion that this ending was inevitable. Besides, the fortune he eventually acquires is not the result of a conventional contract between employer and employee; it’s as much a matter of chance that Pirate Jacky has the wherewithal to reward him for saving his life as that he should have lost all his wages through a hole in his body after leaving the circus. The world of work is in effect made up of a series of adventures, if we take the term ‘adventure’ in the old sense of ‘chance’ or ‘luck’; and anyone living through the Depression would have been keenly aware that luck or chance – together with a proper recognition on the part of employers of the worth of labour – has more of a hand in getting gainful employment than any special diligence or skill on the part of the worker.

Illustration by Peggy Fortnum.

The little wooden horse’s relationship with money, then, is by no means straightforward. In early twentieth-century children’s fiction, the closest analogy to this relationship can be found in the works of Edith Nesbit and Noel Streatfeild, whose young characters learn through bitter experience how difficult it is to accumulate cash for the relief of their families. Unlike Nesbit’s or Streatfeild’s protagonists, however, Moray Williams’s hero is a work of art, having been made to the highest standards by a master craftsman; indeed, the term ‘master’ as applied to Uncle Peder may well be intended to remind us of the mastery that turned dead wood into a living creature. Moray Williams was herself a visual artist, having trained at the Winchester College of Art alongside her twin sister Barbara; she illustrated several of her own stories, most notably The Good Little Christmas Tree (1943), which is decorated with colourful double-page ‘scissor cuts’ throughout. The question of how an artist can make a living, then, would have been as important to her as it was to her contemporary, Mervyn Peake.[9] For her, works of art did not exist in the rarefied atmosphere of the art gallery or the wealthy private household, but in the busy world where properly remunerated work is as needful as it is hard to get; indeed, The Good Little Christmas Tree articulates the same philosophy, as its protagonist – another object brought alive by the writer-artist’s imagination – is forced to pay for its own decorations by giving up needles one by one till it’s almost bald (fortunately Santa Claus steps in at the last moment to put things right). The Little Wooden Horse seems to me more a story about labour and the value of labour than about servanthood, and duly sets the artist’s or master craftsman’s labour alongside the labour of the farmhand, bargewoman, miner, circus performer, blacksmith, shopkeeper and sailor as part of the same economic system of payment for services rendered.

Moray Williams’s book is itself a beautifully crafted artefact, above all in the construction of its plot. I said earlier that it could be seen as episodic, but each adventure builds logically on the one before, and the there-and-back-again trajectory of the wooden horse’s adventures ensures that each episode is revisited and satisfyingly concluded before the end. The little wooden horse keeps recalling his adventures in a series of reflective ‘choruses’ that always begin with his description of himself as a ‘quiet little horse’, counting and accounting for events as carefully as he counts the coins that go into his body. This draws attention to the structure of the narrative as a journey or odyssey through the British class system, in which the toy that began his travels as a nobody gains recognition for his qualities from a succession of strangers. The book, then, is an inverted Odyssey, since Odysseus was already famous for his exploits (which included devising the Trojan wooden horse) before posing as a man called Nobody to fool the Cyclops Polyphemus. Unlike the wily Greek adventurer, the little wooden horse remains a nobody to the end, and rejects the notion of heroic exclusivity in favour of the more anonymous achievement of having inspired many imitations in the form of new wooden horses, each calculated to improve the lives and luck of the community or household it enters.

Illustration by Peggy Fortnum.

The wooden horse’s adventures follow on from one another and recall one another with the elegance of a piece of music. His first employer, Farmer Max, for example, is directly responsible for the wooden horse’s achievement in beating the other barges in the race to the port, since his pursuit of the wooden horse on horseback stimulates the toy into running faster than any of his competitors. The barge pulled by the wooden horse contains props for a coalmine on the other side of the ocean, and he later finds himself working in that same coalmine. When he reaches the port he gets lifted onto a ship by a crane as a joke on the part of the sailors; he later demonstrates to a sailor that he is more than just a laughing stock by saving the man from drowning. The crane deposits him in the hold of the ship, where he meets a circus elephant with whom he soon makes friends; when next he meets the elephant he is lifted into the air for a second time by a kind of crane, which turns out to be the elephant’s trunk. After rescuing the pit ponies from the mine the wooden horse is taken in and mended by a miner’s little boy, who takes him to the city to see the King, the Queen and the ten little Princes and Princesses, about whom the toy had already heard from the elephant in the ship’s hold. In the city the wooden horse’s skill in pulling heavy vehicles, confirmed by the episode with the barge, is put to service again when he draws the royal carriage; and immediately afterwards his skill in running races is drawn upon for a second time when he runs a race on behalf of the littlest Princess. After his accident at the circus he is rescued again by the miner’s boy, whose father offers to mend him for a second time, an offer he refuses in his hurry to get home, which gives him a reason to seek assistance from an old toymaker who mends him in his shop, a counterpart of Uncle Peder. It’s in the shop that the wealthy man with unruly children spots him, leading to his appalling treatment at the hands of those children; more unruly children appear later when he revisits the rich little girl who fell in love with him near the beginning, because all her fancy toys have been broken by her boy cousins, including the haughty rocking horse who so despised him at the beginning. From the wealthy man’s house he travels to the beach at the edge of the ocean he needs to recross to find Uncle Peder, and here he foils an attempt by a piratical donkey man called Black Jake to steal a donkey from the kind donkey man and his wife, who gave the wooden horse shelter and employment as he waited for a ship to take him home. Later, on the island where he finds himself after rescuing Pirate Jacky, the wooden horse foils what he thinks is a second act of thievery, when he informs the sailor that another man, apparently his double, is trying to steal the treasure. When he meets the barge people for a second time after recrossing the ocean they remember to pay him what they owe him from pulling the barge to the port. Echoes weave through the story like musical themes, binding each part to all the others and establishing the act of remembrance or recollection – that is, of diligent accounting – as a key factor in any healthy personal or financial economy.

The little wooden horse’s last adventure involves yet another act of recollection or accounting. The owner of a horse that was to have drawn the wagonette for a wedding couple as they made their way to their new home claims he has not been paid enough for the job and takes his animal away; the wooden horse promptly volunteers to take its place, offering as his credentials for doing so the fact that he is ‘a strong little horse, and a quiet one’, and inwardly recalling ‘how he had helped to pull the King’s coach round and round the city’ (p. 172). The driver has already said that the married couple are poor, so the wooden horse knows he will not be paid for this act of kindness. This is the only job he has done, in fact, apart from rescuing the sailor, without some formal agreement that it will be remunerated (he earlier offered to work for the donkey-man who mended him for free, but the donkey-man insisted on paying him handsomely). For the wooden horse, working for the King for gold and working for a poor couple for nothing are effectively equivalent; the first makes him suited for the second; and he is duly rewarded for this egalitarian outlook by the discovery that the couple are none other than Uncle Peder and the little old woman. He learns this when he hears the old woman lamenting her mistreatment of him at the beginning of the book; and so his travels come full circle, and he finds himself living happily ever after, not in the palace – where he could easily have stayed – but in a cottage, which the story has made more attractive than any palace by the intensity of the little wooden horse’s yearning for it throughout his adventures.

Illustration by Peggy Fortnum.

In the cottage at the end of the book Uncle Peder institutes a new kind of economy, made possible by the treasure his toy has brought him. Thanks to that treasure the old man does not need to go on working, but he chooses to do so, and thereby links himself to the world the wooden horse has now explored. Uncle Peder fashions toys for all the children and adults who have requested them on both sides of the ocean, listing them carefully in his mind before he begins; and although he is presumably paid five shillings for each of these new wooden horses, he goes on to fashion additional toys for little or nothing. ‘Uncle Peder,’ Moray Williams tells us, ‘could now make toys to his heart’s content, but only for those children who pleased him, or for those who had none of their own’ (p. 176). The little wooden horse may not have triggered a revolution, but in a small way he has rocked the principles behind the capitalist system, since he has enabled an artist to work the rest of his life for the love of his craft and the love of children.

The little wooden horse has put his own special skills as a horse and a toy to generous use throughout his travels; for instance when he volunteered to run a race for the littlest Princess, who had no racehorse to run for her, or when he ‘took Pirate Jacky’s coat […] between his wooden teeth and began to swim with him’ (p. 143). He has also made his own stand against the principles of free market competition. When he catches the sailor trying to steal Pirate Jacky’s treasure he afterwards learns that the would-be thief is none other than Bill Blackpatch, who discovered the treasure with Pirate Jacky years before. Bill Blackpatch therefore has a good claim to half of it; but this does not stop both men getting into a fight over which of them should have the lot. Young readers in 1938 would have been thoroughly familiar with such fights on a larger scale; the Spanish Civil War had been going on for three years by the time the book appeared, Japan had gone to war with China the year before, and 1938 saw the invasion of Czechoslovakia by Hitler’s Germany. What these larger fights needed was a wooden horse to resolve them, and of course a willingness to accept a resolution. The wooden horse quickly settles the dispute between Pirate Jacky and Bill Blackpatch by proposing that they share the treasure between them, and the sailors have the good grace to agree to his ‘very sensible argument’, despite their piratical names (p. 156). Peace is restored, and the little wooden horse is permitted to travel on in Pirate Jacky’s boat towards his own special happy ending. Unfortunately the world in which Moray Williams lived did not do the same.

Nevertheless, in writing The Little Wooden Horse Moray Williams may have sown the seeds in some young readers’ hearts of a better settlement than the one they would shortly live through – the settlement reached through bloodshed at the close of the Second World War. Her little book remains well worth reading in our own times, when fascistic thinking is on the rise and we have great need of sensible arguments and friendship from strangers.

NOTES

[1] Michael Levy and Farah Mendlesohn, Children’s Fantasy Literature: An Introduction (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2016), p. 95.

[2] Levy and Mendlesohn, Children’s Fantasy Literature, p. 38. The phrase is Colin Manlove’s.

[3] See Ursula Moray Williams, Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse, Young Puffin (Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1963), p. 11. All references are to this edition.

[4] Williams is a little inconsistent as to the wooden horse’s capacity for pain. When he breaks his leg in the circus we are told that ‘Fortunately, having only wooden legs, the little wooden horse was not in pain’ (p. 95); but earlier, when a little old women flings him into the forest, ‘his wooden body […] smarted and ached’ (p. 24), and when he’s chased by some delinquent sea horses in the ocean ‘His wooden legs ached; he could no longer feel his wheels, and longed to rest a little on the surface of the sea, till his breath returned’ (p. 135). His pain, I believe, depends on his state of mind.

[5] Steve Tillis, Toward an Aesthetics of the Puppet (New York etc.: Greenwood Pres, 1992), p. 65.

[6] See Italo Calvino, Our Ancestors, trans. Archibald Colquhoun (London: Pan Books, 1980), pp. 285-382.

[7] Levy and Mendlesohn, Children’s Fantasy Fiction, p. 99: ‘the treasure hunt […] Geoffrey Trease identified as one of the key tales of children’s fiction’; it ‘lacks the import of the quest’.

[8] The question of who owns or deserves the treasure stolen by Smaug is central, of course, to the last scenes of Tolkien’s novel. The treasure in The Midnight Folk is not so simple either, come to think of it; it belongs to the Church and people of Santa Barbara, a fictional country in South America, and its loss by the protagonist’s great-grandfather has left his spirit restless until it can be restored to its rightful owners. Perhaps treasure hunts in children’s fiction need more attention?

[9] Peake was born, like Moray Williams, in 1911.

Damsel (2024): On Dresses and Dragons

1

The Netflix movie Damsel (2024) is a costume drama. By this I mean costume plays a central role in the narrative, effectively coming alive, acquiring character and a story arc, and setting itself up as a plausible contender for the Academy Award for Best Supporting Actor, as it does (for instance) in Guillermo del Toro’s neo-Victorian extravaganza Crimson Peak (2015), in which Mia Wasikowska spends much of the movie struggling to control the dense folds of quasi-sentient drapery that threaten to overwhelm her in collusion with the disintegrating mansion of the movie’s title. The centrality of costume to Damsel has been confirmed by the costume designer, Amanda Monk, and the film’s director, Juan Carlos Fresnadillo, who describes the protagonist’s wedding dress as a ‘Swiss Army Knife’ packed with instruments that prove key to her survival.[1] I’d like to consider the film as a reflection on the clothes and accessories that symbolize and physically restrict the actions of women, and how the movie enables its central character to subvert the language of fashion imposed on her by a hostile culture. That’s one way of looking at it, at least. The other way is just to acknowledge that this movie is a blast, and that anyone interested in clothes, good acting, pleasing artwork or the history of fantasy should watch it at once, regardless of the sometimes supercilious reviews.

A Heavily Disguised Millie Bobby Brown in Enola Holmes

The movie stars Millie Bobby Brown, who has already formed a close relationship with costume designers in her previous movie roles. Among the designers she has worked with is the Irish artist Consolata Boyle, whose credits include the fine fantasy movies Into the West (1992) and Mary Reilly (1996). Boyle designed the costumes for Enola Holmes (2020), in which Brown dons a widow’s veil as a casque of war, swaps clothes with several boys, and demonstrates the knife-repelling qualities of that notorious ‘symbol of repression’, a Victorian corset – something her friend the Viscount Tewkesbury learns from, saving himself at one point by concealing a bulletproof breastplate underneath his swanky clothes. Boyle also designed the costumes for Enola Holmes 2 (2022), which is dominated by the suffragette colours – purple, cream and green – and in which Brown dons a stylised version of a military tunic as if to confirm her maturation as a warrior for the rights of women and workers. Costumes in these two movies are not quite characters, as they are in Damsel, but they play an integral part in the development of the protagonist’s character, which is almost as good. In Damsel, by contrast, Brown’s wedding dress takes on a personality of its own, and undergoes a story arc whereby it effectively comes of age, emerging as a stripped-down, versatile, devoted sidekick for the film’s protagonist.

Let me explain!

Elodie Shows Us How to Chop Wood

Elodie, the movie’s protagonist – Millie Bobby Brown – begins by pointedly wearing the clothes she needs, as against the clothes she looks good in. Coming from an unnamed and chilly ‘far-off country’ (far off from where, one asks oneself), governed by an apparently working-class aristocrat, Lord Bayford (Ray Winstone), she must wear furs to keep herself warm, even when chopping wood. Her country is in dire financial straits, and we know how bad it is not only because Lord Bayford’s daughter has seemingly chopped down all the trees in the place for fuel (she is cutting up the last of them when we first meet her, surrounded by stumps) but because she encourages her little sister Floria (Brooke Carter) to give away her furs, and even her ‘drapes’ or curtains, to less prosperous neighbours.[2] Fortunately the sisters are robust young women who hardly miss their furs. When they sail south after an offer of marriage from a wealthy southern prince (Nick Robinson), the girls spend all their time in the prow of the ship without furs or drapes, prompting their not-so-wicked stepmother Lady Bayford (Angela Bassett) to hand over her own cloak to prevent them catching cold and getting snotty noses (‘first impressions are everything’, she assures them). When they reach the prince’s country, which is rich enough to have a name – Aurea, Latin for golden – they disembark from the ship wearing simple shades of earthy brown, while the party that greets them from the palace flourishes blood red banners, gently hinting at their intentions for the prospective bride. From the beginning, then, things are set up to indicate the importance of clothes and fabric to the unfolding story; though as yet there is little indication of just how central clothes will be to the events that follow.

The Queen Shows an Excessive Fondness for Spikes

Further hints at clothes’ importance follow Elodie’s arrival in Aurea. There is a liberal use of blood red in the clothing of the Aureans, especially the priestesses, with whom Queen Isabelle of Aurea (Robin Wright) has an unhealthily close relationship. The Aureans also delight in motifs involving thistles (which the Prince wears on his doublet), dragons, and sharp-looking spikes; indeed, the King and Queen wear crowns that are seemingly constructed from knives and swords, surely a health and safety nightmare, while Elodie is provided with a coronet for her marriage ceremony shaped like a pair of miniature metal dragons capable of severing the fingers of anyone who dares to touch them. Perhaps this fondness for spikes and edges derives from the spiky, edgy mountain that dominates the Aurean landscape, whose shape is reflected in the shape of the palace – a building made up of tall towers with pointy tops, accessible only by spiral staircases – and whose shadow smothers the palace at nightfall like a shroud. The dragon motif is present in the very elevated bedchamber with which Elodie is provided on her arrival, full of scaly columns with reptilian tails winding down them; and the Aurean fondness for red extends to the food provided by palace room service, which consists solely of red fruit such as grapes and pomegranates. Elodie helps herself to a dark red grape, which she would surely never have done if she had watched Pan’s Labyrinth. We do not see her tuck into the pomegranate, which may possibly mean she escapes the fate of Persephone – though she comes very close to it, as she spends most of the second half of the film in an underground labyrinth much like Hades. But we’re getting ahead ourselves; let’s return to the bedchamber.

From the elevated balcony of her room Elodie can see for miles across the Aurean lands, which lie so far beneath her that it made me feel quite giddy, though Elodie has a splendid head for heights. She can also look across to a balcony in the neighbouring tower, a little lower than her own. Here she sees another young woman, conspicuously dressed in sacrificial white, who smiles at her before disappearing behind a curtain, like a coffin disappearing into the furnace of a crematorium. Later Millie notices that the other balcony and the bedroom it serves appear to be empty, their emptiness signalled by the fact that the curtain is billowing wildly in a through-draft from the open bedroom door. Needless to say, this is not a good sign. Fabrics of various kinds provide this first palace sequence with many of its principal omens, foreshadowings and prophecies; fashion in film has rarely felt so vatic.

Elodie Gets Dressed

The Aurean royal family wear different outfits every day, meaning you can never quite get a grip on who they are and what they stand for. Their subjects are so well dressed that even the horses wear handsome suits (Elodie’s father, meanwhile, keeps faith with his furs despite the heat, perhaps because he doesn’t have anything else in his depleted wardrobe). The supreme expression of the Aurean clothing obsession is the wedding costume into which Elodie is more or less clamped by an army of servants on her wedding day. As her little sister Floria looks on, Elodie undergoes a ritual investment clearly modelled on the donning of full plate armour by a medieval knight. Fresnadillo tells us there are seventeen layers to her outfit; I didn’t count, but can well believe it. The base layer includes a blood red corset resembling a breastplate, to indicate that she has been metaphorically consumed by the Aurean royal family, and after several more layers have been added she is fitted with a second, golden corset like another breastplate, complete with an ornate bodice-dagger at the breastbone, which takes the place of a warrior’s sword. A boddice-dagger is intended to make its wearer stand up straight like a professional soldier, but no marks for guessing that this one might have additional uses later on. The gold outer layer of Elodie’s costume confirms the palace’s view of her as a transaction, a thing of value bought with Aurea’s plentiful gold. Elodie’s lower body is fitted with a farthingale – a cage of hoops designed to keep the heavy folds of her skirts from encumbering her legs, first worn by Spanish and Portuguese ladies in the fifteenth century. She is then fitted with two smaller cages of hoops to puff out the fabric on her upper arms, while her forearms are encased in jewelled sheaths very much like gauntlets. As a finishing touch the servants provide her with a pomander, a small metal cage containing a ball of scented wax; this looks distinctly like a military flail, of the kind held by one of the knights in the movie’s opening sequence. Having been armed in Aurean fashion, she smiles affectionately at Floria. The Aureans may think they have caged and disciplined her with this outfit for their own purposes, but as the admiring Floria tells her on another occasion, ‘You can do anything’ – and that smile shows it. The same thing applies to the dragon, whose image the Aureans have embraced and whose spikes adorn their palace and their crowns; they think they have tamed it, but the dragon knows better, and enjoys that knowledge quite a lot. But we’re getting ahead of ourselves again. Let’s get back to the palace.

Elodie’s Father Suddenly Realises his Armour Is Useless

Speaking of armour – supposedly the ultimate in protective clothing – we should think about what this does in the film. One thing’s for sure: it does nothing at all to keep you safe. The opening scene shows a party of knights galloping on horseback towards the spiky mountain, bellowing to each other about their intention to rid the land of the dragon that lives there. One or two have crossbows, but these are patently inadequate for piercing a dragon’s scales; the knights clearly don’t have the benefit of having read The Hobbit, which recommends longbows for the purpose (though using a child as a substitute longbow, as in Peter Jackson’s third Hobbit movie The Battle of the Five Armies [2014], is not recommended). The rest have swords, which anyone could tell them will be wholly useless against a flying reptile. One knight has an equally useless mace or flail. The men’s armour, meanwhile, is made of plate metal, but its conductivity proves less of a problem to them than the fact that it seems to burn as if made from untreated cotton.[3] The dragon, of course, wipes out all the knights with its fiery breath, and the final shot of the opening sequence shows it advancing on their leader, the Aurean King, with menacing slowness. At this point the King seems finally to realise that his sword and armour are fashion items, not proper tools; he tosses the sword aside and falls to his knees, one presumes to be burned alive like his unfortunate followers. The whole sequence stresses the gap between expensive accoutrements and functionality. At the beginning the knights look wonderful, arranging themselves in arrowhead formation as they ride; during the battle they look well trained, as the King barks orders and the men respond with prompt efficiency; at the end they merely look scorched. Looking the part is not enough, then, and may even be fatal for those addicted to it. Elodie’s father, Lord Bayford, please take note: a tough outer shell is no substitute for a brain with many convolutions, like a maze. Don’t wear armour; it will only ever let you down. But more on this later – back to the palace for a final time.

Elodie should take note of these things too, of course, but she doesn’t have the benefit of having seen that opening sequence. So she can’t be expected to guess that the armour-dress with which she has been fitted mimics the inadequate garb of that band of ill-fated warriors. After the wedding ceremony she is swathed in a blood-red cloak, bundled aboard a golden carriage, and driven towards the mountain; her approach to the dragon’s dominion, dressed in symbolic armour, is clearly intended to echo the opening section of the film. The carriage’s destination is a cave among the rocks where Queen Isabelle of Aurea waits with the red-clad priestesses, arranged (like the knights) in arrowhead formation. The approach to the cave is strewn with petals like drops of blood, and the Queen’s red dress aligns her with the priestesses, just as the King’s armour aligned him with his knights. Everyone waiting at the cave, apart from the Queen, is wearing a mask – a mask of gold, concealing their expressions and affirming their link to the Kingdom of Aurea, with its economy of sacrifice, bloodshed, concealment, and of course gold, which serves as a symbol of all three. Sartorially speaking, I’d say that the signs couldn’t get much worse.

Shun Masks of Gold.

The Queen presides over Aurea’s economy, just as the dragon presides over the mountain. She knows the exact sum that must be disbursed for the realm’s prosperity, to be paid out in the currency of young women with a certain blood type – the blood type of the Aurean royal family. Far from dying in flames, the King of Aurea who sought to slay the dragon struck a hellish bargain with it: each generation he and his family will provide three daughters of the royal line as a sacrifice to the monster in the mountain, as compensation for the three dragon hatchlings he and his warriors stabbed to death in that expedition (something we only learn about much later). Queen Isabelle, however, protects her children with as much ferocity as the dragon; her design sense, both in clothing and in interior decoration, points up the parallel between them. In place of genuine princesses of the royal blood, she has taken to providing the beast with unrelated young women whose blood has been rendered royal through a double operation: first, marriage to Isabelle’s royal son, Prince Henry, and afterwards a crude blood transfusion, achieved by joining the hands of the royal couple, each of which has first been slashed across the palm with a sharp-edged blade, so that their bloods mix when they clasp. Blood, then, can be put on, so to speak, like the blood-coloured underclothes of the wedding outfit. Elodie even finds after the wedding ceremony that her blood has changed in appearance, having gold flecks in it as if infected by her gold-obsessed in-laws. The dragon can smell the presence of this royal blood on its female victims, like expensive scent, and is thereby convinced that Elodie and the rest are biological relatives of the Aurean royal family; so potent, one presumes, is the stink of royalty.

The beast is wrong, of course. Neither fancy clothes nor a fresh supply of blood can make the girls royal, and the Queen is intensely conscious of the fact, since she spurns the opportunity to get closer to her new relatives before the wedding. Elodie’s stepmother, in particular, seeks to make herself at home in the Aurean palace, admonishing the girls not to seem too impressed by its grand appearance for fear of exposing their own more modest background, donning a dark red gown in deference to Aurean ‘taste’, and approaching the Queen to compliment her on the elegance of the wedding preparations – the dressing, that is, of the palace for a grand occasion. The Queen, however, repudiates her efforts at rapprochement, telling her that the wedding is no more than a mercantile exchange born of necessity: ‘your family needs money; my family needs a bride. What we don’t need is more family’. Blood lies at the heart of her disdain. She tells Lady Bayford that she is aware her father was no better than a ropemaker (‘the finest in the city’, Lady Bayford assures her), and that the palace must seem to her of an infinitely higher social level than she could ever have imagined scaling in her youth. ‘Here you are,’ Isabelle tells her sneeringly; ‘you’ve climbed so high’ – as one can, on a well-made rope – ‘but one mustn’t forget one’s station’. Aurea, with its mountains, is visibly higher than the rolling snow-covered hills of Lady Bayford’s country, and for all the window dressing involved the wedding is clearly meant to cement, not remove, the difference in elevation between them.

The Gold Coin Is Returned, with Interest

The notion of the wedding as a transaction is cemented by the symbolic gift Isabelle offers Elodie after the ceremony of joining hands and mingling bloods. At this point the Queen presents Elodie with a gold coin, stamped on one face with the image of three women, on the other with an image of the dragon. We later learn that the women represent the three daughters of the Aurean King who were offered as the first sacrifice to the dragon, in exchange for the King’s life and the kingdom’s safety; the same sacrifice of three women has been offered periodically ever after. Behind every coin, this practice implies, is a structure of violent oppression and exploitation, the bulk of which rests squarely on the shoulders of women. Coins are also lies, an elaborate dressing-up of the truth, since they are invested with a great deal more purchasing power than can possibly be justified by the weight of precious metal they contain. Coins may be presented as gifts, but they are always treacherously changing allegiance; they may look pretty, but are often used for ugly purposes. When Elodie’s father, then – Lord Bayford – accepted Aurean gold in exchange for his daughter’s hand in marriage (the hand that is later ritually incised by the Queen), he embraces a lie that does far more damage to her and the other women in his family than it does to him. He justifies the lie as a sacrifice on his own part – self-sacrifice, he tells his daughters, is ‘what we do’ as the ruling family – but in fact it is Elodie who is sacrificed, and he later learns that he cannot tolerate his own hypocrisy in saying one thing and doing another, and returns to the mountain in an abortive attempt to rescue his daughter. The lie embodied in gold is damaging at every level; no wonder Elodie dramatically returns the coin with which she has been ‘bought’ in the closing scenes of the movie.

The Queen, as a lover of gold, accepts lies as an appurtenance of her role, like the clothes she wears and the coins she dispenses. When she first meets Elodie she asks the young woman about her strengths, to which Elodie replies ‘I always tell the truth’. Isabelle at once identifies this as weakness; her own family would have died out long ago if it hadn’t been for their skill in dissembling. The gold masks worn by the Queen’s subjects show that they have taken her penchant for falsehoods very much to heart, the dazzling appearance of their disguises concealing the ugliness of the transaction with which they are proclaiming their complicity. Elodie, on the other hand, shares her stepmother’s predilection for rope, using it to climb out of the dragon’s den under the mountain, then to climb back in when she needs to rescue her younger sister. The Queen believes in lines of blood; Elodie believes in lines of cord, and her belief helps her to bond with her stepmother, the ropemaker’s daughter (pun intended). The Queen believes in the false symbolism of fancy clothes; Elodie believes in functional fabric, such as hemp, the substance traditionally used to fabricate cables. The Queen believes in the potency of lies, Elodie cleaves to the trustworthiness of a well-made artifact.

Lady Bayford Sees Through the Fancy Décor

As well as an appreciation for rope, Lady Bayford also teaches Elodie that blood is not a key factor in constructing families. As Lord Bayford’s second wife, she is stepmother, not mother, to Bayford’s two daughters; but she behaves like a parent, as the King of the opening sequence and Bayford himself do not. Her willingness to sacrifice her cloak on the ship to keep her stepdaughters warm is the first sign of her commitment to good parenting. Later, when she begins to suspect that the Queen is hiding something – alerted by her unwillingness to widen the circle of her relatives – Lady Bayford tells the girls ‘a mother knows these things’, thereby affirming her deep-rooted desire to serve as the mother figure they have lost, that is, to widen her own family circle. She is also, like the girls’ birth mother, a woman of action. At one point Elodie tells the Prince that her mother taught her to ride, and later in the movie Lady Bayford rides a horse from the Aurean port to the mountain, despite being badly wounded, in an attempt to rescue Floria, who has been chosen as the third bride in this generation to be sacrificed to the dragon (after the nameless woman in white and Elodie herself). Elodie’s mother also taught her to fight, and Lady Bayford too is a fighter, as she showed in her struggle with the guards who took Floria from her, the struggle in which she sustained her injuries. Along with Elodie’s dead mother and the dragon, Lady Bayford forms one of a series of mothers in the film who will fight for their offspring against all odds. The Queen is another; but she differs from the rest in her willingness to sacrifice others instead of herself to save her children. Her role as mother is all show, whereas Lady Bayford combines a respect for outward show with a genuinely loving heart, which makes her content to put her body on the line (another rope metaphor) for the girls in her care. Elodie confirms her appreciation of her commitment by leaping on her stepmother’s horse and taking over her stepmother’s task of rescuing Floria. Later she acknowledges the older woman’s part in her triumph over Aurea by naming her ‘mother’ rather than ‘stepmother’ and offering her a role as equal co-ruler of her homeland. But by this time in the movie, Elodie has learned a great deal more about chosen families than Lady Bayford alone could have taught her.

Lady Bayford is a functional mother, not a showy one – as one might expect of a ropemaker’s daughter. She reinforces the movie’s celebration of functional fabric: the furs and cloaks that ward off colds, the ropes and canvas that drive ships across the seas. In the first part of the movie she briefly finds herself seduced by the attractions of gorgeous appearances – fine dresses, dazzling interior décor, colourful ornaments – but she soon sees through them to the troubling agenda they conceal, and hurries to warn Elodie that her wedding must not go ahead. The second part of the movie confirms the wisdom of her warnings; while  functionality emerges as a guiding principle of well-run countries as well as of well-made clothing.

That’s the story we’ll trace in the second part of this blog post.

Elodie Suddenly Realizes She’s Not in Kansas Any More

2

As we’ve seen, the first part of the movie is filled with clothing that serves both to further and conceal the designs of the powerful people who provide it; clothing as lies, in other words, since it furthers a beautiful false narrative about women’s role in marriage and the achievement of happy endings through union with royalty.

The second part, by contrast, which begins immediately after the ceremony of joining hands in the cave at the mountain, sees clothing repurposed in several ways. First there is the savage dismantling of the myth that clothing has so far served to sustain, which is expressed by the dismantling of Elodie’s wedding dress. Then there is the recycling of the same clothing for entirely new functions, which change according to the changing needs of the wearer. Finally there is a series of encounters with creatures whose clothes form an integral part of their identity. The creatures in question are at first perceived as less than human, but gradually become recognised as fellow sufferers from the damaging myths that underpin the kingdom of Aurea. By the end of the movie Elodie embraces them as kin, along with her stepmother, just as she embraces the clothing she was given for her wedding as a vital toolkit in her survival of the deadly myth that wedding embodied. By the end she has also redesigned the narrative of clothing, so to speak, into a new and more wholesome pattern, in service of the narrative of adventure which she has long held close to her heart. Near the beginning she tells the Prince that she longs to travel; by the end she has command of her father’s ship, and although she is sailing home, the open sea that surrounds her offers infinite other possibilities, to be realised through the agency of functional fabric – the vessel’s canvas sail and the ropes that control it.

Dragons Do Spikes Better Than People

Elodie’s approach to design and redesigning sets itself against the Queen’s design for her kingdom, an opposition that can be summarized in the contrast between the damaging jagged edges preferred by Isabelle and the softer contours favoured by Elodie, which reproduce the soft internal contours of the human body. On a stroll with the Prince through the palace gardens – nominally intended to let the couple get to know each other ahead of the wedding – Elodie finds herself walking through a maze of hedges, of the kind one often finds in the grounds of great houses. As if motivated by the maze, Prince Henry takes out a letter Elodie sent him before her arrival, dictated by her stepmother but decorated by Elodie herself with suggestions from her sister. The letter, then, is a family effort, predictive of the extent to which Elodie’s adventures in the mountain will depend on cooperation rather than solitary heroism; and those adventures are also anticipated by the decoration she has drawn at the bottom of the letter: a human heart with a maze inside it, encouraging the Prince to trace a path through the complex pattern of Elodie’s inner life. Women, of course, are often associated with mazes; think of Ariadne, who showed Theseus the way to the heart of the Cretan labyrinth, which served only as a trap for the male minotaur inside, much as the Prince finds himself trapped in his mother’s labyrinthine schemes; or Sarah in Jim Henson’s Labyrinth (1986), another fantasy classic echoed in this movie along with The Princess Bride (1987), Dragonheart (1996), Beowulf (2007) and of course Stranger Things (2016 to the present), whose Upside Down is yet another labyrinth. Earlier in the movie, Elodie drew another maze to entertain her sister, as they lay together on a splendid palace bed; and later she finds herself trapped in the labyrinthine bowels of the mountain, where a map sketched on a cave wall helps her work out the pattern of the subterranean maze. Thanks to the map, by the end of the ordeal she has more or less made the maze her second home, capable of being used for self-defence just as her wedding dress is. In this movie, then, the labyrinth stands for a regard for inwardness as against the brilliant surfaces that obscure what lies within. It’s worth mentioning that the Prince’s story arc is a tragic one precisely because he fleetingly shows an interest in mazes, and hence in Elodie’s heart and mind, which he never follows up, thanks to his commitment to his murderous mother.

Elodie Demonstrates an Alternative Use for Pomanders

Navigating the maze beneath the mountain helps Elodie navigate the lies told by the Queen, as well as the motivation of the maze’s occupant, the dragon. In it she finds the bodies of the human victims of Aurea and of the dragon’s daughters, who are also victims, and whose murders set off the cycle of violence against women that has come to define the Kingdom of Aurea. The maze also implicitly suggests a deep-rooted link between Elodie, with her maze-like heart, and the maze-dwelling monster to which she has been sacrificed. As we’ve seen, the Queen has a link to the dragon in her passion for protecting her children; but where Queen Isabelle takes the symbolism of her kingdom from the dragon’s razor-sharp teeth, its jagged armour and its mace-like tail – its outward attributes – Elodie’s choice of the dragon’s maze as her symbol gives her the opportunity to trace its inward arteries and cortical convolutions – its thoughts and emotions. The film, then, describes a dramatic shift from the superficies or surfaces of things to their depths, from the daylight glare of public life to the darkness of private cogitations, fears and sorrows, and ends by bringing these different elements together, where the Queen and her associates have been concerned to keep them apart, in permanent conflict with one another, through the falsehoods they promulgate. In the process, Fresnadillo’s narrative maps out a new myth to replace the toxicity of the old ones, confirming its status as a classic of modern fantasy.

The dismantling or dismissal of the concept of clothes as a means of measuring and controlling their wearers begins at the film’s turning point, a third of the way through the action. This is the point at which Prince Henry, all ceremonies over, hurls his new bride from a rope-fringed bridge into the abyss that serves as entrance to the dragon’s territory. As she falls, Elodie’s wedding dress is torn and her crown falls off, symbolically divesting her of the power she supposedly derives from her link with Aurea; she completes the process herself by ripping off the cage-like necklace, made of gold and blood-red rubies, with which she was invested by the palace servants. Looking at the rocks around her she notices that they are covered by similar accessories: a shoe, a necklace, a crown; and she sees at once that these belong to other women: ‘That’s not mine,’ she says, and it’s not clear which item she means; maybe all of them. Abruptly, the accessories teach her what she is: an expensive, showy item, intended to be used just once, then cast aside. They also explain the meaning of Queen Isabelle’s words at the blood-mixing ceremony, which Isabelle described as the moment when Elodie joined the ‘long line of women who have helped to build this kingdom’. The Queen was not referring to a bloodline in the conventional sense, but to the line of sacrificial victims hurled over the bridge’s edge to satisfy the dragon’s thirst for vengeance with their blood; victims embodied in the discarded ornaments and clothes they have left behind. Later she finds a number of discarded dresses in the innermost cave of the dragon’s labyrinth. In a fever dream brought on by her injuries she sees the dresses filled with the ghosts of their former wearers, some cowering, some praying, some aimlessly picking at their wounds, some driven insane by their afflictions. The sacrificial clothes of these women mark them out as Elodie’s family, members of the line of female victims invoked by the Queen. Their continuing attachment to these unmodified garments also marks them as trapped, unable to free themselves even in death from their constricting outfits and the roles they symbolize.

Baby Dragons Beware

Later still, these ghostly women are joined by another trio of female victims: three dead baby dragons Elodie finds while exploring the maze. The babies are linked to the brides by the gold and jewels that surround them, dismantled fragments of bridal garb which have clearly been collected by the dragon from the corpses of her victims and strewn across the children’s remains as sacrificial offerings to the dead. The largest item in the pile is the King of Aurea’s crown, which we glimpse in another flashback, this time to the moment when the King commanded his knights to kill the newly-hatched dragonets; at this point there were no jewels near the dragonets’ eggs, which shows that they must have been collected later. The flashback fleshes out something that was said by Victoria’s ghost in Elodie’s vision – ‘it’s a lie’. A voiceover explains what the spectre meant: the Queen once claimed that the dragon under the mountain was the ‘last of its kind’, but the corpses show it did in fact have offspring, and the fact that there were three of them explains why the dragon demands three human princesses of the Aurean royal blood in each generation. The dragonets, then, form part of the ‘long line’ of female victims, and by placing the other victims’ accessories around them the dragon has effectively made them kin with those unfortunate human women, forever bound together by the cycle of misogynist violence set in motion by the King that day. The jewels imply, too, that their mother is as much trapped by the demands of ritual as her human enemies. Only an end of the cycle can free the dragon and any future human brides.

Crowns May Be Used for More than Social Climbing

So much for the dismantling of Elodie’s wedding outfit, part of the general dismemberment of ceremonial robes and jewels which has marked the ‘long line’ of female victims who came before her. The repurposing of clothes and accessories happens rapidly once Elodie enters the mountain, spurred on, it seems, by one of the ghosts she sees in her fever dream. This woman, aptly named Victoria (played by Nicole Joseph), differs from her fellow victims in her activism, which is directed as much to supporting her successors as to helping herself. Not content to submit to her fate as passive victim, Victoria chooses instead to leave a number of material traces of her presence in the dragon’s caves: first a message on the wall, marked with her initial, V, to let future brides know that the innermost cave lies safely beyond the dragon’s reach; then the map that shows the shape of the mountain labyrinth; and later the crown Elodie uses to scale a funnel of dagger-sharp crystals to reach a gap in the side of the mountain, hooking its golden hoop around each crystal to prevent her fingers being cut to pieces.[4] Victoria, then, blazes a trail for Elodie, first identifying a literal trail for her – a path through the maze – and secondly by showing how the ornaments of female victimhood can be repurposed, as the crown is repurposed into a tool for climbing. She did not survive her own ordeal – Elodie finds her burned-out corpse at the top of the funnel, with a final message signed with a V: ‘not safe’. But Elodie clearly sees herself as Victoria’s blood relative (in the sense that they have both had their blood shed by the royal house of Aurea), perhaps even her reincarnation, since she uses Victoria’s accessories, written messages and vocal urgings to retrace her footsteps and complete her unfinished mission of escape and revenge, the victory over Aurea which the name ‘Victoria’ predicts.

But by the time she encounters Victoria’s ghost in her fever dream, Elodie has already begun the process of divesting herself of some of her apparel and repurposing the rest. When first attacked by the dragon she flees into a narrow passage, but finds her progress hampered by her farthingale, the cage of hoops around her waist. While struggling to free herself from the cage she is burned on one leg by the dragon’s blazing breath, discovering in the process how dangerous it is to wear constricting garments (as dangerous as for superheroes to wear capes, something we learned from The Invincibles). Afterwards Elodie sharpens her bodice dagger on a rock and uses it to cut away strips of her skirt to serve as bandages; the dagger also comes in useful as an improvised ice-axe when she leaps across a gorge, and later still as a weapon in her fight with the dragon. The pomander – that is, the small metal cage attached to her girdle, containing a ball of scented wax – becomes a temporary lantern when she lights the wax using a leftover patch of dragon-fire. One of the slightly larger cages that puff out her shoulder-pieces is recycled as a more efficient lantern when she fills it with glow-worms. Her deployment of Victoria’s crown as a climbing-loop completes the process of transforming elaborate Aurean fashions into the functional clothes and tools she was wearing at the start of the movie.

Elodie Begins to See the Light

Not content with transforming her own clothes, Elodie also makes a statement out of the discarded pieces of armour she finds in the main part of the dragon’s cave. When she starts to collect the armour, viewers expect her, I think, to put it on; I know I did. That’s what a less intelligent heroine would have done, despite the obvious pointlessness of wearing armour to fight a monster that can both breathe fire and puncture breastplates with a tap of its talon, as we learn when it kills Lord Bayford (though like all epic heroes he gets some satisfying final words before the puncture-wound kills him).[5] But Elodie already has armour of her own – she is still wearing her breastplate-shaped inner corset – and has other plans for the leftover pieces. Just as their armour served to distract the knights who wore it from their comparative weakness in the face of a better-armoured monster, so Elodie uses the plates to distract the dragon, constructing a decoy from them, a kind of hollow puppet-knight held together with a cable made from her hair (and in making the cable of hair Elodie becomes a ropemaker, just like her stepmother’s father). The only knightly item she takes for her own use is a sword, which she deploys to give herself time to speak the words the dragon needs to hear – the ‘truth’ to counteract the lies both she and the dragon have been told (the word is more powerful than the sword in this movie, for good and for evil). When the dragon returns from checking out the decoy ‘knight’ at the other end of the cave, she finds Elodie waiting for her, blade in hand; and the conversation that ensues between them is accompanied throughout by this symbol of Aurean dishonesty and dishonour, which Elodie uses to defend herself while she speaks. This is a brilliant visual satire on the patriarchal tradition of heroism as embodied in multiple fights between male warriors and dragons, from Sigurd and Fafnir to Saint Michael and Satan, Beowulf and the nameless dragon in the poem, and the many iterations of Saint George and the Dragon. The men in these stories have invariably been presented as the protagonists of their narratives, their swords as legendary blades, their armour as a symbol of their faith and integrity. Elodie’s conversation with her dragon, by contrast, which is mediated at first by the sword, ends with the sword being cast aside, as the pair transform themselves through dialogue from their traditional roles as damsel/victim and aggressor to fellow victims and co-avengers of this violent tradition or ‘line’ of male heroism.

The King of Aurea’s Knights Demonstrate the Approved Method for Killing Dragonets

As we’ve seen, the Aurean lies told about the dragon include the Queen’s claim that the knights attacked the beast because it burned villages, while the lies about Elodie include the mingling of her blood with that of the Aurean royal family, giving the illusion that she is of their lineage. Both females have been wounded by these falsehoods. It’s appropriate, then, that the talk between them ends with both being wounded, multiple times, by the weapons that feature in patriarchal knight-and-dragon narratives: fire and the sword. At the end of the first part of their talk, the dragon breathes flames at Elodie and Elodie stabs it in the mouth with her borrowed blade. Afterwards Elodie’s side is punctured by the monster’s talon in an echo of the piercing of her father’s breastplate, and she responds by stabbing it with her repurposed boddice dagger, in the eye and arm. In the course of the dialogue Elodie drops the sword twice, picking it up once to stab the dragon in the neck and tell her she is ‘not one of them’ (that is, the Aurean royal family), and again after she has tricked the dragon into scorching itself with its own flames. But the sword cannot in the end be repurposed or deployed as a tool for justice; it has been too widely used as a tool of oppression, as Elodie realizes when she makes ready to despatch the dragon using exactly the same sword hold as the knights used to despatch its new-hatched offspring (she raises the sword in both hands, holding it upside down, in preparation for a savage downward thrust). So instead of delivering the death blow to the fire-damaged monster, Elodie stabs the blade into the stone of the cave floor – where it stands upright like a cross on a previously unmarked grave – and turns to her found family to heal the breach between herself and her draconian alter ego. The time for repurposing is past, to be replaced by unification, healing, and properly directed revenge. Which brings us to the third and final form of clothing Elodie finds in the cave: creatures whose outer coverings form an integral part of their being.

Elodie Meets the Birds (but their Friendship is Short-Lived)

There are three such creatures in the film, echoing the other sets of three we’ve noted in the movie: three dragonets, three sacrificed royal daughters, three innocent female victims in each generation, three birth mothers (Elodie’s mother, the dragon and the Queen, with Lady Bayford later embracing the role of Elodie’s mother).[6] The first is a flock of birds, which Elodie encounters when she first enters the maze of caves. To begin with she sees just one bird, like an animated, fluttering fragment of fire; it has been torched by the dragon, and Elodie seeks to extinguish the flames, only to find herself surrounded by hundreds of birds, all on fire like the first one – far too many to tend to. Gradually we become aware that the birds reflect Elodie’s own position: at first she thinks herself alone in her predicament as a betrayed bride, but soon understands she is just one of a long line, a flock of fellow sufferers who deserve to be rescued or avenged as much as she does. The echo is driven home by the dragon, who keeps calling Elodie ‘little bird’ as it hunts her through the maze, just as it hunted its other victims, human and avian. Like the birds, Elodie and her fellow brides are disadvantaged by their coverings; feathers are both beautiful and flammable, and so are the bridal clothes with which the women have been decorated. The natural avian condition is one of free flight in all directions, something that was driven home by the many birds Elodie saw when she emerged from her palace bedchamber onto the balcony high above the Aurean landscape. Birds are visible again at the end of the movie, flying freely around the palace just before Elodie returns to seek vengeance on the queen and her allies. Elodie’s desired natural condition is to be a traveller, free to journey wherever her heart takes her, borne across the sea on canvas wings. This is the condition in which she finds herself at the end of the movie, when the captain of the ship on which she has embarked asks her, ‘My lady, what course shall we steer?’, acknowledging her as the will that guides the sails or wings he manages. Her answer at the time is ‘home’, but the expanse of sea surrounding her suggests that like a bird she has other options.

Elodie Meets the Dragon (that Smile Looks Promising)

Elodie, then, identifies with the feather-enrobed birds as soon as she meets them. This is not so with the second or third of the creatures she meets in the cave. The second is of course the dragon (played by Shohreh Aghdashloo), who follows the flock of birds and announces Elodie as her prey soon afterwards. Like the knights, the dragon is encased in plate armour, but for her this is not symbolic, it’s part of her body, a necessary protection against the men who seek to destroy her; the men’s armour is no more than a pointless imitation of hers. Their penchant for gold, too, comes across as a mimicry of the gold that is a natural part of the dragon’s being: she spouts golden fire, which lights up her scaly throat as the heat builds up inside her, while her babies hatch from their eggs in a welter of golden yolk. Dragons have long been associated with gold – Tolkien’s Smaug being the most celebrated modern example – but this dragon has no interest in that expensive mineral except as a symbol of her vengeance on the killers of her young. Like the birds, then, the monster in this movie is a winged victim, trapped by unnatural restraints as symbolized by the underground darkness in which she dwells. The monster is naturally armoured, naturally golden, naturally a thing of air as well as of stone caves and corridors; but her natural environment was stolen from her when armour and gold were requisitioned by human beings, envious of the dragon’s power and beauty. Even her mountain was stolen from her, made part of the Aurean demesnes by royal decree. Her material ‘garments’ – from scales to caves to the slopes of her mountain home – are an integral part of her person, and have been purloined from her by thieves, who weave them about their own bodies in fashion designs that symbolically declare their appropriation of the dragon’s territory.

Elodie Meets the Glow-Worms (Slime Is Cool)

The third kind of creature Elodie meets in the mountain maze is a kind of glow-worm: a mollusc something like a slug, with incipient legs and a set of crown-like feelers sprouting from its head, which she first encounters in a cave where it has formed great candelabras of bluish-white light with the slime which is its medium. The crown and the candelabras ally the slugs with the kind of natural royalty which the Aureans seek to imitate. Candelabras were much in evidence in the Aurean palace, as of course were crowns, but the slugs possess both things without the need to pay for them with gold. And they prove more functional than anything in the palace; first because they can be collected and stored in Elodie’s improvised lantern, constructed from her shoulder-cage, to light her way in the underground darkness; and secondly because they have the property of healing wounds, like the leeches used by medieval physicians.[7] Elodie discovers this property when she wakes from her fever dream to find the glow-worms feeding on her injuries, something that disgusts her at first before she realises that her wounds have begun to heal thanks to their ministrations. Her courteous words to them at this point – ‘I’m deeply sorry for underestimating you’ – suggest that she recognizes them as kin; she too has been underestimated by the Queen, though Isabelle is unlikely to confess as much (and indeed she doesn’t, when Elodie turns up at the palace safe and well after her underground travails). Elodie’s words to the glow-worms also set a precedent for talking to nonhuman creatures instead of hurting them, something she successfully puts into practice a second time when she addresses the dragon.

If Elodie’s talk with the dragon is mentally healing, the glow-worms complete the process by healing the dragon’s body. Abandoning the sword at the end of the conversation, Elodie turns to the slugs to heal the dragon’s wounds, some of them inflicted by Elodie, some by the dragon herself. The gesture brings all the creatures of the cave together; the dragon and the glow-worms, of course, but also the birds. Elodie, after all, was dubbed ‘little bird’ by the vengeful monster, and the monster burned itself just as it burned both the birds and the brides, so that the act of healing includes the birds by proxy. Like the letter Elodie wrote with her family, and which the Prince read in the first part of the movie as they wandered through the palace maze, this act of healing is a collective act, not an act of individual heroism. It mimics, then, the process of making clothes and other parts of a person’s outfit. Many specialist crafts are involved in such making, from spinning and weaving to dyeing, designing, cutting out and sewing together the component parts of a garment – to say nothing of the business of making fastenings, belts, pomanders, farthingales, crowns. In healing the dragon with words and glow-worms, then, Elodie is effectively redesigning the role of hero along more inclusive, communal lines.

Elodie Takes the Palace

This communal aspect of the redesigning process is reflected in her final act of revenge. As she stalks into the palace cloaked in the scars of battle and the dirt of the labyrinth – which she smeared on her skin before confronting the dragon, in deliberate contrast to the painstaking application of make-up before her wedding – Elodie looks to the Queen like a solitary rebel engaged in a desperate act of defiance against impossible odds. After all, she is wearing none of the recognised insignia of power, the signs that link her to the rich and authoritative. Her outfit, reduced to a corset and a ragged underskirt, no longer even has a colour, her subterranean journey having erased every trace of the red of Aurea. She has no accoutrements at all, not even a bodice dagger or a pomander. All this in opposition to the riot of red and gold which is the palace, decked out for another royal wedding, and the variations on the theme of gold in the resplendent costumes of bride, groom, priest and guests. From the perspective of the Aurean royal family, Elodie has no identity at all, like the peasants who work the fields beyond the palace grounds. Her inadequately clothed body defines her as a no-body.

Of course, the Aureans are wrong; but they are unable to read the signs of their wrongness. Even when Elodie insists on addressing everyone in the palace, giving them a chance to escape before their doom is unleashed, the Queen cannot perceive her as anything more than an upstart ‘commoner’, someone who must not be spoken to (‘Don’t you dare explain yourself to this… commoner’, she tells the Prince), far less feared. The Queen has a contempt for the art of dialogue that brought healing to Elodie and the dragon. The servants, on the other hand, hear Elodie’s words and take her advice by running away, closely followed by the new bride and her family. These are the people, after all, with whom Elodie shares the common cause which is implied by the term ‘commoner’ (and ‘commoning’ is an old word for communing or communicating through dialogue); they are her people, in effect her kin, since they all understand each other, having suffered the same injustices. The only people who do not listen are those personifications of elitism and entitlement, the royal family, along with their stupidest followers, the lords and ladies of the hereditary nobility. For them, people of common blood are no better than animals, which are by definition wordless; it’s the Queen who expresses this, of course, asking Elodie if she thinks the remaining Aureans should fear such an ‘insolent creature’ just because she has ‘somehow managed to escape the dragon’. Elodie’s answer, however, insists that she is not singular but plural: ‘It’s not me you should fear’; and her words are given substance by the dragon, who suddenly lands on the palace roof, breaking off some ornamental banisters as it does so. Elodie is not one creature after all, but kin to many. Her ‘insolent’ words are backed up by the dragon’s breath, restored to it by a number of similarly underestimated creatures, the healing glow-worms. Elodie knows what it is to be part of a ‘line of women’ – a collective of human and nonhuman female beings, extending from the palace servants to the birds in the cave to the crown-wearing slugs – as the Queen never will.

Burning Down the House

The dragon’s fiery breath has an interesting effect on both Queen and Prince. The Prince accepts his fate with resignation, closing his eyes and refusing to budge as the dragon sprays flames from the roof into the palace courtyard where he stands; he knows that his tragic arc is now complete, and that he thoroughly deserves this painful end. The Queen, on the other hand, is furious at being frazzled, shouting ‘no’ as the fire engulfs her.[8] But she burns nonetheless, and her outfit burns along with her: Fresnadillo chooses to show us her crown melting on her head long before her flesh begins to sizzle, as if to confirm that the end of the Queen is also the end of the various fashion lines she sponsored, and of the monarchy, too, whose permanence and stability those lines were intended to symbolize.

Elodie and Floria Demonstrate the Importance of Wearing Practical Garments

The end of monarchy is also implied by the movie’s final scenes. In them we see three women standing on the jetty not far from the fire-ravaged palace, ready to embark on the ship that will take them home. The women stand in a row, with Elodie in the middle, Floria on her right side and Lady Bayford on her left. Elodie is telling Lady Bayford that she trusts her to rule ‘our people’, and when Floria asks if she can help, Elodie tells her ‘I’m counting on it’ (Elodie’s way of counting is very different from the kind Queen Isabelle practised, which involved gold coins and illustrious ancestors). Elodie, then, will not rule alone; indeed, she may not rule at all in the end, since we know she’s always wanted to travel. Appointing co-rulers by fiat is hardly democratic, but it’s a way to destroy the hereditary model, and hence of creating a form of government-by-choice that might have a chance of becoming democratic. Elodie’s reference to ‘our people’ – a collective ‘we’ as opposed to a royal one – holds similar promise.

The three women are wearing dresses of different shades. Floria’s is green and white, Elodie’s blue and white, Lady Bayford’s a reddish gold, as if she has repurposed Aurea’s colour scheme for a new epoch. There is no uniform any longer; even the browns that defined the three women as from the same country at the beginning of the movie have been supplanted with a much more varied palette. Instead of placing some leader figure at the point of an arrow, as the King of Aurea placed himself in the opening sequence and the Queen placed herself alongside the priestesses at the blood-mixing ceremony, the women walk side by side, embracing each other as they affirm their mutual affection and trust. A new time is about to begin, their positioning declares. It will be as varied as the colours they wear, will be characterized by cooperation, and will warmly embrace all generations.

The King of Aurea and His Knights in Rigorous Arrowhead Formation

It will also kick serious ass. That’s something that becomes clear as the ship sets sail and the dragon flies into view alongside the vessel. Elodie’s inclusivity embraces her new friend, the monster, as well as her official relations; and the gold towards which they float or fly is not the gold of a dragon’s hoard, or the flamboyant gold of haute couture, but a glorious sunset. The future is natural, functional, and filled with beauty.

Perhaps I exaggerated when I said at the beginning that costume in Damsel might set itself up as a plausible contender for the award for Best Supporting Actor. Perhaps I have stretched the definition of costume a little beyond what is reasonable. But I hope I have made a case for the film’s intelligence, progressive politics, and wit. If Victoria had been the heroine it would have been more radical; but Elodie gives us a heroine to root for, thanks to the fine performance of Millie Bobby Brown; her redevelopment of her wedding outfit springs plenty of surprises; and there’s an ingenuity about the choices made throughout the narrative that makes the film well worth revisiting. I’m listing it among my favourites alongside The Princess Bride, Labyrinth, Enola Holmes and Stranger Things.

Choose Your Family Wisely

NOTES

[1] See Angel Shaw, ‘Seven Secret Details Damsel Incorporates in Elodie’s Wedding Dress’, Screen Rant, here.

[2] A charming aspect of many great fantasy movies is the playful comparison between British and American culture they encourage. This is particularly true in matters of dialect, as here, where actors with British accents use American terminology; but it can also extend itself to creatures (think of the American robin in Disney’s Mary Poppins), or landscapes (there’s a field of maize, a New World crop, in Peter Jackson’s The Fellowship of the Ring, set in an alternative world which is modelled on ancient Europe). Sometimes scripts get tangled up in their efforts to imitate formal British English. A wonderful example in Damsel is the castle steward’s assurance to Elodie that ‘supper has been carried hence’ – which means, more or less, that supper has been carried away and she will have to do without it. I don’t think that’s what the screenwriter meant, but anyone who moans about the mistake is a killjoy.

[3] The flammable properties of Aurean armour are hinted at in some of the furnishings of the royal palace. The coverlet on Millie’s bed, for instance, is decorated with a coat of arms showing a dragon and a helmet that seems to be bursting into flames.

[4] We know it’s Victoria’s crown because when Elodie finds it she exclaims, ‘you made it out’, clearly referring to her most resourceful predecessor. I mention this because some accounts of the movie suggest that it’s Elodie’s headwear.

[5] I’m calling Lord Bayford an epic hero because for a brief period in the movie he re-enacts Ray Winstone’s earlier role as Beowulf in Robert Zemeckis’s 2007 movie of that name – which also starred Robin Wright Penn as Hrothgar’s wife. Beowulf has a fling with Hrothgar’s wife in that film, much as Lord Bayford compromises himself by accepting Queen Isabelle’s gold in this one. Beowulf, in fact, is very nearly as ambiguous a hero in Zemeckis’s movie as Lord Bayford is in Fresnadillo’s.

[6] For further examples of threes in the move, watch the embedded video in John DeLillo’s ‘The Ending of Damsel, Explained: Who Lives Happily Ever After?’, in which Fresnadillo explains his thinking in detail. See Tudum.com, here.

[7] Indeed some kinds of leech, such as turtle leeches, have ‘finger-shaped gills’ that resemble these glow-worms’ incipient legs.

[8] Please note that I’m using this word in the British sense, to mean ‘fried’ or ‘burnt to a crisp’.

The Ecofantasies of Mary Fairclough, Part 2: The Blue Tree (1960)

[This is the second of two blog posts on a genuinely lost writer-artist, Mary Fairclough, who seems to me to be a genuinely major practitioner. You can find the first blog-post here. The book described in this, the second part, could hardly be more relevant to our situation at this particular moment in the twenty-first century.]

Fairclough’s dustjacket for The Blue Tree, illustrating the ancient Iranian art of wrestling.

After finishing Little Dog and the Rainmakers, Mary Fairclough waited more than a decade before publishing her next novel. In the intervening years the Cold War tightened its grip on the world, and the United Nations found its ideals of international cooperation and respect for human rights on the verge of obliteration. As a result, perhaps, The Blue Tree is a much more complex book than its predecessors, and this may account for its disappearance from the collective memory of readers and book historians. Socialist-internationalist politics and a powerful green undercurrent tie it to its predecessors, Miskoo the Lucky and Little Dog and the Rainmakers. Its interwoven plot, however, featuring a vast array of characters from different classes, cultures and religions, marks a radical advance in literary technique, while its focus on a single setting – a small local space that gradually emerges as having economic, ecological and spiritual ties with every corner of the continent that holds it – sets it apart from the tales of long journeys at the centre of Fairclough’s earlier fictions. Journeys are still present, of course, but each one begins and ends in a small city-state on a plain surrounded by mountains. Fairclough’s mother urged her to ‘Do your best in your own little corner’, and Fairclough responded many years later with the crucial question, ‘where does one’s own corner end?’, not overturning but radically building on her mother’s philosophy.[1] The local is always and everywhere also the global, her words suggest, and The Blue Tree – a fiction for the United Nations, if ever there was one, though without any formal ties to that organization – provides the perfect illustration of her point.

It’s hard to say what age-group The Blue Tree is aimed at. Fairclough published it with her own illustrations, and this may have marked it out for many as a book for children. It contains Djinns and sorceresses, protective amulets and magical curses, and these too may have confirmed it as a fairy tale for younger readers. But it can also be read as a book that challenges the paradigm of adult fantasy set by Tolkien’s Lord of the Rings, which had been published a few years previously, in 1954-5, but had not yet gained the level of global popularity it would achieve in the 1960s. Fairclough’s book is set not in Europe but Western Asia – specifically Mesopotamia, the ‘Land of the Two Rivers’ as it’s known in Greek and Arabic (p. 7) – a place where a rich diversity of peoples and cultures converge, exchange ideas and live together in cooperative interdependence. It concerns, not a journey across a little-known landscape, but a city seeking to throw off the shackles of oppression; not a picked band of questers, chosen by an unelected Council of the Wise for a secret mission, but a network of friends from different classes and cultures drawn together by similar needs, whose mutual affection helps them turn the tide of tyranny and fashion a brief but brilliant Golden Age for their interlinked communities. The outcome of the book hinges on, not a single grand gesture that liberates the world from the threat of spiritual annihilation – casting the Ring into the Crack of Doom – but the continuous, exhausting, satisfying process of maintaining a small society in good order, as far as possible under the historical circumstances. A Ring is present in Fairclough’s novel, but it’s a Ring that once belonged to a just, wise ruler, not a despot, and for most of the book it’s assumed to have been lost, an apt metaphor for the fragility of just governance in a world where powerful people see the powerless as animals, and animals as commodities without rights or feelings. In addition, Fairclough’s Ring is not singular; it is one of multiple tokens and talismans which bind one community to another in a network of trust and affection – as against the bonds of fear and sorcery that bind the subservient rings in Tolkien’s text to the One Ring that controls them. Like Tolkien’s, Fairclough’s novel is exquisitely plotted, with a design like the richest of Persian carpets (though Fairclough’s illustrations call to mind miniatures, not rugs). And it draws attention at every point to the complementarity of art, politics and the natural world: a subject clearly close to Fairclough’s heart throughout her lifetime. In this, it serves as a perfect summary of the qualities that define her as an artist ahead of her time.

Anonymous miniature, 1431: Majnun in the desert with wild animals, from The Hermitage, St Petersburg. Click for details.

The book is divided into three parts. The first and longest (Chapter 2; I count Chapter 1 as a prologue) tells the tale of the Wazir Barmek, a shepherd from the mountains who finds himself unexpectedly appointed first minister to the new Sultan of Kashkot, an imaginary city-state somewhere in the north of the so-called ‘island’ between the great rivers Tigris and Euphrates.[2] The Sultan is an indolent young man called Khalid, Barmek’s best friend since childhood, who has himself been elevated from mountain shepherd to head of state with equal suddenness. Abruptly transplanted by the hand of God from his upland village to the city, from herding sheep to herding people, Barmek is forced to seek support from as many people in Kashkot as he can manage to make his friends: from the merchant Ali Houssain, to whom he once sold fleeces, to Hafiz, the Librarian of the Royal Palace; from Daresh, the Captain of the Sultan’s Royal Guard, to the bandit-rebel Khalidad; from the young dam engineer Farhad to the misanthropic caravan-master Austa Muthanna. His efforts to create a more or less equitable society are opposed by the Sultan’s wife, a sorceress who uses magic to pervert the city and its occupants into tools in her scheme to install her dead father Douban, the former Wazir, as Kashkot’s absolute ruler. Her machinations come to a climax with the transformation of Barmek into a Ram and his banishment from the city. The Wazir’s disappearance leaves her with unchallenged control over the Sultan, whose lazy self-indulgence plunges the city-state into tyranny as the Sultaness tightens her grip on its unfortunate people.

The second part, shorter than the first (Chapters 3-7), tells the story of various individuals who find themselves in exile from Kashkot before and after Barmek’s transformation. Chief among them is Zeid, the young Prince of Kashkot, who flees the city to escape the Sultaness’s schemes to sacrifice him in a bid to restore her father to life through sorcery; and Barmek’s young daughter Saffiya, who flees from the Sultaness’s machinations with her mother, guiding her to safety in Barmek’s old home in the mountains before setting off on a lonely quest to find the lost Wazir. The paths of these two young exiles eventually lead them back to Kashkot, and it’s there that the third and final section of the book takes place (Chapter 8), as the various threads of the narrative combine to bring about the restoration of Barmek to human form, the fall of the Sultan and Sultaness, and the installation of Zeid and Saffiya as joint rulers of the city. Their placement on the Sultan’s throne marks the transformation of Kashkot into a kind of Utopia; but as with Fairclough’s other stories this effect is achieved only after a book-long struggle, and its stability is not guaranteed. By that stage in the novel we have learned too much about the historical forces ranged against all Utopias to believe that any one of them can last for ever.

My summary describes what could be called the human aspect of Fairclough’s plot; but running through the book is a second thematic strand, devoted to the troubled relationship between humans and animals. Fairclough’s Mesopotamia is dependent on beasts of many kinds, from the sheep tended by mountain shepherds like Barmek to the donkeys, mules and camels that make up the caravans that traverse the great trade routes across the whole of Asia. At the same time, many of the Mesopotamians despise the nonhuman creatures they rely on, especially the dogs who guard their sheep and homes from the depredations of wolves both real and metaphorical. There is a similar disdain among many of Kashkot’s citizens for the lower orders of human beings who keep their homes and businesses running. Like other city-states in medieval times, Kashkot relies on slaves as well as beasts for its essential needs, and treats enslaved humans with as little dignity as dogs, mules and donkeys.

The same attitude prevails among the inhabitants of the spiritual realm that forms the third thematic strand in Fairclough’s novel. The lower orders of spirits are enslaved and treated like beasts by their more powerful superiors, with some notable exceptions such as the legendary sorcerer King Solomon, who might have served as a model of decent governance were it not for his failure to abolish the practice of slavery altogether. The presence of enslaved people and abused animals throughout Fairclough’s narrative gives it a darker tone than either of her previous works of fiction, and ties it more closely, perhaps, to the dark times it was written in.

The Lord of the Rings, First Edition.

The Lord of the Rings draws largely on European sources, from Beowulf to the Icelandic sagas, from the romances of William Morris to the quirky fantastic narratives of the first half of the twentieth century. The Blue Tree takes inspiration from a very different set of texts. These include The Thousand and One Nights, the Persian epic the Shahnameh, and the work of the great Iranian poets, such as Sa’adi – whose uncompromising advice to rulers is effectively embodied in the words and deeds of the Wazir Barmek – or Nizami, whose epic treatment of the legendary lover Majnun is mentioned in relation to the Wazir’s forced separation from his wife and daughter (p. 109). The Thousand and One Nights provides a model for the book’s interwoven narratives and themes, which run through each of its three sections, while the Shahnameh appears in the text as ‘The Book of Kings’, which is slowly being embellished with sumptuous illustrations under the direction of Hafiz, the royal librarian. The folktales of the incomparable Mullah Nasruddin may well have fed into Fairclough’s confection, relying as they so often do on Nasruddin’s friendly proximity to animals, especially his beloved donkey, which he is said to have ridden backwards while dispensing witty words of wisdom. Animals feature prominently in Iranian art and literature, from miniatures depicting the insane lover Majnun being protected by wild beasts to rugs like the Wagner Garden Carpet in Glasgow. All but two of Fairclough’s thirteen illustrations for her novel – a frontispiece in colour, the rest black and white – feature animals or mythical creatures as well as humans, thereby pointing up the three narrative strains – human, beast and mythic – that run through the text.[3]

The Wagner Garden Carpet, from the Burrell Collection, Glasgow. Click for details.

Another source is the many legends of King Solomon, as collected in St John Seymour’s Tales of King Solomon (1924) and elsewhere. Solomon’s legend was perhaps best known to British readers of Fairclough’s generation from its presence in H. Ryder Haggard’s bestselling novel King Solomon’s Mines (1885). One can detect Haggard’s influence on The Blue Tree in the presence both of a hidden kingdom next to Kashkot – the tiny realm of Lamissar, ‘a warm, sleepy valley ringed round with high mountains, whose people mined rubies while their lords practised magic’[4] – and of a powerful sorceress with power over life and death, who is referred to not by her name but as ‘the Daughter of Douban’, just as Ayisha in Haggard’s She (1887) is known for the most part only as She-Who-Must-Be-Obeyed. Fairclough’s novel, however, comes across as a critique of Haggard rather than a homage to him. At the beginning, the mountain kingdom of Lamissar is joined with the city on the plain, Kashkot, through marriage, as the Lamissar-born sorceress, the Daughter of Douban, weds Barmek’s boyhood friend Khalid, the new Sultan of Kashkot. Lamissar, then, never exists in a state of mysterious seclusion, unlike Haggard’s Kukuanaland; it is tied to the world by multiple strands or channels, some of them literal, such as the canal that carries water from a waterfall in Lamissar to the Kashkot Plain. In addition, the Lamissar sorceress’s bid to become She-Who-Must-Be-Obeyed is successfully resisted, not by a pair of upper-class British adventurers, but by a diverse collection of rebels from all classes and cultures united by their friendship for Barmek. Instead of a colonial quest into a hidden kingdom at the heart of the colonised territories, Fairclough’s story concerns (among other things) certain residents of that hidden kingdom, who then become residents of the neighbouring city and exert their influence over it. Besides the scheming Daughter of Douban, these include her fellow Lamissar native Abu Misimir, a ‘serene and efficient’ steward who becomes one of Barmek’s closest friends and imparts to him the magic talisman, the Blue Tree of the title, which protects him against the sorceress’s machinations. The mines of Lamissar serve not to enrich its rulers, or some white adventurers who penetrate its secrets, but to meet the needs of the people of both kingdoms under Barmek’s wise governance. Fairclough’s anti-lost-world romance is a work of social inclusiveness and multiculturalism rather than a bid to romanticize the exploits of British colonists.

Indeed, the only mention of European people in the book is as a distant crusading menace. In the second part of the novel, male members of a nomadic Bedouin tribe, the Beni Hillal, set off to combat that menace in support of the legendary commander, Salah-ed-Din or Saladin (p. 152); and at this point their adoptive son, Prince Zeid, returns to Kashkot to fulfil his destiny, symbolically turning his face away from Europe and towards the complex ecology of Asia. Kashkot, then, represents the polar opposite of a colonial narrative, and its exclusion of English or even European elements affirms Fairclough’s repudiation of the imperialist aspects of her British heritage.

In support of this anti-imperialist agenda, it’s worth noting that The Blue Tree embraces an unparalleled richness of different cultures, none of which gains precedence over the rest. These cultures are encountered not one by one, as they are in Tolkien’s there-and-back-again narrative journey, but as interacting with one another at each stage of Fairclough’s novel, and as coming together to spark off a popular insurrection in its third and final section. Within Kashkot’s territory there are the tall, proud folk of the mountains among whom Barmek grew up, cut off from Kashkot by snows throughout the winter months and fiercely independent in their characteristics and customs; the people of Lamissar, whose Zoroastrian heritage survives in the magic they secretly practise; and the Gamru Khel, small, tough men and women who wear knives even in bed, and who subsist in the poorest part of Kashkot’s demesnes by mining and working iron. Representatives of each of these peoples live in the city, alongside Jewish merchants – represented by the wise and empathic Ben Ephraim – and folk from distant lands – like the so-called ‘Black Pearl’, whose African tribe is known for producing ‘very great warriors’ (p. 103). All Kashkot’s inhabitants, including the enslaved Lamissar steward Abu Misimir, Kalidad the leader of the Gamru Khel, Ben Ephraim the Jew and the African Black Pearl, are drawn into the network of friendship that surrounds Barmek. Beyond Kashkot’s borders we meet the nomadic Mongols, waiting patiently for the moment when they will rise up to build the greatest empire in the world; the intellectuals of Ispahan, a city ‘seething with scholars, mad for learning, [and] drunk with argument’ (p. 45); the Children of Han in distant China, represented by the Chinese engineer who teaches the young Kashkot nobleman Farhad how to build canals; the Beni Hillal Bedouins, with whom young Prince Zeid finds shelter in exile; and the Mongolian shaman, Kamut-Shann the Merry, whose reputation for wisdom and magic extends from the Arctic north ‘where the white falcons breed’ to the ‘roof of the world’ – the Himalayas – and beyond, into ‘Hindostan’ (p. 179). All these people, too, find a place in Barmek’s story, sometimes at two or three removes. The Beni Hillal tribe, for example, are connected to Barmek through their rescue and raising of Prince Zeid, who ends by marrying Safiya, the Wazir’s daughter. The Children of Han are linked to Barmek by inspiring Farhad to build his canals – Farhad being the Wazir’s young protégé and friend. Little Dog learned in his quest how four different human peoples in North America were interconnected, and how they interacted in diverse ways with beasts and the land. The Blue Tree incorporates multiple cultures and communities into its portrait of a single city, refusing to privilege any one perspective, in direct defiance of the British imperialist tradition.

 

Many of Fairclough’s cultures have a special relationship with particular animals. Barmek’s mountain people, for instance, are shepherds, and so have a high regard for dogs: ‘although the Prophet (may Allah bless him!) did not like them,’ Barmek observes, ‘I have known many excellent dogs’ (p. 39). The Mongolian herdsmen privilege their horses above most humans. The Beni Hillal favour camels, and pass on their affection for these unruly beasts to their adoptive child, young Prince Zeid. Unusually close relationships with animals feature prominently in another text from Fairclough’s time associated with Solomon: Konrad Lorenz’s bestselling book Er redete mit dem Vieh, den Vögeln und den Fischen (1949), translated into English in 1952 as King Solomon’s Ring. The book’s English title references the Ring or Seal of Solomon, which certain legends identify as the source of his magic powers, while others affirm it gave him the power to communicate with animals. Lorenz’s book describes his own attempts to communicate with birds and beasts while developing the theories of animal psychology that eventually led to his being awarded the Nobel Prize. Fairclough’s interest in Grey Owl could well have led her to read King Solomon’s Ring as a natural follow-up to Belaney’s account of his relationships with Canadian beavers (she could not have known, in the 1950s, of Lorenz’s membership of the Nazi party, nor of his early linkage of his theories to the pseudo-science of eugenics). The Ring of Solomon features in The Blue Tree, though more as a source of magic than as a means of translating animal languages. Unlike Miskoo the Lucky or Little Dog and the Rainmakers there are no talking animals in Fairclough’s last novel; communication with beasts is achieved only by careful and sympathetic observation, of the kind Lorenz advocated. But Fairclough’s Ring does represent a covenant or agreement between a monarch and his people, a promise on the part of the king to protect his subjects – among whom he numbers animals and spirits as well as human beings – from oppression by the powerful. And her story of the Ring, and of that other protective talisman, The Blue Tree, features human-animal relations throughout its length. The topic is not foregrounded as it is in Fairclough’s other narratives, but emerges in the end as a crucial theme – perhaps the central theme – of this work of art.

The novel opens with a reimagining of the story of Solomon’s Ring (Chapter 1, which serves as a prologue). King Solomon, here named as Hazrat Suleman, is flying around his kingdom on his magic carpet, which also carries representatives of his various subjects: humans, animals, birds and spirits. At each corner of his carpet stands one of these representatives – the Prince of Men, the Prince of Demons, the Prince of Beasts and the Prince of Birds – keeping it ‘steady’ and the world in equilibrium (p. 7). Suleman’s generous understanding of the term ‘subject’ arises from the fact that in his lifetime the world is bigger than it is today, ‘with room in it for other races besides the race of men’ (p. 7). Indeed, the first use of Suleman’s Ring we witness – the only use, in fact – is to protect a nonhuman being, a Djinn from the island of Zanzibar, off Africa, who is being pursued by a malevolent Peri or female spirit, who wishes to enslave him. The Djinn is not Suleman’s subject, but he is a jeweller of great skill, a manufacturer of works of art in metal like the Ring on Suleman’s finger; and the King, we are told, has great sympathy for artists under duress, being a ‘fine architect’ himself who has been forced to make ugly buildings at the behest of his many wives (p. 8). The Peri, on the other hand, has terrible taste in jewels – her bracelets and bangles make Suleman ‘wince’ when he sees them (p. 10) – and no interest in artistic or personal freedoms, since she wishes the Djinn to fashion jewels exclusively for her. Suleman agrees to protect the Djinn by sealing him up in a mountain cave for a thousand years, using his Ring as a magic key. By the end of this time, he hopes, the Peri will have ‘found another jeweller and forgotten you’ (p. 8). Unfortunately, however, the King reckons without two things: that he may lose the Ring, which he needs to release the Djinn, and that the Peri may have a long and vindictive memory. The occurrence of both these eventualities triggers Fairclough’s plot. But before saying more, we need to dwell for a moment on that opening fable.

Fairclough, King Suleman’s Magic Carpet. Note the four representatives of Suleman’s subjects standing by the king, and the Djinn in the foreground clinging to the edge of the carpet.

The tale of the loss of Suleman’s Ring is a parable of multicultural open-mindedness pitted against capitalistic self-centredness and greed. The focus of this opening story – an artist threatened with slavery –  sets the problem of making good art in a troubled and unequal world at the heart of the novel that follows. Suleman understands the artist-jeweller’s problem as his own responsibility, regardless of boundaries between nations, races, classes or indeed species. He does his best to resolve it, suitably enough with a work of art he possesses, the Ring: using jewellery to save a jeweller, so to speak. Not long afterwards, however, he loses the Ring that will release the imprisoned artist, an incident based on Arabic sources (according to one legend, Solomon’s Ring was stolen from him by the demon Asmodeus, who ruled in Solomon’s place for forty days while the King wandered the earth in rags, before being restored to his throne by the Ring’s recovery). As a result, the Djinn finds himself alone and in darkness for over a thousand years; an apt metaphor for the condition of art under oppressive regimes. Such art and its practitioners do not cease to exist; they are merely locked away and rendered inaccessible, waiting for the moment when conditions are right for their release. Suleman, too, is lost in this period, since he dies not long after he imprisons the Djinn, and with him dies the art of equitable governance. With him, too, dies the sense of the world as something more than the province of human beings, as well as the sense of one’s responsibilities as extending beyond the interests of one’s nation, city, species, class, or self. Fairclough’s book addresses all these losses and the attempt to recover them; and as an artist, she represents that recovery in terms of art.

Like the term ‘subject’ in Suleman’s lifetime, which has a wider compass than ours, Fairclough’s understanding of the term ‘art’ extends far beyond the work of self-identified ‘artists’. Among the craftspeople she celebrates in her novel are the Librarian, who spends his life working on a true history of his times to counter the sanitised official version; a canal engineer, who seeks to construct a water system to irrigate the Plain of Kashkot and bring much-needed water to the city; the Captain of the Guard and one of his guardsmen, who specialise in the arts of combat, including wrestling; a caravan master who is also an adept in the art of travel; two women (Barmek’s wife and mother) who practise the art of running a household; and many more. As Wazir of Kashkot, Barmek becomes patron and enabler of all these forms of art, showing as much appreciation for, say, the art of training horses or the art of wrestling as he does for the telling of tales and the weaving of carpets.[5]

Fairclough’s painting of Keynsham in Keynsham Library. My thanks to Tim Whyte, Keynsham Library Manager, for taking the photo. Click for details.

Fairclough’s own appreciation of the arts extended well beyond the conventional province of the art school graduate. A substantial painting she produced for Keynsham Library – which can still be seen there – embraces a range of specialist activities, from music and spinning to chocolate-making and playing with a ball. There is a portrait of the composer Handel, who is said to have gifted Keynsham church with a peal of bells in exchange for its organ; a cinema showing Walt Disney’s great animated feature, Bambi (1942); a workman manufacturing the brassware for which Keynsham was once famous; a huntsman on horseback chasing deer; a chocolate maker at Fry’s factory in Keynsham; a footballer and a cricket player; a soldier arm-in-arm with a dragon, which could represent the Keynsham Mummer’s play of Saint George, in which the saint is killed by a soldier called Slasher (although there is no Dragon in this version of George’s story);[6] a blacksmith shoeing a horse; and many industrial workers and farm labourers. All these people could be described as artists in their own practices, and Fairclough’s enshrining of them in a work of art unites them all under art’s umbrella, celebrating their craftsmanship just as Barmek celebrates and supports the craftsmanship of Kashkot’s diverse citizens.

Along the bottom of Fairclough’s Keynsham painting runs a series of animal paintings (badger, stoats, fox, rabbits, squirrel and otter), as if to confirm nonhuman beings as the roots or foundations of human life. Animals are scattered through the painting, too, including sheep in a field and on a boat. The sheep may remind us that the foundations of the Wazir Barmek’s success as a ruler lie in his skills as a mountain shepherd, an intermediary between humans and beasts. In his home village he is not a leader, but rather ‘one of those reliable people to whom other people leave all the work’ (p. 13), especially the work of looking after his indolent friend Khalid, the care of the community’s flocks, and selling fleeces in the Kashkot market. He knows the vagaries of the seasons, moving his flocks from high ground to low as winter turns to spring.  He knows the practical needs of his people: as he transports his fleeces to market he keeps going over the shopping list his community has given him, which includes salt, coffee, rice, and ‘a fine copper coffee-pot for my mother’ (p. 13). And he knows the needs of the mules that carry the fleeces. When a cheeky melon-seller pops his load of melons onto the lead mule’s back, hoping to cadge a free ride, Barmek tells him to transfer the melons to another beast because ‘This mule is loaded heavily enough’ (p. 15). When he reaches Kashkot and finds it buzzing with excitement at the prospect of the selection of a new Sultan after the death of the old one, Barmek again thinks first of his mules – ‘a string of restive mules […] not used to crowds’ (p. 16) – and makes sure they are soothed and watered while Khalid rushes off to enjoy the spectacle. Fairclough’s attention to the detail of Barmek’s work with animals tells us at once about the man’s personality; he takes less care for himself than for the needs of the people and creatures who depend on him, and his particular care for animals identifies him as humane as well as well-organised, two qualities that prove essential for his political career.

Fairclough: Barmek watches from a distance at the ceremony of the choosing of the Sultan. Note the drummers on black camels and the white horse bearing Khaled, the new Sultan. Click for details.

As I’ve already suggested, animals permeate The Blue Tree, and while this may not be obvious at once to Fairclough’s readers, Barmek proves unusually attentive to their presence. For instance, Barmek’s perception of the ceremony for selecting the new Sultan is entirely mediated through his response to the nonhuman beings involved. He notes how there is a horse at the centre of the ceremonial parade, and how ‘so glorious was the horse […] that although its bridle was purple and its headband set with rubies, yet they looked cheap upon it’ (p. 17). He notes too that the leading actor in the selection process – a Hawk whose choice of Sultan must by tradition be respected by Kashkot’s citizens – is a ‘slim small streak of a bird, white and lovely as the horse’ (p. 17). When the Hawk turns its head towards him, he promptly bows as though ‘to a small and terrible king’. Barmek’s values, the scene suggests, are based on his personal judgment of living creatures, not on conventional human priorities or hierarchies, and the creatures and people he values respond to Barmek’s qualities as he responds to theirs.

For Barmek, animals are foundational to his working life as well as to the political life of the city. His recognition of their importance is reflected in his treatment of them, just as his treatment of people reflects his recognition that every one of them forms an integral part of the community he belongs to; for instance, he has a fountain in the city constructed so that animals as well as people can drink from its waters (p. 110). His acknowledgement of the kinship between beasts and humans stems from the fact that he sees himself as no more than equal to the animals that serve him. His job as the new Wazir, the chief minister and effective ruler of the city (p. 20), represents a great sacrifice on his part – he would much rather go back to his life in the mountains, with sheep, mules and dogs; and this makes him effectively the Sultan’s indentured servant for the term of the Sultan’s life. In the end, in fact, it makes him the Sultan’s slave, since he is increasingly treated as a slave by the Sultaness, who first deprives him of wife and daughter by sending them into exile using her sorcery, then transforms Barmek himself into a speechless Ram. As a result, Barmek has a high regard for his fellow servants – who include animals like the Hawk, the white horse, and a ferocious stallion known as Blood-for-Breakfast (p. 98) – and for the enslaved human people who become his friends.

The new Sultan, Khaled, fights with the Wazir Douban, as he seeks to consolidate his hold on the throne. Note the vultures overhead, which Fairclough discusses in detail on p. 31.

Indeed, the Wazir ‘reads’ human beings as animals repeatedly. For him the Captain of the Guard, Daresh, resembles a dog, who worries at problems ‘like a dog with a burr in his tail’ (p. 22). So does the steward Abu Misimir, though he also has characteristics of a sheep (p. 39). Barmek’s friend the Khan of the Southern Marches has a close physical likeness to the eagles he hunts with (p. 51). The loyal guardsman Dhiab first recalls a dog (p. 60) and later a mule (p. 70); the Keeper of the Royal Treasury calls to mind a ‘tortoise in a cave’ (p. 66); Barmek’s wife Najla resembles ‘a duck on a swift current’ as she rides to her wedding (p. 82); and the warrior-brigand Kalidad has the reflexes of a feral cat (p. 91). All these people are Barmek’s allies, but his enemies too have nonhuman qualities. The carpet-seller Ibrahim, whose lack of talent as a maker of carpets leads him to despise and betray more talented people out of envy and self-interest, resembles a crow: one of those ‘crows that follow many ploughs, the makers of patch-work, taking an idea here and a colour there, a form of words, another man’s methods, and striving to make a new thing without power to create’ (p. 112). The analogy ties him to the unscrupulous crow Kahgahgengs in Little Dog and the Rainmakers, who thieves from his fellow animals and endangers children’s lives for his own amusement. The Daughter of Douban, meanwhile, shifts her animal nature as it suits her, sometimes recalling a ‘wicked cat’ (p. 36), at others a bat (p. 104), and ending her days as a bird in a cage (p. 105), suitably enough for a person who has specialised in caging others. Like Ibrahim, however, she most closely resembles Kahgahgengs the self-serving crow. When she contrives to send Barmek’s family into exile, Barmek forces her to observe them every day through her magic powers, like the wicked Queen in Snow White (1937), reporting back to him on their wellbeing, though she cannot tell him where they are or what they are doing (pp. 104-5; p. 167). In the same way, the Jossakeed of Lost Lake in Little Dog forced Kahgahgengs to keep an eye on Little Dog’s progress across the continent in search of rain, reporting every day on his wellbeing, though the crow too could not say where the boy was or what he was up to. As with Ibrahim, the Sorceress’s willingness to make other people her instruments ends by condemning her to becoming an instrument herself, a fate all the more terrible for her in that she has no concept of self-sacrifice for the common good, unlike Barmek and his friends.

Barmek, on the other hand, is concerned with the wellbeing of the whole community, not just himself and his family, and repeatedly finds common ground with his fellow citizens. At one key point in the novel, for instance, he makes friends with a dishevelled young man who resembles ‘a trapped, half-starved animal’ (p. 42) of the kind he might have encountered in the mountains. The Wazir is drawn to this young man when he sees a model the boy is making out of mud in the palace garden, which he recognises at once as a model of Kashkot and its territories, with a non-existent canal running through the middle. Barmek can ‘read’ the model, so to speak, thanks to his shepherd’s training (‘Every hillman has an eye for country, and having once seen a place can recognise it again, even from a different direction’, p. 42), just as he can ‘read’ the young man’s character thanks to his shepherd’s instinctive sympathy for ill-treated beasts. He ‘tames’ the wild young man, whose name is Farhad, by kindness, ‘moving and talking quietly as if he were dealing with a frightened animal’ (p. 43); and in the process learns that Farhad’s father was put to death by the former Wazir, after which the boy and his brothers sought to avenge themselves ‘like wolves on the world that had killed him’ (p. 47). For their insurrection against the corrupt old Sultan and his wicked minister, Farhad’s brothers were executed, while Farhad was made a slave for Douban’s amusement. The wolf analogy links him to the young warrior Steals-in-the-Snow in Little Dog, who likewise seeks revenge for the death of his family. Steals-in-the-Snow and his older brothers resemble ‘gaunt […] winter wolves’ or ‘lone wolves who have been turned out of the pack’ (Little Dog, pp. 92 and 100), and all of them meet a violent end. Farhad, on the other hand, finds safe haven with Barmek: he is embraced by the new Wazir, restored to freedom and given a useful job. In recompense, Barmek finds in Farhad an expert engineer, whose plan to supply Kashkot with fresh, clean water transforms the city and its environs, bringing new birds and crops to the area formerly known as the ‘Waste of Kashkot’ and ensuring that the Wazir can install his lifesaving fountains in the city streets. Barmek’s sensitivity to beasts and beast-like people, in other words, helps revolutionize Kashkot’s ecology, making it a byword for good land management in twelfth-century Asia.

Barmek’s future wife, Najla daughter of Daresh, watches as Barmek and Farhad ride by on their horses. Najla drops snow on Barmek’s head to draw his attention.

Before joining his brothers’ rebellion, Farhad learned his engineering skills in Ispahan (now Isfahan), an Iranian city ‘seething with scholars [and] drunk with argument’ (p. 45). Here he met a Chinese engineer, with whom he travelled for three years through Mesopotamia, studying the ancient canal systems that criss-cross the land between the Tigris and the Euphrates. The young man, then, embodies the pan-Asian connections between different human cultures that enable Kashkot to flourish. Another of Barmek’s unlikely friends, the caravan master Austa Muthanna, embodies the pan-Asian connections between human beings and animals. Indeed, animals are responsible for all pan-Asian connections, providing as they do the locomotive energy for the caravans that link Kashkot to Samarkand, Charchan and China (p. 72). Farhad and his Chinese teacher must join caravans to travel safely through Mesopotamia; the merchants of Kashkot, including Ben Ephraim, rely on caravans to send their goods to distant clients; and Austa Muthanna is the most trustworthy caravan master the merchants know of. He is hard on the human ‘riff-raff’ who travel with his caravans, but looks after his animals with the tenderness of a father, and ‘never, never, has he been known to lose one bale of merchandise entrusted to him’, Barmek learns (p. 73). Between them, Farhad and Austa Muthanna confirm Kashkot’s reliance both on its wider Asian context for its prosperity, and on its nonhuman associates to maintain ties with its distant collaborators.

But Austa Muthanna also confirms how far this urban civilization has gone from the easy interdependence between humans and beasts that characterised Fairclough’s first two works of fiction. Animals ‘afflicted of Allah and men’, such as dogs and donkeys, flock to Muthanna in their droves whenever he visits Kashkot, their injuries bearing witness to the violence with which they are handled (p. 72). Barmek sees the caravan master tending to their wounds and speaking to the ‘wolfish’ dogs of Kashkot ‘as to his friends, or his children, his voice rising and falling in a soothing growl’ (p. 75). This makes Muthanna the sole remaining custodian of the ability to communicate with animals that seemed to be common to all humans in Miskoo the Lucky and Little Dog. Muthanna’s own body testifies to equal ill-treatment at some undisclosed period in his past: ‘His face was […] evilly scarred, with one eyelid drooping, a long crooked nose and a bitter mouth’ (p. 75), and the only human associate he can bear is a disabled henchman whose face recalls that of a ‘wistful monkey’ (p. 75), making him ‘as like to an animal as might be’ (p. 76). Muthanna’s disgust for all other human company suggests that the abuse of beasts (and unfortunate human beings) is prevalent across the continent, every part of which he has visited in his travels. The Daughter of Douban’s propensity for diminishing people, as she sees it, by treating them as she treats animals – which is what made Farhad ‘wolfish’ – and the Peri’s delight in making them actual animals through her magic, would seem to be symptomatic of a wider breakdown in relations between human peoples and their nonhuman neighbours, of the kind Grey Owl exposed in the Canadian wilderness.

Barmek, looking out of the window, yearns for the mountains. Beside him is one of the Peri’s magic carpets, which will shortly change him into a Ram.

As one might expect, Barmek’s own understanding of animals allows him to gain the respect and trust of the misanthropic caravan master, and with it some of the insights he has gained from his travels. Being a close and impartial observer of the ebb and flow of the natural world, Muthanna lays claim to the role of a historical commentator like the Royal Librarian, Hafiz, who writes an accurate account of his times in secret while simultaneously preparing a doctored version for the eyes of his tyrannical master, Sultan Khalid. Muthanna is able to speak with authority from a number of positions unavailable to a scholar confined to his library: ‘as the Caravan-master, responsible for lives and merchandise; as the traveller whose eyes are open for the use of a lively and open mind; and as that sometimes terrible thing, the historian who sees the inescapable pattern reaching from the past into the future’ (p. 108). His most striking insights come from an inspection of the condition of the Asian grasslands, on which nomadic horse-herders graze their beasts and whose health or sickness determines their movements. ‘A great, torn, patched green cloak lies over the earth from the Land of the Bright Emperor to the lands of the Feranghis [the European foreigners]’ he tells Barmek, ‘the cloak of the grass’ (p. 108). ‘Out on the cloak of the grass,’ he goes on,

moving with the seasons, were villages, colonies, townships of felt-covered yurts, each owning some Khan as leader to whose war-banner they would rally. And round each cluster of yurts were the herds, the unbelievable herds of the horses, and where the grazing was, there the herds must go. […] For it is the grass, look you, nothing but the grass. Neither love of wealth nor hatred of their enemies will move those hordes, but grass for their horses. They ride into Bokhara and Samarkand, they sell hawks in learned Ispahan, and what do they see? Land that is wasted, for there are cities and gardens on it instead of grass. (pp. 108-9)

One day, Muthanna warns, the dwellers in yurts will decide to clear away these urban centres to make new grazing grounds for their animals; and on that day ‘Bokhara shall become a mud-heap and Thaikan a salt-lick and Ispahan a pile of skulls’ (p. 109). When Barmek thanks him for this warning, Muthanna laughs his laugh ‘like the scream of a peacock’ (p. 106) and reassures him this will not happen for generations. He has told Barmek the story only to comfort him with the thought that after his death the city he ruled will be swept aside, helplessly subject to the changing climate and its consequences. Muthanna has noted the sadness in Barmek’s face, born from the loss of his wife and daughter, and wishes to help him as best he can – including with a bag of pearls, which later supports the poor of Kashkot through a harsh winter, and the gift of another Ring, a ‘great carved emerald’ as green as the grasslands, which the Wazir keeps as a token of their friendship (p. 106). Barmek’s post-loss bitterness chimes with Muthanna’s, but both men find comfort in the knowledge that in the other they have found ‘faith and compassion and courage’ in a human being, and not solely ‘among the four-footed and the winged’ (p. 110). At this late moment in the first section of the novel, Barmek has come to recognise that such qualities are rare among humans and to treasure them all the more wherever he finds them.

The child Prince Zeid rides on a donkey as part of Austa Muthanna’s caravan. A dervish who was once King Suleman walks beside him and Muthanna can be seen in the distance.

The Daughter of Douban, meanwhile, deploys her magic skills not to complement the natural order but to supplant it. She aims to resuscitate her father, killed – or placed in a magical state of suspended animation – by Barmek’s arrow in the course of the fighting that followed Khalid’s selection as Sultan. After she marries Khalid, as part of her plot to install Douban on the Kashkot throne, her first work of enchantment is to make roses grow from pots in winter, their fragrance serving to confuse the senses of those who are exposed to it for any extended period:

from each briar sprang sprays of small green leaves, from each spray a stalk of golden buds, and each golden bud opened into a white velvety rose with a golden centre; and from the last rose to open flew a golden bee and lit on all the other nineteen briars in turn, so that each of them split and budded and blossomed, and the whole Palace was filled with their scent (p. 52).

These roses, the Sorceress claims, will bloom every day while Khalid lives, counting out the days till she can replace him with her resurrected father. They emit the scent of death, not life, and on the day of Khalid’s assassination their corrupting nature becomes apparent as they wither and stink while continuing to grow, ‘filling the Hall, reaching, spreading’, in mimicry of the Sultaness’s relentless quest for power (p. 191). Her second act of enchantment after her marriage is to fashion a Figure of wax and pierce it with pins, thereby wracking Barmek’s body with pain and making him lose a wrestling match in front of the assembled courtiers (p. 60). As a consequence of this incident, Barmek’s friend Abu Misimir gives into his keeping the talisman known as the Blue Tree, which protects him for the rest of his time as Wazir from the worst effects of the Sultaness’s sorcery (p. 64). The talisman confirms Barmek as the Daughter of Douban’s polar opposite, just as his possession of Muthanna’s green Ring identifies him as an ally of the so-called ‘Watcher of Grass’ (p. 108). By the end of the first section of Fairclough’s narrative, the opposing factions have been established and the stakes they play for have been identified. These are nothing less than opposing ways of relating to the environment, which the Sultaness would exploit for her own advantage, while the Wazir would render it hospitable for all his subjects, human and nonhuman alike. The next two sections of the novel trace the complex processes by which the Wazir’s vision emerges victorious from the conflict.

The child Saffiya leads her amnesiac mother towards the house of Barmek’s mother. One of the few pictures in the book with no animals in it.

Human-animal relationships are key to this unlikely victory. The Wazir’s transformation into a Ram is effected by the wicked Peri, as she seeks to impose her will on the children of men in open mockery of the equitable government of Hazrat Suleman, by turning people into what she sees as the nearest equivalent animal. But the Daughter of Douban and the Peri are clearly allies from the start, their green-painted eyes and pleasure in self-adornment and self-serving magics linking them long before we learn, in the third section of the novel, that they count each other as ‘kindred spirits’ (p. 168). Suleman, meanwhile, passes on his wisdom as ruler to Barmek (p. 38), who thereby becomes his successor in the art of just governance. This means that Barmek’s removal from power serves the interests of both Peri and Sultaness. His bestial transformation forms part of a larger scheme on the Peri’s part to transform representatives of four ‘races’ of men into beasts, in formal pastiche of the four strange beings that sat at the corners of Suleman’s carpet – the Prince of Men, the Prince of Demons, the Prince of Beasts and the Prince of Birds. She effects the transformations with her own form of magic carpet, commissioned from the crow-like carpet-weaver Ibrahim: four carpets, to be exact, each sporting a pattern as hideous as that of her jewels, with a closed eye at the centre (to signify the shutting down of the senses and the mind) and a swarm of black and red beetles all around (to signify the Peri’s perception of human beings as no better than insects). With these magic carpets the Peri hopes to entrap in animal form four individuals from the major human religions: the Christian monarch Richard the Lionheart; an anonymous man from Confucian, Buddhist and Taoist imperial China; a member of Suleman’s own Jewish nation; and of course the Muslim Wazir. Her plans go awry in several ways. Instead of Richard, the Sultan’s lost son Prince Zeid is accidentally transformed, Barmek goes missing after his transformation, and one of the carpets is seized by the Mongolian shaman Kamut-Shann. But the metamorphoses of Barmek into a Ram, Prince Zeid into a Camel and Ben Ephraim into a Monkey provide perfect working models of the demeaning philosophy of the Peri and the Sultaness, both of whom see their fellow human and nonhuman creatures as animated objects to be exploited for gain. In this they resemble the post-war profiteer and murderer Harry Lime, memorably played by Orson Welles in Carol Reed’s movie The Third Man (1949), who sees his fellow men as no better than the insects they resemble when viewed from the summit of a Viennese Ferris wheel.

Ranged against these potent demeaners of living creatures are the individuals who cherish beings of other species.  Suleman, Barmek and Austa Muthanna are three of these, along with that lover of eagles, hawks and horses, the Khan of the Southern Marches. But the younger generation, too, includes its share of animal lovers. Prince Zeid, for instance, as a child on the run from the Sultaness, takes an injured donkey to Muthanna for treatment, thereby endearing himself to the caravan master as far as any human can. Muthanna responds by smuggling him out of Kashkot with his beasts of burden, but is later tempted to sell him in Baghdad for a bag of pearls – the same pearls he later presents to Barmek in partial compensation for his betrayal of Prince Zeid. The boy, meanwhile, is rescued from slavery by Muthanna’s beastlike henchman, Ahmed, who spirits him away to be adopted by the Bedouins; and it’s among the Bedouins that Zeid develops a deep knowledge of and affection for camels. Indeed, his love of camels leads to his transformation, as he seeks to lighten the load of a beast which is carrying one of the Peri’s magic carpets (p. 154). The carpet’s magic is unleashed as soon as he touches it, and Zeid becomes, for a while, one of the camels he loves, before being freed from camel form by a young woman who can see ‘human’ qualities in animals. Zeid’s narrative, in other words, is determined as much by his own and other people’s humaneness towards beasts as by the willingness of other humans to show humanity to a lost child – that is, to see themselves in him and to see him as one of themselves.

Prince Zeid after being raised as a Bedouin. One of his beloved camels can be seen in the background, as well as his adoptive sister.

The woman who restores Prince Zeid to human form is Saffiya, Barmek’s daughter. Saffiya shares with her father a lifelong affinity with nonhuman creatures, especially dogs. Driven from Kashkot with her mother Najla by the Sultaness, she finds her way to a haven in the mountains, where three dogs appoint themselves guardians for Najla, whose memory has been suppressed by the Sorceress’s magic. The three dog-guardians are joined in their task by the doglike wrestler-guardsman Dhiab, who was also banished from Kashkot by the Sultaness; and with these four highly qualified sentinels watching her mother, Saffiya feels free to set off alone to seek Zeid, with whom she forged an unbreakable bond in early childhood. In her wanderings she makes friends with a colony of Bats, the ‘leather-winged children of the night’ (p. 157), who first liberate her from the fortress of an assassin master, Hasan-i-Sabbah, then escort her to the cave where the Djinn is imprisoned – another nonhuman being with whom she bonds. One year later, the same Bats inform her of the transformation of Prince Zeid, which can only be reversed by someone who can recognise the victim and ‘without hesitation declare their love for him’ (p. 158); in other words, by someone capable of seeing beyond the surface ‘ugliness’ of a beast. The Bats lead Saffiya from the cave to a valley dominated by the statue of a human-nonhuman hybrid, a lama or sphinx that represents a dead monarch who combines the human virtues with the virtues of the beasts with which he is melded. The image unites ‘the powerful lion’s body, the great bird’s lifting wings, and the serene watching head of a man’ (p. 159), recalling the four Princes on Suleman’s carpet who took the shapes of a human, a more-than-human being, an eagle and a lion. The statue, then, could stand for Suleman, the dead king who still has a hand in human affairs; and it could also stand for Saffiya’s father Barmek, Suleman’s living representative. Studying the statue, Saffiya sees in it characteristics of the lost Wazir; and moments later she recognizes a passing Ram as Barmek himself, though she cannot make him human because that is a task for her mother. Soon afterwards, however, she recognizes a Camel as Prince Zeid, the young man she has been looking for; and she is able to humanize him at once. Like Zeid’s, then, her story is driven by her capacity to embrace human-nonhuman relations as an integral part of what makes her herself. In this, the second section of Fairclough’s narrative (Chapters 3 to 7), bats, camels, donkeys, lions, dogs and eagles combine with the efforts of human beings to bring Zeid and Saffiya together. And in the third and final section (Chapter 8), revolution itself becomes a matter of collaboration between human and nonhuman entities, making common cause against the forces of oppression.

The third section is also dominated by climate catastrophe, which here as in Little Dog and the Rainmakers has potentially disastrous consequences for humans and animals alike. Hafiz the Librarian remarks on the rainfall in every entry of his clandestine annals of this late period in the Sultan’s reign. He notes, too, the Sultan’s failure to respond to the dangers this rainfall embodies – the greatest danger being that the dam constructed by Farhad to feed his canals will burst and overwhelm the city. Farhad orders raw materials from distant lands to help shore up the structure, but the materials are commandeered for the Sultan’s purposes, and anyone who resists his orders to repurpose them gets tortured or killed. As a result, parallel with the mounting floodwaters runs the mounting resentment of the people, to which we are given access through the eyes and feelings of Barmek’s friends. One after the other these friends conclude that the Sultan himself must be killed: the Librarian Hafiz, whose knowledge of the Book of Kings is supplemented by eavesdropping on the dire goings-on in the royal palace; the Lamissari merchant Ali Houssain, who keeps tabs on the city’s failing economy; Farhad the canal engineer and former rebel; Kalidad, the chieftain of those knife-wielding ironworkers, the Gamru Khel; the blacksmith Mushtaq the Ironmaster, who is one of his relatives; and the caravan master Austa Muthanna, who finds himself caring for Kashkot because of the good Wazir, now lost, who once ruled it wisely. Each of these people except Hafiz have been linked in the past to some form of hostility against Kashkot’s rulers – and as a historian, Hafiz is intensely conscious of the causes and effects of this kind of hostility. While Barmek held power, the Wazir succeeded in uniting them in communal work on behalf of their fellow citizens; but in his absence they begin to realign themselves (still on behalf of their fellow citizens) as enemies of the Sultan. Flood and rebellion, then, threaten the land like aspects of each other; and Austa Muthanna links this sense of an imminent dual catastrophe to a second approaching crisis caused by the climate: the prophesied attack of the Mongol hordes, as their horses consume the resources of Asia’s grasslands and they begin to look elsewhere for pasturage. Muthanna is concerned that Kashkot will be destroyed alongside grander cities – Samarkand and Isfahan – in that human deluge; but the concern he feels for the little city state brings it hope even as he expresses it, in the shape of Muthanna’s one close human friend, whom we only meet in this final section, as he pours out to her his fears for Barmek’s kingdom.

Austa Muthanna with the shaman Kamut-Shann, whose animal guests include a fox cub and a fawn. Surrounding them are the horses which will change the course of world history.

That human is the Mongolian shaman Kamut-Shann the Merry. We first meet Kamut-Shann at her yurt in the company of an abandoned fawn and a wolf-cub – natural enemies united under her aegis, like the scriptural lion and lamb. Her appearance in the narrative signals the confluence of all the many narrative strands Fairclough has so far kept in play; in each case, these strands reach a point of crisis in this third section, and Kamut-Shann the Merry represents the hope that they may be resolved and their many characters and communities reconciled, as the wolf and fawn have been reconciled in the shade of her yurt. As a Mongol, Kamut-Shann is well aware of the imminent rising of the Mongol hordes, and she makes no promises that she can fend them off from Kashkot: after all, she tells Muthanna, ‘shall one woman and a [shamanic] drum turn aside the armies of Jenghis Khan?’ (p. 180). But she willingly gives her aid in the smaller conflict with the Sultan, the Sultaness, and their supernatural patroness, the Peri, and with Muthanna she begins the long journey from the grasslands where her yurt is pitched to the plain where the city stands. On the way they pick up members of Barmek’s household – Abu Misimir and the Black Pearl, Saffiya and her lover Prince Zeid – as well as a ‘small shimmering cloud’ of migrant butterflies, which spontaneously joins the growing pilgrimage in homage to the shaman (p. 186). The resolution of political crisis, Fairclough implies, cannot be achieved without reconciliation with the natural world, whose delicacy and energy is perfectly captured in the ‘small shimmering cloud’. And it cannot be achieved, she also implies, without paying attention to the politics of the household. Kamut-Shann’s nomadic existence – transferring her yurt from place to place, while her fame extends from polar regions to the Himalayas – makes the local global, while the presence in her household of wild animals as well as people extends the definition of the home far beyond the walls that enclose its traditional occupants. Kamut-Shann, in fact, embodies the ever-changing interface between humans, animals, the climate and the land, and her appearance at the point of crisis signifies the resurgence in Fairclough’s text of utopian possibility; a possibility based on a more inclusive philosophy than even Barmek embodied in the book’s first section.

Together, Muthanna and the shaman, Barmek’s family and his friends converge on Kashkot, bringing with them the potential for a Tolkienesque eucatastrophe – the sudden turn from certain disaster to unexpected joy, as expressed in Tolkien’s essay ‘On Fairy Stories’. At this very moment, other strands of Fairclough’s narrative converge. First, the Captain of the Guards, Daresh – the first friend Barmek made in the palace after his appointment as Wazir – makes up his mind that his loyalty is to the people rather than the Sultan, and stabs Khaled to death at the foot of his throne. At the same moment, the small, fierce people known as the Gamru Khel – as famous for fighting as for working iron – attack the city, aiming to bring down the oppressor. At the same moment the climate crisis comes to a head. Farhad’s dam bursts its boundaries, unleashing its waters on the Plain of Kashkot. Daresh and the royal Guard, mounted on their horses, head for the dam; so too do the Gamru Khel. In a gesture of collective self-sacrifice Daresh, the Guard and their horses hurl themselves at the gap in the dam, staunching it with their dying bodies, while the Gamru Khel use their skills as engineers to consolidate the temporary repair. Self-sacrifice and artistry or craftsmanship combine to save the city, just as self-sacrifice and ritual artistry ended the drought in Little Dog.

So much for the human strand that plays its part in this final section (though the horses of the Guard play a crucial role in this strand, too). The animal strand follows, as Austa Muthanna enters Kashkot – riding, like the palace Guard, on a beloved horse – to deal with the Sultaness. He has been sent on ahead by Kamut-Shann to marshal the natural world as it exists within the city walls against the city’s oppressor. At his invitation, the despised dogs of Kashkot descend on the palace ‘like flood water’ to drag the Sultaness from her private chambers to the public square (p. 192), where she is caged like an abused animal in full view of the citizens and beasts she has persecuted. The day of her defeat becomes known as the Day of the Dogs, reversing the centuries of marginalization and abuse that have been visited on them by inscribing their species into the annals of history. Her reduction to the level at which she measured both beasts and disempowered humans coincides with the restoration of the final victim of the Peri’s magic to human form, as the merchant Ben Ephraim is recognised and embraced – despite the monkey shape into which the Peri changed him – by his nephew. Meanwhile the shaman, when she arrives, subjects the Daughter of Douban to the magic of the Peri’s carpets, allowing the sorcery which has so far served the Sultaness so well to transform her into the humiliating shape of a goose. Trapped by her own strategies in the shape of a being she has always considered base, the Sultaness is given her freedom by Kamut-Shann, liberated to fly wherever she wishes after leaving the city. But her own philosophy, which drives clear wedges between human and nonhuman, ruler and oppressed, ensures that she will never enjoy that freedom, unless by some revolutionary upheaval in her mind she can reconcile herself to a new, inclusive way of thinking.

Najla recognises her husband Barmek in the shape of a Ram. Her now elderly guard dogs can be seen in the foreground, while the one-eyed Guardsman Dhiab watches from above.

Meanwhile, the animal strand of the narrative comes full circle as the white Hawk flies twice to select a new Sultan to replace the old one, in obedience to the ritual function it fulfilled in the early pages of Fairclough’s novel. Before the revolution began, readers saw it land on the chest of the newly-restored Barmek (p. 166), whose wife Najla had earlier recognised him in the shape of a Ram, expressed her love for him, and dissolved the spell that held him, confirming as she did so that she had fully recovered her memory. We learn a few pages later that the Hawk left the palace when Muthanna set fire to it on the Day of the Dogs (p. 193). Barmek, in other words, plays no direct part in the revolution that brings down the Daughter of Douban – though the revolution might never have taken place without the friendships and alliances he forged. His principal gesture, in fact, is a repudiation of involvement in politics, as he gives up the position of Sultan bestowed on him by the Hawk and instead sends the bird flying towards Prince Zeid, the last Sultan’s son (p. 197). Zeid’s face is so like Khalid’s that at first Barmek takes him for Khalid himself, before realising that he is young and uncorrupted – a Khalid as he might have been under different circumstances. The Hawk, then, ends the book by correcting the false course it took in the opening pages, settling on Zeid and inaugurating a new era for Kashkot, an era in which Saffiya replaces the Daughter of Douban as Sultaness; an era when the Sultan is guided by his wife’s empathy for both human and nonhuman creatures. A bird and some dogs, along with the horses that carry Barmek, Mouthanna and the Guard, usher in Kashkot’s new era, just as a horse and a Hawk ushered in the old one.

The supernatural strand of the narrative, meanwhile, arrives at a state of eucatastrophe before ever Muthanna or Barmek reaches the city. Before entering Kashkot, Kamut-Shann stages a final showdown with the Peri, summoning the spirit to her with a whistle like the ones shepherds use to call their dogs (p. 186). There follows a fight between Peri and shaman (p. 187), a duel of magic that evokes the duel between Merlin and Madam Mim in T. H. White’s The Sword in the Stone (1938), or the Wizard Howl’s duel with the Witch of the Waste in Diana Wynne Jones’s Howl’s Moving Castle (1986). Fairclough’s duel, however, is between two female practitioners of magic, not a male wizard and a female witch, a form of combat which invariably ends in the death of the woman. It is fought out in the form of beasts and other forces of nature – ‘waves of the sea, […] two fishes in a stream, two ants in the grass, two hawks in the sky’ (p. 187) – before the shaman brings it to an end by striking her opponent in the form of a thunderbolt, destroying her utterly. The Peri’s destruction unleashes a shower of tasteless jewellery, including the Ring she purloined many years before from Suleman; resurrected as an ascetic wandering Dervish, the King has been searching for this Ring for more than twenty years, and all the time it has been hidden up the Peri’s sleeve, reduced to an object as worthless and impotent as her bangles. With the Ring’s help the King is able at last to release the Djinn, though the prisoner has in fact been free to leave his cave for many years, ever since the waterfall that veiled its entrance was diverted from its course to feed Kashkot’s canals (pp. 155-6). The Djinn may yet refuse to leave, Kamut-Shann points out, from ingrained habit (p. 188); as the Daughter of Douban showed in her form as a goose, freedom is as much a state of mind as a physical condition.

Saffiya and Prince Zeid confront a small green beetle, next to the statue of a lama or sphinx.

The freedom state of mind can be summed up by a look at the beetles in Fairclough’s text. As we’ve seen, beetles feature prominently in the Peri’s malicious acts of magic, swarming out of each magic carpet she sends to an intended victim as if to convey the Peri’s contempt for bug-like mortals. But beetles also feature in a benevolent act of sorcery worked by Barmek’s mother, who provides Najla and Saffiya with magic necklaces to protect them from the Sultaness’s malice. Part of the process of making the necklaces involves throwing six beetles to six passing bats, who discard ‘bright shards’ of beetle shell as they consume them, which the Widow Zora then incorporates into the necklaces (p. 138). Long afterwards, a colony of Bats notices the necklace Saffiya wears, and stop her as she is about to jump from the window of a fortress to escape the attentions of its owner, the assassin Hasan-i-Sabbah. ‘We perceive,’ two of the Bats point out in chorus, ‘that you wear round your neck a blue thread bearing the shards of Beetles. You are therefore under our protection’ (p. 146); and they proceed to guide her to the Djinn’s cave, where Hasan cannot find her. A year later, just after she has rescued Prince Zeid from camel form, Saffiya sees the Prince looking fearful when he spots a passing beetle, associating the harmless insect with the magic that changed him. She at once scoops up the beetle and shows it to him, confronting his fear with a close-up view of the creature that terrifies him, but which most people barely notice. It is ‘Little and green as Paradise,’ she points out, ‘the same as the ones whose shards I wear around my neck’ (p. 160). Those shards, she adds, made the Bats befriend and free her. Meanwhile the beetle on her hand has feelings and an agenda of its own: ‘The beetle with an inquiring wave of its feelers, crawled from one hand to the other, and suddenly brisk, scuttled up a finger; finding nowhere to go, it snapped its wings open and zoomed upwards’. Zeid sums up the incident by wondering: ‘Do all fears become so small [and] without harm when one faces them?’ Close attention to any living creature, it would seem, confounds all attempts to make it Other – either as an instrument of oppression, a tiny monster, or nourishment for passing Bats. This series of encounters with representative specimens of Coleoptera, the largest of animal orders (comprising about a quarter of all known species) despite the tininess of its members, charts a progression from the warped perspective of the Sultaness to the loving attention applied to the natural world by the curious child, the naturalist or the artist.

The progression is a kind of magic, and sets itself up in opposition to the necromantic powers of wicked Sultanesses and other oppressors, embracing anarchistic equality between all beings instead of feudalism or any other form of hierarchy. Kamut-Shann describes this form of magic in conversation with Muthanna: ‘There is magic of the open sun and the grass growing, as well as of the darkened room and the reluctant dead’ (p. 186), she tells him, and adds that one day ‘men will grow out of the second, but it will be sorrow to them if they forget the first, for the one can fight the other and save them from the dark’. She goes on to illustrate the point by defeating the Peri, in a struggle that also illustrates the wholesome effects of living in collusion with the natural world. Kamut-Shann derives her power from this collusion, as she explains just before the duel: ‘I am she who drums in the spring, and the grouse drum also, and the wild geese fly up from the south. I am she who whistles in the autumn and the ptarmigan whistle and the fur of the ermine turns white and they play in the snow. I am the Friend of the Mares’ (p. 187). Her self-description does not elevate her above the land and its animal inhabitants, or the seasons they respond to; she claims no agency over the spring, merely that her drumming echoes the springtime drumming of the grouse and the geese’s wings, her whistling the whistling of the ptarmigan in autumn, and her transformative powers the power of the ermine as it changes colour to prepare for winter. Intimacy with nature’s transformations bestows a power superior to anything available to self-serving, solitary sorcerers – the collective, empathetic power that propels the Kashkot revolution.

The Captain of the Guards, Daresh, abandons the game of chess he was playing with the librarian Hafiz, having made up his mind to kill the Sultan.

In the course of the duel, Suleman’s Ring is restored to him, but its restoration has little impact on the narrative. As we’ve seen, the talisman is not even needed by this time to free the Djinn, whose prison has been unlocked by an accident of history rather than by any individual act of heroism or mercy. Other items of personal jewellery prove far more effective than the Ring in Fairclough’s narrative, but not one of them is effective by itself. The Blue Tree, for example – the protective talisman given to Barmek by Abu Misimir (p. 41) – works for many years to shield him from the Sultaness’s magic, but cannot shield him from the magic of the Peri. The Black Pearl gives Saffiya another amulet to shield her in exile from the dangers of the road, a so-called ‘Safety’ that takes the modest form of a black berry ‘worn on a string round her neck, which her mother gave her out of Africa’ (p. 103). But the Safety cannot rescue the girl from Hasan-i-Sabbah’s fortress; for this she needs the necklace of beetle shards given her by Barmek’s mother – as well as a ring given her by Hasan-i-Sabbah himself, which she keeps ‘to remember him by’ (p. 146), and which ensures the master of assassins does not send killers after her or her father in revenge for her escape. Hasan-i-Sabbah’s ring, too, loses its point once Saffiya has been reunited with Prince Zeid, so she buries it ceremoniously at the foot of the sphinx. The green ring given to Barmek by Austa Muthanna has no magic in it at all, but betokens a friendship between them which helps set off the Kashkot revolution; so it could be said to hold the promise of power through collective action, though Fairclough does not mention it again when the revolution happens. The pearls that Muthanna seeks to obtain by selling Prince Zeid into slavery turn out to have been intended as a present for Kamut-Shann (p. 180), but they never fulfil that purpose; instead they provide a seemingly miraculous delivery from hunger for the poor of Kashkot, when Muthanna gives them to Barmek in compensation for his wicked intentions towards the Prince. The silver headpiece made for Saffiya by the Djinn during her year-long stay in his cave has no function at all except to express his appreciation of her beauty (p. 158). Each of these items of jewellery serves as part of an organic network of friendships, intimacies and alliances, forming a great tree with many roots and branches which may well be what Fairclough is referring to in the title she gave her novel – the wholesome counterpart of the corrupting web of magic roses planted by the Daughter of Douban in the royal palace.

Each of these items of jewellery, too, can be seen as an expression of the function of good art. Most of the items I have listed are either kept hidden by their owners, in recognition of the need for secret relationships and clandestine promises to sustain communities in times of oppression, or accorded little value in the marketplace; in fact none of them even enters the marketplace apart from the pearls, which Muthanna sees as having been blemished by their role in his efforts to sell a young child into slavery. Their value derives instead from the people who present them as gifts: a descendant of great warriors, the Black Pearl, who is herself named after a jewel; a defender of abused animals, Austa Muthanna; a loyal household servant, Abu Misimir; a wise mother-in-law, mother and grandmother; an imprisoned craftsman, grateful for an unexpected friendship; and so on. As works of art they participate actively in the unfolding lives of their possessors, much as decorative illustrations participate in the unfolding of Fairclough’s interweaving plots. Fairclough’s novel itself, as a work of art, presents itself to its readers as an active intervention in their lives, offering hope for a new dream of the United Nations which enshrines the rights of the natural world alongside the rights of human beings of every class and culture. Jewellery in general, as an embodiment of craftsmanship, takes a central role in her narrative, not any single jewel such as Suleman’s Ring or Abu Misimir’s Tree.

The best way of understanding Fairclough’s book, in terms of her philosophy of art as I’ve just described it, is through its representations of the books in the royal library, the books written and embellished by Hafiz, the royal librarian. The finest of these books, in Hafiz’s opinion, is the Book of Kings, and this can be taken as a kind of miniature working model for the fictional city of Kashkot, Fairclough’s major achievement in fantastic world-building. Seeing Hafiz’s illustrated copy of the Book of Kings for the first time, Barmek is overwhelmed, describing it as a potent work of enchantment. ‘I think there is here a miracle,’ Barmek observes:

That you should be able to show an ignorant man such as I, not just people and horses, rocks and flowers, but – but the idea of these things together, making a new thing. For it seems to me that these pictures are not – not just the images of things in heaven and earth, such as the Prophet (on whom be the Blessing) forbade us to make, but something new in the world, something with its own laws. (p. 24)

This ‘new thing […] in the world’ is what the Wazir seeks to establish in Kashkot during his time as Wazir; though he only sees it fully embodied in the new Kashkot that rises from the ashes of the revolution, after he has given up the role of Wazir and returned to being a shepherd in the mountains (p. 200). Fairclough gestures towards this new Kashkot at the end of the book, but we never see it in any detail; after all, Utopia means nowhere, and has not yet been described to anyone’s perfect satisfaction.

If Utopia were to be described it would need a new form of writing, incorporating visual aids as well as words, much as Hafiz’s Book of Kings incorporates miniatures as aids to the understanding of its text. Hafiz finds it hard enough to record the utopian episode of the Kashkot Revolution, also known as the Day of the Dogs, in his history of the city. ‘How shall I describe these days?’ he asks himself:

In the simplest and purest words; in the most exquisite script, the ink powdered with gold-dust (I have a little left); leaving ample space and margin for adornment; all that is obvious. But – but what words, out of all the many upon the tongues of men? (p. 189).

The answer is given him by a young man who happens to have been recently selected as the new Sultan. This man directs him to write in a way that is ‘quite simple’; to give honour to the simple, ordinary people who collectively preserved Kashkot from inundation and tyranny; and to refrain from addressing the young man himself with unnecessary honorifics (‘could you not, sometimes, say to me simply, O Zeid?’, p. 191). History, then, is ideally written in collaboration, just as historical acts are collaboratively accomplished. History can never be utopian, since it remains bound by problematic conventions handed down from earlier epochs. The young man remains a Sultan, for all his dismissal of honorifics, and he neglects to mention the role of animals in the Day of the Dogs (though the name of that day implies that they will in fact get an honorable mention), or the role of a woman in defeating the Peri. But history can afford glimpses of possible utopias; and fiction too can afford these glimpses, as can works of visual art such as miniatures, jewellery, paintings, and woven carpets.

Works of art of this kind deserve to be treasured. Let’s treasure the remarkable art of Mary Fairclough.

Barmek wrestles with the Guardsman Dhiab. Barmek is the man with the red beard, who is clearly winning. Note the lions woven into the carpet, and the four officials, one at each corner, recalling the four beings on Suleman’s magic carpet.

APPENDIX

The Sons of Adam are limbs of each other
Having been created of one essence.
When the calamity of time afflicts one limb
The other limbs cannot remain at rest.
If thou hast no sympathy for the troubles of others
Thou art unworthy to be called by the name of a man.

From Sa’adi, Gulistan (The Rose Garden) (1258), translated by Edward Rehatsek. The stanza is woven into a carpet gifted to the United Nations in 2005 by Mohammad Seirafian of Isfahan, which can be seen in the United Nations Headquarters in New York.

The carpet woven with the words of Sa’adi, on display at the United Nations Headquarters in New York.

NOTES

[1] See my previous blog post, The Ecofantasies of Mary Fairclough, Part 1, note 2.

[2] Another name for Mesopotamia in Arabic is Al-jazira, meaning island or peninsula.

[3] Another likely influence is a novel by Betty Bouthoul (Betty Vera Helfenbein), Le Grand Maître des Assassins (1936), which introduced the European world to the legendary Master of Assassins Hasan-i-Sabbah, whose motto is ‘rien n’est vrai, tout est permis’ – nothing is true, everything is permitted, a phrase popularised by William S. Boroughs and the Assassin’s Creed video games. Hasan features in the second part of Fairclough’s novel when Safiya briefly becomes a houri in his Garden of Paradise, before escaping from his fortress with the help of some Bats (pp. 142-147).

[4] Fairclough, The Blue Tree (London: Gerald Duckworth and Co., 1960), p. 11. All quotations are from this edition.

[5] Fairclough refers to wrestling as an art on p. 52 (‘There was one art, much loved in Kashkot’), and graces the dustcover of her novel with a picture of Barmek wrestling with his friend the Sultan. In this way she effectively joins the art of wrestling to the art of the miniature maker. She refers to wrestling in metaphors throughout the novel, in fact, making it an integral part of her fiction; see e.g. p. 157, ‘A wrestler’s shoulder may touch the ground once and twice, yet the last throw be his’. For a summary of Iranian wrestling in relation to politics and religion see Anon, ‘Wrestling in Iran: From Mysticism to Politics’, here [https://fanack.com/culture/sports-and-politics/wrestling-in-iran/]. Elsewhere, Barmek’s personal support of both craftspeople and artists is specifically mentioned: ‘There were in those days many artists and great craftsmen in Kashkot, for the Wazir revered them’ (p. 112).

[6] You can read the Christmas Play of Keynsham here.